Convertible vents vs recirculating microwave ovens is a topic of discussion if you're looking for the best microwave.
Several alternatives are available, from basic units for the kitchen countertop to over-the-range microwaves and various built-in and convertible microwave ovens.
Each of these varieties will be discussed in this post, along with their benefits and drawbacks, a feature comparison, and more!
Continue reading to discover your best option and revitalize your kitchen!
Microwaves can have various ventilation options; the vent type refers to the ventilation option chosen for the microwave.
The most typical form is the recirculating venting, which circulates air back into the oven after capturing steam and other airborne particles with charcoal filters.
Apartments and other small cooking places frequently use recirculating vents.
Another choice is the externally vented microwave, which safely directs steam and cooking aromas vent outside the house via ductwork.
Finally, some microwaves include a combined vent option combining the advantages of an external vent type and a recirculating venting.
Note
Fumes invariably accumulate inside the appliance, regardless of whether the oven employs electromagnetic radiation, superheated air at the time, or sensor cooking. Some foods, such as grapes, may store electromagnetic energy that may cause dangerous repercussions.
What Various Types of Vents Are There for Microwaves?
Internal recirculating, exterior recirculating, under cabinet, and over-the-range microwave are the four basic varieties of microwave venting.
Recirculating vents inside the microwave oven take warm air in and recirculate it, lessening the steam and aromas associated with cooking.
External ventilation removes warm air from the microwave and circulates the exterior walls.
As the name implies, the microwave cabinet is vented by under-cabinet vents.
Although these microwave vents are the weakest of the four, they are frequently the most useful for homes lacking the necessary ductwork for external ventilation.
Over-the-range microwaves often exit through an exterior wall and direct warm air outside. The loudest and most powerful microwave vents available are also over-the-range microwaves.
Note
The manufacturer will supply vent installation instructions with your microwave, but they might not contain guidelines that adhere to all of your local building codes.
As the name implies, the term convertible denotes the ability of a microwave or convection microwave oven to switch, as needed, between venting and non-venting ducting modes.
It offers variable installation and ventilation choices because it is made to operate with various microwave models.
Finding the correct recirculation kit part number, ordering from an authorized parts distributor, and performing some do-it-yourself are required.
It's crucial to remember that almost all building codes require an exterior vent for over-the-range microwaves and kitchen stove.
A good ventilation system is legally mandated to handle the fumes generated by an over-the-range microwave oven.
Hence, a recirculating venting system with these kinds of appliances where the microwave vents internally is not an option.
They might transfer it to a countertop far enough away from the kitchen stove to avoid the stovetop surface.
Something that might be substantially less expensive than outright buying a new microwave oven.
Particularly if you purchased the best microwave, which, in the case of external venting microwaves, can be rather pricey, you could afford it in the first place.
With a convertible range hood, also known as exterior venting, you may send the air from your kitchen through the exterior walls of your home.
The system uses a ducted range hood and fan power for built-in venting.
Recirculating vented microwaves and ductless range hoods are built-in ventilation systems that circulate indoor air through the microwave vents.
The recirculating ventilation forces the air through charcoal filters or others. The most typical filter is a removable charcoal filter, although you can also use stainless steel or carbon filters.
But, if you don't know the difference between defrosting vs. microwave cooking or reheating vs. an oven, a vent might not be useful.
Alternately, depending on your chosen model, certain appliances—like an infrared oven instead of a microwave oven—might be superior to the microwave.
Warning: If you don't have the option to have an externally vented range hood, a ductless model may be your only choice. You must routinely replace your carbon filters for the finest indoor air quality.
Criteria 1: Versatility
Recirculating ventilation and outside venting are both options for convertible microwaves.
Yet, due to construction regulations, contemporary built-in microwaves typically only feature a ducted range hood.
Like contrasting microwave push buttons and handles, the device with fewer moving parts should experience fewer problems over time.
Winner
Convertible Vents.
Criteria 2: Air Quality
Only convertible or ducted range hoods that can be opened and closed employ exterior venting. Compared to ductless models, ducted applications offer better air venting.
Meanwhile, recirculating range hoods flow through the air within your home or any place it is built on, courtesy of filters made of stainless steel mesh or charcoal.
It will assist you in controlling smoke and steam, but it cannot provide the same level of air quality as outdoor venting.
Note
Some ductless models include carbon filters which can help with removing odors and dirt.
Winner
Convertible Vents.
Criteria 3: Odor Reduction
A range hood removes smoke and steam from your kitchen with exterior venting.
In addition, the exhaust vent is more energy efficient than a ductless range hood for venting odors outside your house.
Although grease filters in a ductless range hood will eventually lose their effectiveness, they should still assist in reducing cooking odors.
What Is the Difference Between a Convertible and Recirculating Range Hood?
The two range hoods intended to remove smoke and steam from a kitchen are convertible and ductless range hood.
The method of air filtration and the mechanism of air venting are the two key distinctions between a convertible and ductless range hood.
Because the air is filtered and released directly into the surrounding space, ductless range hoods do not need ducting.
A charcoal filter is typically present in this style of range hood, which aids in removing grease, debris, and aromas.
They are cheaper than convertible microwaves and intended for kitchens where ductwork is not an option.
Recirculation and ducting are air-filtering techniques used in convertible microwaves. The range hood can filter and circulate the air back into the kitchen if a duct isn't in place.
The air can be ducted out of the kitchen if a duct is present. Because they don't rely solely on a charcoal filter, these range hoods are more effective at eliminating odors and smoke.
Are ductless range hoods worth it? It is. Ductless hoods are adequate for the cost.
Note
With air ventilation outside the kitchen, convertible vents provide better air quality. They can also be changed into a ductless range hood. A ductless recirculating vent draws air, passes it through a filter, and exhausts it into the kitchen.
Installation Fees for External Venting Systems
For most households, choosing between the two microwave types is pretty easy. Microwave ovens made to be installed above the gas stove require a ducted range hood connection outside.
Since they are specialized microwaves that can only be deployed in specific locations, there is no substitute option.
Given that the microwave serves two purposes, it might still be more affordable than building a range hood from scratch.
A microwave can be placed anywhere in the kitchen in other situations. This is essentially the only practical alternative if external venting through a duct isn't an option.
What Type of Vent Should You Get for a Microwave?
A microwave vent normally removes air from the kitchen through recirculating or exterior venting.
Air from the kitchen is pulled from a vent and passed through a charcoal filter before being returned to the kitchen.
Kitchens without enough room for external venting might use this microwave vent. Often mounted to an exterior wall or roof, an external venting exhausts air outside the house.
Although it takes more room for installation and access, this style of vent is the most energy efficient at eliminating air and smoke from kitchens.
Note
Air from your kitchen is circulated through several aluminum, carbon, or charcoal filter vents via recirculating microwave vents. They provide a cost-effective approach to improving the air quality in your home. A convertible vent system, however, includes faster-moving fans for faster ventilation.
Convertible Vent Vs Recirculating Microwave FAQs
The following are the frequently asked questions concerning recirculating microwaves and convertible vents:
What Does Convertible Venting Mean on a Microwave Oven?
Convertible refers to the ability to convert it from venting to not venting by employing a duct to vent through the wall or ceiling.
Does a Recirculating Microwave Vent Work?
Although a recirculating filter is less effective than other microwave venting options, it removes the strongest cooking smells in your kitchen.
Moreover, built-in microwaves often use the same filtration as countertop units, which typically have a recirculating vent.
Is the Over-The-Range Microwave Still Popular?
Although it has been around since the 1980s, the range microwave oven can nevertheless appear to be very contemporary.
Moreover, current building codes mandate exterior venting to control indoor air quality.
If style is important to your kitchen, you may choose the finest built-in microwave, 2023, installed tastefully inside the wall.
Which is the best option for you, then? Have a look at the rundown below.
Use a Convertible Vent If...
You want something easier to remove grease and steam from your cooking surface.
You want something adaptable and compatible with both ducted and ductless range hoods.
If you don't want to worry about replacing your current ductwork.
Use a Recirculating Microwave If...
There is no need to construct a ventilation system if you want something quieter.
You want something that uses less energy and doesn't need ducts or vents to go through the microwave.
Conclusion
There is no "better" or "worse" choice among the numerous microwave kinds, as was mentioned at the outset.
Your microwave's ventilation system will depend on where you plan to place it.
Building codes require a range microwave, which simultaneously functions as a range hood, to have an external venting system.
But you can choose a microwave with a recirculating venting system and save money to place it elsewhere in the kitchen.
As an avid camper and hiking enthusiast, I have had the opportunity to test out countless fire pits. I have developed a deep understanding of what features are important to consumers.
In this article, I will share my top 10 portable fire pits and my experience with each product.
I've carefully selected fire pits based on quality, durability, size, ease of use, and overall value for money.
Whether planning a weekend camping trip with your family or a cozy evening in your backyard with friends, I got you covered.
So, let's dive into the top 10 best portable fire pits you can get now!
What Are the 10 Best Portable Fire Pits You Should Buy?
Fire pits are a great way to bring warmth and ambiance to outdoor gatherings, camping trips, or backyard parties. They come in various shapes and sizes.
There are different portable fire pits on the market. There are wood -burning fire pits, propane fire pits, smokeless fire pits, and even those that run on their own fuel from electric ignition.
Collapsible fire pits are important because they offer a safe and convenient way to have a fire outdoors without needing a permanent fire pit or fire ring.
A portable fire pit can be easily moved and stored, making them an easy-to-carry fireplace. They can also be a portable grill for barbecuing on your backyard patio.
Here are, in my opinion, my top 10 favorite fire pits.
RANGER BIG YARD BUNDLE: The world’s most unique bundle to...
RANGER SHELTER: A great companion for your fire pits for...
What I like
Easy to use
Compact Size
Sturdy base and a Spark arrestor
What I don't like
Expensive compared to other fire pits
My friends and I enjoy trips and spending time in nature, and the Solo Stove Ranger has quickly become our go-to fire pit for these adventures.
The Solo Stove Ranger is incredibly easy to use. Do some fire building, and voila! The unique airflow system ensures the fire burns efficiently and with little smoke.
Its design produces less smoke and more heat than traditional fire pits. Add a case of beer and a collapsible camping chair, which becomes a more enjoyable experience.
I love the lightweight and portable Solo Stove Ranger, making it easy to pack in the car for my next camping trip.
The durable stainless steel construction has held up well to frequent use, giving us confidence that it will last for many more trips.
The Solo Stove Ranger is also designed with safety in mind, with a sturdy base and a spark arrestor that prevents embers from flying out of the pit in the light wind.
Although, the price point of Solo Stove fire pits is higher than other fire pits on the market, which may deter budget-conscious campers looking for a backyard fire pit.
Size: 15" x 15" x 12.5" | Weight: 15 pounds | Fuel Type: Wood | Price: Mid-range | Extra Features: Double-wall design, minimal smoke production, ash pan for easy cleaning and maintenance, includes a carry case for portability and storage
The foldable fire pit is made of high-quality materials
Feels sturdy and well-built
The design of the fire pit is sleek and modern
What I don't like
The fire pit can be heavy, especially hiking to a campsite.
The included carrying case is a bit flimsy
It doesn't provide much protection for the fire pit.
As a father of three and a camping enthusiast, finding the perfect portable fire pit has always been my priority.
I've been through my fair share of Fire pits, but the Kingso Outdoor Fire Pit stands out as one of the best I've ever used!
When my family and I went camping at Yosemite National Park, we brought this wood-burning fire pit, which exceeded our expectations. We've used it multiple times, and it still looks and functions like new.
It's large enough to keep the fire going for a few hours but not too big that it takes up a lot of storage space.
We could keep the fire roaring at a cozy blaze in this portable campfire while using its included fire poker to adjust the heat while we roast marshmallows and hot dogs, making it a great fire pit for outdoor trips.
Size: 32" x 32" x 17" | Weight: 30 lbs | Fuel Type: Wood | Price: Affordable | Extra Features: Removable mesh screen, flame poker for easy adjustment of the wood and charcoal briquettes, Multi-functional design that can be used as a fire pit or grill
SMOKELESS FIRE PIT: Experience the magic of a cozy,...
WARMTH ON THE GO: This portable, lightweight camping heater...
What I like
The Solo Stove Bonfire is incredibly easy to set up and use
The stainless steel construction is durable and resistant to rust and corrosion
The unique design of the fire pit allows for a smokeless fire
The compact size and lightweight construction
What I don't like
The Solo Stove Bonfire can be a bit pricey compared to other portable fire pits on the market.
Some users have reported that the fire pit can be difficult to clean after use.
I recently had the opportunity to use the Solo Stove Bonfire on an outdoor trip and was blown away by its innovative design and ease of use.
As someone who loves spending time outdoors, I always look for high-quality camping gear, and the Solo Stove Bonfire did not disappoint.
The Solo Stove Bonfire is a fire pit perfect for outdoor trips, backyard barbecues, and other outdoor activities.
The sleek design and innovative technology make it a standout option among portable fire pits.
Size: 19.5" x 19.5" x 14" | Weight: 20 pounds | Fuel Type: Wood | Price: Mid-range | Extra Features: Smokeless design, stainless steel construction, comes with a carrying case
Includes lid, stones, tank holder, gas hose and regulator
Steel frame with rubbed bronze finish
What I like
The propane pit uses propane tanks
The compact and lightweight design
The adjustable flame control allows for flame height and heat output customization.
The included lava rocks add a stylish touch and create a realistic campfire feel.
Electric ignition allows for easy fuel ignition on this portable propane fire pit.
What I don't like
Propane fuel is a bit more expensive than wood and charcoal
The price is higher than some other portable propane pits.
The lava rocks that come with the propane fire pit are too few.
As a family of five that loves spending time outdoors, we always look for new ways to enjoy the fresh air.
When we stumbled upon the Bond Manufacturing Aurora Portable Steel Propane Gas Fire Pit, we knew we had to try the propane pit.
It promised to be the best propane portable fire pit, and we were eager to put it to the test. And it's safe to say it is one of the best gas-powered pits we have purchased.
We recently took it with us on a weekend trip, and we were blown away by how convenient and easy it was to use.
Its warmth and ambiance made our evenings around the campfire even more enjoyable. A huge bonus for this one is a locking lid, which keeps the fire safety in place.
Although, maintenance can be a pain since propane fuel is more expensive than wood and charcoal, making refueling more expensive on this propane gas fire pit.
Since the propane fire pit provides few lava rocks, I suggest buying a separate bag of lava rocks to supplement.
Size: 18.5" x 18.5" x 14.65" | Weight: 18 pounds | Fuel Type: Propane | Price: Mid-range | Extra Features: Adjustable heating performance, weather-resistant finish, included lava rocks
The Pop-Up Fire Pit is the first truly portable wood or...
ENGINEERING SIMPLE - The Pop-Up Pit sets-up in just under 60...
What I like
The collapsible design is easy to set up and take down
The heat shield on the bottom keeps the ground cool
The included carrying case makes it easy to transport and store.
What I don't like
The small size limits the amount of wood that can be burned simultaneously.
The price point is slightly higher than other portable fire pits on the market.
My wife and I have explored some of the most beautiful camping spots across the country.
During our most recent couple's trip, we brought along the Fireside Outdoor Pop-Up Fire Pit, which exceeded our expectations.
The collapsible design made it incredibly easy to pack and transport, and once we arrived at our campsite, it was a breeze to set up the pop-up fire pit
We enjoyed cozy evenings by the fire, roasting marshmallows and sharing stories under the stars. In the morning, we quickly packed the fire pit in its carrying case in 5 minutes!
Size: 24" x 24" x 15" | Weight: 8 lbs | Fuel Type: Wood or charcoal | Price: Mid-range | Extra Features: Collapsible design, heat shield, carrying case.
VERSATILE – The Takibi Fire and Grill is an easy-to-use,...
DURABLE – Stainless Steel built for a lifetime of use....
What I like
The dual functionality of the fire pit and grill
The Takibi Fire and Grill is made from durable stainless steel
The compact size and portability
What I don't like
The Takibi Fire and Grill's price point is higher than most portable fire pits
The grill grates can be difficult to clean, especially if food gets stuck between the bars.
As an avid camper and outdoor enthusiast, I always seek high-quality gear to stand up to the elements and enhance my experience.
The fire pit's dual functionality makes it versatile and practical for cooking meals. The removable grill bridge can be placed to turn the fire pit into a grill.
The Snow Peak Takibi Fire and Grill is one such product that has exceeded my expectations in every way. This wood-burning fire pit is the perfect pop-up fire pit for any trip.
It is a highly functional open fire pit, and with the removable grill grate, it can double as a grill, making it the perfect addition to any camping trip or backyard gathering.
Size: 19.7" x 19.7" x 13.8" | Weight: 31 lbs. | Fuel Type: Wood or charcoal | Price: Expensive | Extra Features: Airflow system for reduced smoke, dual functionality as a fire pit and grill, Made from durable stainless steel
Perfect addition of functionality and style for your...
Product dimensions – 36” L x 36” W x 24.5” H | Max...
What I like
The sleek and modern fire table makes it a stylish addition to any backyard or patio
The table's surface is made of a weather-resistant resin wicker material
The fire table has a locking lid, making it easy to protect when not in use
What I don't like
The fire table is relatively heavy
The propane tank that fuels the fire pit component of the table is not included in the purchase
The Outland Living Fire Table is a versatile addition to any backyard. I enjoyed experiencing this propane fire pit at a friend's dinner party, where we gathered around it.
What struck me most about the fire table was how seamlessly it blended into the rest of the patio furniture, even with the propane tank. It was not out of place in the patio space.
It functioned as a fire pit and a table, making it the perfect centerpiece for any outdoor gathering.
Size: 44" x 32" x 23" | Weight: 96 lbs | Fuel Type: Propane | Price: Expensive | Extra Features: The fire table doubles as a table, making it a versatile addition to any outdoor space. It also comes with a cover to protect it when not in use.
Smokeless wood and charcoal burning fire pit and grill...
Ideal for camping, RVing, overlanding, tailgating, beach,...
What I like
It has a patented airflow system
Ability to be controlled remotely via the BioLite app.
The rechargeable battery allows up to 24 hours of burn time
The wooden pallets allow for a smokeless burn from the flames.
What I don't like
The BioLite FirePit+ is quite heavy
The high-tech features and advanced technology come at a price.
Wood pellets are hard to ignite with a fire starter.
Recently, my wife had a few friends over for a wine and barbeque hangout session, and her friend brought along the Biolite Firepit+. I was impressed by its high-tech features.
As we gathered around the fire, I couldn't help but notice how little smoke the smokeless fire pit produced, making it a comfortable and pleasant experience for everyone.
It's safe to say that the Biolite Firepit+ is not your typical smokeless fire pit. One of the best things about the BioLite FirePit+ is its ability to be controlled remotely via the BioLite app.
We could adjust the flame size and heating performance with our phones, making it easy to control the fire without getting up and manually adjusting it.
The Biolite Firepit+ is also fueled by wood pellets, which are hard to ignite if you do not have a dedicated fire starter. However, they do provide a smokeless burn.
Size: 27 x 13 x 15.8 inches | Weight: 19.8 pounds | Fuel Type: Wood pellets | Price: Expensive | Extra Features: Smokeless airflow system, remote control via app, rechargeable battery, grill grate, stainless steel construction.
Quick Comparisons Of The Top Fire Pits That Are Portable
Removable mesh screen, flame poker for easy adjustment of the wood and charcoal briquettes, Multi-functional design that can be used as a fire pit or grill
Smokeless airflow system, remote control via app, rechargeable battery, grill grate, stainless steel construction
Why Should You Get a Portable Fire Pit?
I can confidently say that getting a portable fire pit is an excellent investment for anyone who loves spending time outdoors.
Fire pits provide a warm and cozy atmosphere, making them perfect for creating a relaxing ambiance that can help you unwind and de-stress.
Portable fire pits also offer a great way to cook food outdoors. Many models come with grilling racks, allowing you to prepare meals for your friends and family.
In addition, getting a portable fire pit is a sustainable and eco-friendly choice. It allows you to enjoy a fire without leaving a traditional fire pit behind or damaging the environment.
Many parks and campgrounds require portable fire pits for this very reason, and by using one, you're doing your part to preserve the beauty of nature.
What Are Things to Consider Before Buying a Portable Fire Pit?
When it comes to portable fire pits, there are a few key factors that you should consider before making a decision. These include:
Size and Portability: You'll want to choose a fire pit that is big but portable. Consider the weight, dimensions, and whether the fire pit can be easily packed and transported.
Material: The material of your fire pit will affect its durability and longevity. Look for fire pits from high-quality materials such as stainless steel or cast iron.
Heating Performance: The heating performance of your fire pit will determine how warm and cozy your campsite will be. Look for models with a high BTU output.
Ease of Use: You'll want a fire pit that is easy to set up and use, with features like a simple ignition system and a removable ash tray for easy cleanup.
Safety: Safety should always be a top priority. Look for models with features like a locking lid or a fireproof mat to prevent accidental fires.
FAQs Related To Portable Fire Pits
Got more questions about the best portable fire pits? Here are our frequently asked questions about the topic.
How Long Do Portable Fire Pits Last?
The lifespan of a portable fire pit can vary depending on factors such as the quality of materials used, and maintenance
Made from high-quality materials such as stainless steel or cast iron, they tend to last longer.
Regular maintenance, including cleaning after each use, proper storage, and regular inspection, can help prolong the life of the fire pit.
Can I Have a Portable Fire Pit in My Backyard?
Absolutely! I love having a portable fire pit in my backyard. It’s a great way to enjoy the outdoors and has cozy gatherings with friends and family.
However, it’s important to check with local regulations and follow safety guidelines to ensure that the fire pit is legal and safe.
Will My Fire Pit Work as a Patio Heater?
It depends on the type of fire pit you have. Traditional fire pits that burn wood are not very effective as patio heaters since they produce a lot of smoke.
However, some fire pits are specifically designed to function as patio heaters, which use propane or natural gas as fuel and produce heat without smoke.
If you want to use your fire pit as a patio heater, it’s important to ensure it is safe and that you are following all safety guidelines.
To learn more about patio heaters, check out our guide on thebest patio heatersandbest tabletop heaters.
Can My Fire Pit Replace My Microwave?
No, a fire pit cannot replace a microwave. A fire pit is designed for outdoor use and primarily for heating and cooking food over an open flame.
Conversely, a microwave is an indoor appliance that uses electromagnetic radiation to cook and heat food quickly and efficiently.
The two serve different purposes and cannot be used interchangeably.
A fire pit is essential for anyone who loves spending time outdoors.
Whether camping, hosting a backyard party, or simply enjoying a night under the stars, a fire pit can provide warmth, light, and ambiance to any gathering.
When choosing a portable fire pit, it's important to consider the size, weight, fuel type, price range, and any extra features such as a smokeless design or carrying case.
With so many options available today, there's a fire pit that suits every need and budget.
Don't miss out on the opportunity to enhance your outdoor experience with the cozy glow of a portable fire pit.
Is the skillet your all-around cookware and bakeware in your kitchen? You might want to reconsider.
Depending on your cooking methods, specialized kitchenware like the broiler pan and baking sheet can elevate your resulting dishes.
Discover here the difference these bakeware tools make and know which to use to achieve the best results for your dish.
Broiling depends on a single concentrated heating element only. This can either be from the top or bottom of your oven, but it uses high heat from 500 to 550° F to quickly crisp the exterior of foods.
It may not be a common cooking method for you in contrast to baking. But if you want to achieve fast cooking for veggies, fish, poultry, and steak, you might want to know about this method.
What about baking then? Baking involves all oven elements. Instead of direct heat, baking aims to slowly achieve even heating from 200 to 500° F. Because baking time usually takes longer.
Baking is best for delicate foods, such as substantial veggies like carrots, squash, and potatoes.
Aside from desserts and loaves of bread, you can use baking for pasta and thicker cuts of meat to ensure that they're cooked on the inside without the risk of burning the exterior of your dish.
You should know that some foods, such as casseroles, may require you to bake AND broil. To make the best-tasting casseroles, you'll need to bake the dish to heat its filling evenly and broil it afterward to crisp its crumb or cheese toppings.
Broiler pans have two components: the perforated drip rack and the high-walled tray.
This facilitates the separation of fats, oils, and grease, especially when dealing with meat. When cooking with a broiler pan, you'll need a marinade or glaze to help your meal or veggies stay juicy.
Broiler Pan vs Baking Sheet: Head-to-Head Comparison
So which is one better? Let's compare them based on the following features:
Heat Resistance
Broiling pans are made of much thicker metal than baking sheets. Unlike many baking sheets, they won't warp when exposed to extreme heat.
Winner
Broiler Pan.
Capacity
A baking sheet offers a larger surface area. They can hold more steaks and chops, so you can use a baking sheet instead when serving more people.
Winner
Baking Sheet.
Fat Release
The rack of broiler pans allows fat and oils to drip away from your food. Because of this, you get to eat a less greasy yet drier meal. You can use marination or dips to build on its moisture instead.
Winner
Broiler Pan.
Non-Stick Surface
The design of a broiling pan won't give you any problems with remnants and juice sticking to your pan.
If you use a baking sheet even with a separate rack, you can't just use parchment paper to line your pan. You must use high-temperature oil or pan spray to provide a non-stick coating.
Winner
Broiler Pan.
Burn Prevention
A baking sheet provides even warming. The dishes you'll place on your baking sheet won't get scorched immediately, even if you leave them unattended for several minutes.
Winner
Baking Sheet.
What Different Pans Can You Use for Broiling?
Look for bakeware that specifies it's "broiler-safe." Aside from this, you can also look into the following broiler-safe cookware that can withstand short bursts of intense heat in your oven:
Cast-Iron Pan
Cast-iron cookware is widely used because of its great durability and conduction properties. It is made of thick and heavy non-stick metal, so you won't have to worry about leaving it unattended.
You can use a roasting tray with a stainless steel rack sitting inside it to imitate the design of your broiler pan. It's best to line your vegetable ingredients at the bottom of the pan to prevent your drippings from catching fire.
Aluminum foil can withstand a higher temperature. You can shape it into a tray for better containment or use disposable aluminum pans for easier cleanup.
Baking uses lower temperatures, so you have more bakeware and materials.
Baking sheets made of aluminum are commonly used because they conduct heat efficiently. Other cookware materials include stainless steel, silicone, ceramic, and glass.
The following pans are specialized for baking desserts, but they can also be used to bake thicker foods, such as roasts and casseroles:
Standard Cake Pans
This bake-safe cookware comes in different shapes and sizes, but their volumes are often similar. This is to provide shape options without involving complicated partial recipe conversions.
Take, for example, the 6-inch round pan and the 8-inch round pan. Both pans offer 4-cup capacities. Another better example is the 9-inch round pan and the 8x8-inch square pan. They have different shapes, but they offer 8-cup capacities.
Springform Pans
Springform cake pans have a removable bottom interlocked with a spring-locked ring. The design is to facilitate easy serving so that cheesecakes and quiches don't have to be inverted anymore.
Muffin Tins
If you want smaller servings instead of having one big serving for your dish, you can bake them onto muffin tins. They have 12 to 36 concave cups in one bakeware.
Instead of your usual desserts, you can use these for savory baking eggs, sushi, or rice cups.
Loaf Pans
You can guess from the name that this bakeware is used for baking loaves of bread.
Loaf pans are also referred to as pound cake pans. They have high supporting walls, which hold up your mixture when the dough rises.
Instead of bread, you can also use this pan for baking lasagna and meatloaf.
Bundt Cake Pan
Bundt cake pans have a non-stick coating with a fluted or grooved shape and a center tube. Their shape facilitates even baking for the outer crusts.
Since these pans are made of heavy material, you can use them for recipes that need to be left in the oven for longer.
Angel Food Cake Pan
On the other hand, these pans have flat tops and smooth edges in addition to their tall center tube. These pans can also have a removable bottom to help remove cakes easily.
Broiler Pan And Baking Sheet FAQs
Here is additional information that might be helpful to you:
What Can Substitute for a Broiler Pan?
You can use a baking sheet or a roasting pan instead.
Use a sheet pan instead to achieve a toasted effect, as in bread or crisp vegetables. However, the broiler’s high heat can warp its thin material, so you might have to dispose of it afterward.
Use a roast pan instead if you don’t want your meat, fish, and veggies to cook in their fat. Make sure you place its rack to separate them from the drippings.
Can You Use a Cookie Sheet as a Broiling Pan?
No, you can’t use a cookie sheet to broil food.
Unlike a baking sheet, a cookie sheet isn’t completely lined by an outside rim. Since a cookie sheet is often shallow or flat, it has no full rim lining to prevent food from spilling.
The rim lining of a cookie sheet is only for you to grab onto for putting the cookie sheet into the oven. As such, a cookie sheet is best for baking cookies or biscuits and never bread or other foods that may drip.
Now that we know the difference between a broiler pan and a baking sheet, it's time to know when to use each one.
Use a Broiler Pan If...
You want to warm the exterior only. Similar to grilling, it sears the exterior of food only. Use it to achieve a golden-brown crust or a crown of melted cheese.
You're dealing with thin cuts of meat. It can't cook deep into your food. You'll have to use ingredients that are easily cooked.
You are in a hurry. If you don't have an hour to spare, resort to this pan.
Use a Baking Sheet If...
You need even cooking. This is for cooking the inside and through of food without the risk of burning its outside.
You're dealing with dense dishes. To ensure cooking their interior, you must bake your thick-cut meat and dense dishes first before using the sheet.
You have time to spare. Use this tool if you can wait hours or have something else to do while waiting.
Conclusion
Broiler pans and baking sheets may look similar, but they are built differently for different purposes.
Although one can substitute for the other at certain times, you can't expect the same quality regarding the results.
Use each one for the specific method they're meant for to ensure you and your family can enjoy well-made dishes.
Explore the variety of cookware and bakeware in your kitchen, starting with broiler and roasting pans.
They may look similar, but the main difference in their use depends on the direction of the heat source in your oven.
If that's unclear to you, read more about their differences and when it's best to use each one.
The oven's broiler setting can cook food using, of course, the broiling method. But what is broiling?
Broiling is used to cook food at extremely high temperatures using direct heat from the top of the oven.
As such, it follows that a broiler pan cooks your favorite foods under very high temperatures while heat is distributed from the top of the oven.
But what does an oven-broiling pan look like?
Broiling pans have a flat surface and consist of a bottom pan and an upper pan. The higher pan is designed with a slotted base for the juice and meat drippings to drip onto the bottom pan while your dish is cooked.
Because of this, the lower pan is commonly called the drip pan.
Broiling pans are made of heavy metal or steel with a non-stick surface to withstand high temperatures. This includes enameled steel, cast iron, copper, and aluminum foil.
Healthier Cooking - Broiling is a healthier method than frying using a frying pan vs. a skillet. It only uses the natural fat from vegetables, poultry, meat, and seafood in cooking.
Fat Removal - Cooking meat or fish on a broiler pan drains excess fat into the drip pan. This removes unwanted fat content from your dish.
What I Don't Like
Resulting Dryness - The design of a broiler pan naturally drains moisture from dishes. This often results in dryness in meat dishes.
Roasting Pan Overview
Roasting is also used to cook food at high temperatures. However, the heat is distributed from the bottom of the oven instead of the top, as in broiling.
The cooking methods may be similar, but their cookware is easier to differentiate. This is because a roasting pan has higher sides that resemble a tall sheet pan than a broiling pan. Instead of an upper pan, you get a metal rack for roasting pans.
This design facilitates a more even heat distribution, which allows the marinade to flow through. Ironically, this isn't best for coffee roasting.
Roasting pans usually come in stainless steel, copper, aluminum foil, and vitreous enamel-coated cast iron cookware. Most of these have a non-stick coating.
What I like
Moisture Retention - Roasting pans can cook meat and vegetable dishes that are tender and juicy since moisture can flow through the cookware.
Large Capacity - They can hold more food since these pans are deeper.
What I Don't Like
Heavy Construction - The roasting pan is often heavier than a broiler pan because of its design and capacity.
Broiler Pan vs Roasting Pan: Comparison of Features
Let's now compare these two pans side by side to know which one is superior.
Material - Broiler pans and roasting pans typically use the same materials. Stainless steel, hard anodized aluminum, enameled steel, and cast iron are commonly used. Both also come in aluminum foil pans for a disposable option. WINNER: TIE
Size - Although using the same materials, broiling pans and roasting pans come in different sizes to accommodate the cooked food, ranging from small pork roasts to large turkey dishes. However, broiling pans are generally shallower, so their variety isn't as much. WINNER: Roasting Pan
Design - A broiling pan is similar to a baking sheet regarding shallowness. It has two separate pieces: a slotted base and a drip pan. Roasting pans are made of a single deep pan and an optional metal oven rack. For how they cook food, each serves its purpose properly. WINNER: TIE
Cooking Time - Broiling pans and roasting pans are both used for cooking food at high-temperature. However, the heat distribution is different. Heat comes from the base of the oven in roasting pans, while for broiler pans, heat comes from the top. Heat comes in contact with the food faster in broiler pans. WINNER: Broiler Pan
Even Cooking - Broiler pans drain the dripping from the meat and sear food with high heat. On the other hand, roasting pans cook meat in their own juices and can use lower temperatures and broader heating elements to achieve an even internal temperature. WINNER: Roasting Pan
Now that we've specified the differences between these cookware pieces, here's when it's best to use each one:
Use a Broiler Pan If...
You want to sear your food. Broiling pans have a shallow base, as in a baking sheet. This construction makes using a broiler pan perfect for quickly searing or grilling food like steaks. Know the difference between the broiler pan vs the baking sheet here.
You need to extract excess fat from your food. Broiler pans have a slotted bottom and a drip pan that extracts the fats and juices from your food as it cooks.
Use a Roasting Pan If...
You want a slow cooker for large cuts of meat. If you want to cook a chicken or beef dish that needs to baste in its own juices, a roasting pan is your better option.
You want juicy meat cuts. Roasting pans are better because they cook meat in their own juices. You won't have to prepare a separate marinade or glaze to give you moist meat.
Conclusion
Broiler pans and roasting pans have different heat distribution designs.
What to use depends on the delicious recipes you want to cook. You can achieve a variety of dishes using these two pans even if you use the same ingredients, such as meat, poultry, vegetables, and seafood.
These cookware pieces are great must-haves in your kitchen because they each offer a low-calorie cooking method to promote healthy and yummy dishes in your home.
Aren't skillets and frying pans the same thing? Apparently not!
Most people use the terms interchangeably. Nonetheless, they still have their fair share of differences.
Only a professional chef will know exactly which pan or skillet suits certain food. But it wouldn't hurt to know which kitchen tool is better.
In this article, we'll talk about the frying pan vs skilletand their key differences. Keep reading!
A cast iron frying pan is usually called a skillet, while nonstick ones are simply called frying pans.
A pan is a type of metal cookware with a long handle used to cook food conveniently. A frying pan's specifically designed with a flat bottom, wide base, and rounded flared sides.
Frying pans are shallower and thinner because frying requires faster heating.
These frying pans have a non-stick chemical coating that prevents food from sticking to the bottom when cooking or frying.
A nonstick pan is more affordable, easy to clean, and convenient to cook with. It's particularly useful for sautéing more delicate food like eggs, vegetables, and fish.
What I like
Rust-resistant surface
Does not easily scratch
Thinner, shallower, and more lightweight
Faster cooking
Versatile
Requires less oil
What I Don't Like
Can easily burn food
Usually not oven-safe
Needs more attention
Skillet Overview
A cast iron pan and a carbon steel pan are called skillets.
A skillet is usually made of iron, alloyed with a small amount of carbon for hardening. It is a pan designed with a flat base, sloped or slanted sides, and a handle.
A cast iron skillet is deeper, much like a sauté pan. Its sloped sides help redistribute the food. Although skillets take longer to get hot, they retain heat for longer.
This quality makes them a good tool for searing a steak or cooking meat at high heat. They're ideal for stir-frying and fast-cooking dishes that need constant stirring or moving around the cooking surface.
Most skillets also come with a lid. They're put to good use for braising, which is the combination of pan-searing and slow-cooking in a sauce until the whole dish is tender.
You might also want to consider a broiler pan for your kitchen.
Here are the 3 common types of skillets according to their material:
Cast Iron Skillets
This is perhaps the most popular type of skillet. They're durable and long-lasting.
A cast iron skillet, however, requires seasoning to prevent food from sticking.
Aluminum Skillets
Aluminum skillets are perfect for cooking low-heat quick foods like bacon and eggs.
An aluminum skillet lasts longer when they're given a non-stick or ceramic coating. However, they're not suitable for extreme heat cooking since the coating can create hot spots.
They're not meant to be used in a dishwasher either, as dishwashers can damage their coating in the long run.
Stainless Steel Skillets
Stainless steel pans are popular among professional chefs. They are easy to clean and very durable. Plus, they can stand extreme temperatures, depending on their steel grade.
If you're considering the culinary arts as a career or are a hero in the kitchen, you better get a stainless steel skillet!
Frying Pans vs Skillets (Cast Iron) : Head-to-Head Comparison
When it comes to frying pans vs skillets, there's not much to argue. The only real difference is that skillets are not shallow. They're usually deeper than frying pans by about 2 inches and come with lids.
French skillets are even often mistaken as frying pans because they look very similar. But these skillets just happen to be a little more spacious and have higher sides.
You can cook the same dishes in both options. But if you're keen, check out these comparisons.
1. Material
Investing in durably made pans and skillets is the best way to go. They're often made with stainless steel, nonstick surfaces, ceramic, cast iron, and aluminum.
Nowadays, hard-anodized aluminum is the better option. But the difference in quality isn't too far from stainless steel.
Go for tri-ply or five-ply combinations of stainless steel and aluminum. These have excellent heat retention, heat distribution, and safety, whether you're using a skillet or a frying pan.
Winner
Stainless steel and aluminum skillets and pans.
2. Handle Construction
Pan-fried dishes often need to be shaken and flipped when stir-frying. Therefore, frying pans need longer handles for better tossing ability.
Plus, with the help of a wooden spatula, you'll have a pleasurable time in the kitchen!
Skillets tend to be used for more ingredients. So a sturdy handle is a must-have to carry the weight.
Ideally, both pans and skillets should have stay-cool handles that are securely riveted to their base.
Winner
Tie! Both cooking tools have sturdy handles.
3. Cookware Size
Skillets and pans are available in 3.5-inch to 17-inch diameters. The most popular are 8-inch, 10-inch, and 12-inch diameters.
The ideal size will depend on how many people you're cooking for and the type of meals you make.
A smaller pan or skillet is great for one- or two-person meals and quick bites.
An 8-inch frying pan is great for whipping up quick breakfast scrambles or a pan-fried fish with some vegetable sides.
Larger skillets are great to use for family-size portions and full-pan meals like stir fries and noodles.
Winner
8-inch, 10-inch, and 12-inch Pans.
4. Weight
Again, your choice will depend on your recipes, cooking methods, and needs.
A frying pan and skillet are both lightweight. They're not difficult to move across a stove.
Winner
Tie! Whether you're using a pan or skillet, they come in roughly the same weight.
5. Design and Purpose
Since fry pans areflat-bottomed and don’t have a lid, they work well with shallow frying, searing, andhigh-heat grilling.
Thanks to the tall and straight sides of frying pans, they're the tool to use when making eggs, pancakes, frittatas, and dry stir fry.
The vertical sides of sauté pans mean it's easier to pour liquid from them. They can be used to cook thick sauces, curries, and stews.
But the thin angled-out sides and flat bottom of skillets can cause a mess when cooking with a ton of liquid and ingredients, even if they're deeper than a frying pan.
A skillet is better than a sauté pan when cooking fewer things due to its smaller cooking area. But its even heat distribution is a great compromise!
Winner
Pans and Sauté Pans.
6. Evaporation Rate
Being able to control the moisture in your meal is key to excellent-tasting meals.
If you want faster thickening and cooking down of sauces, skillets will get the job done faster than a sauté pan.
That’s thanks to the flatter and wider surface of skillets and pans. Sauté pans, on the other hand, have a larger surface, so it’s harder to lose moisture.
If you plan to cook juicy and tender dishes, a sauté pan is the better option.
Winner
Skillets!
What Is a Sauté Pan?
The word“sauté” is a French word meaning “to jump.” But when it comes to food, it refers to cooking food with direct heat from the pan.
Sauté pans generally have a wider surface area with straight sides. Their shape makes them suitable for holding soups, stews, and curries.
Because these dishes are often cooked under lower temperatures for a long period, most sauté pans come with non-stick coatings.
If your recipe needs a good amount of liquid ingredients and not much stirring, like when cooking sauces for pasta, a sauté pan is perfect for the job!
How Is a Sauté Pan Different From Frying Pans and Cast Iron Pans?
A sauté pan is shallow with straight sides, while skillets and frying pans have slanted sides.
Unlike a skillet or frying pan, a sauté pan isn't designed for a ton of shaking and flipping food around. You wouldn’t even dare once you’ve realized how heavy sauté pans can be!
Do you need information about a skillet and a frying pan? Check out these FAQs!
How Do You Tell if a Pan Is a Skillet?
A fry pan is one of the cooking vessels you will find in any kitchen. A skillet has the same functionality of cooking food as a frying pan but isn’t as shallow. It can be deeper by up to 2 inches.
Is a Skillet Better Than a Non-stick Pan?
Most cast iron skillets are more durable and versatile than non-stick pans. However, they do require more maintenance to prevent food from sticking to its patina when cooking.
A nonstick pan is easier to use and care for.
Nonetheless, both are capable of whipping up amazing food! It’s all up to the chef at this point.
What Is the Difference Between a Skillet and a Grill Pan?
A sauté pan, a skillet, and a frying pan use a flat cooking surface.
A grill pan has a nonstick coating with raised ridges that make char and grill marks on the food.
The difference between a frying pan vs a skillet is very minute. Whichever you have in the kitchen, you can still make delicious food for your friends and family.
But if you're still having trouble distinguishing them, follow these tips.
Use a Frying Pan If
You're looking for non-stick cookware with quick cooking capabilities that requires little to no oil to cook with.
Use a Cast Iron Skillet If
You prefer thicker, oven-safe, and deeper kitchen equipment that cooks meats evenly and whips up nice stir-fries.
Conclusion
You can perform the same cooking methods on either a skillet or a frying pan.
The right pan for you should be the one you're comfortable using in your daily kitchen routines.
A slow cooker is one of the best appliances to tenderize and get the best flavors out of our meats.
Most slow cookers become one of our kitchen go-to’s, next to having thebest small crock pot.
Today, we will be introducing you to the different slow cooker sizes. We want you to find the best slow cooker to satisfy your cooking mission.
Whether you’re cooking a feast for yourself, a friend, or a large family, you need to find the perfect slow cooker. This ensures you can satisfy a hungry crowd with your delicious cooking.
Let’s go through the different sizes and find the perfect crock pot for you.
Cooking up small meals is much easier in a small slow cooker. It can whip a small batch of food perfect for you and two other friends!
Generally, a 1 to 2-quart slow cooker offers a decent cooking capacity. It cooks enough food to satisfy a hungry couple on a date night. You can even use it to serve a hot dip for your chips!
Drawing from our experience, the only drawback with a standard size slow cooker is fitting large cuts of meat and vegetables, especially if you’re using a one-quart slow cooker.
That said, we recommend cutting your ingredients smaller than you usually wood. The size is perfect enough for cooking small dishes at home.
Number of servings: Good for up to 2 persons | Ideal for: A person living alone | Starting price: $30 | Perfect for: Beans, dips, rice, sauces, and soups | Shape: Usually round shape
The average crock pot size is usually anywhere between 2 to 4 quarts. It’s perfect for feeding a small family without ending up with too many leftovers.
Preparing meals for up to six people is a lot easier, and you don’t have to worry about going back and forth to the kitchen to whip up a delicious meal.
It’s perfect for roasting whole chickens or can sometimes serve as a rice cooker!
A 3-quart slow cooker provides the best compromise for whipping a small to medium amount of food.
Despite its cooking capacity, this slow cooker is still pretty compact. It can easily fit on your kitchen counter without it being too bulky.
Number of servings: Good for up to 3 persons | Ideal for: Small household | Starting price: $40 | Perfect for: Casseroles, starters, side dishes, and vegetables | Shape: Usually rectangular or round shape
You should go for slow cookers weighing five and six quarts if you want to cook your favorite foods for large groups.
It’s enough to satisfy our food cravings and have leftovers to share with family.
Based on our first-hand experience, meal prepping with a medium to the large slow cooker is a breeze. Cooking a whole chicken with some side dishes won’t be a problem!
Just throw all your ingredients inside the crock pot and leave it to stew! A 5 to 6-quart slow cooker can satisfy your slow-cooking needs.
However, some may find a 6-quart slow cooker to be really large. At the same time, it also tends to be heavy, which makes it a hassle to bring during a picnic.
Number of servings: Good for up to 5 persons | Ideal for: A person living alone or a small household | Starting price: $50 | Perfect for: Deserts, mains, soups, and stews | Shape: Usually oval shape
Large slow cookers are one of the best to have around the house when planning to host a party and feed a large family.
Batch cooking with a big pot is also much faster and more convenient when preparing meals.
You can whip a delicious and savory meal at home and share it during your next family outing! We’re sure you’ll wow them with your food.
The heating element on a larger slow cooker works perfectly, just like its smaller versions. It can heat up and cook evenly, ensuring your large roasts are perfectly cooked.
Because of its large size, there’s a reasonable expectation that it also comes with a large price tag.
Rest assured; this will be a worthy investment for slow cooking.
Number of servings: Good for up to 7 persons | Ideal for: A person living alone or a small household | Starting price: $60 | Perfect for: Meal prep, mains, roasts, and stews | Shape: Usually rectangular or oval shape
There are several slow cooker sizes and slow cooker brands out there. You won’t run out of products to choose from.
You can have over a hundred selections yet still find it challenging to find the best slow cooker for you.
To help you with your search, we’ve listed several factors to consider when looking for a slow cooker. This ensures you land only the best product out there.
1. Household Size
Always base the size of your slow cooker on the number of people you plan to feed at a time.In general, a smaller crock pot is perfect for feeding a small family.
However, if you want to feed a hungry crowd and still end up with a few extra servicing, the correct slow cooker size would be a large one.
With the different crock pot sizes out there, you’re sure you’ll be able to score only the best deal. Not just that, but it also helps you narrow down your search.
2. Type of Food to Cook
Certain crock pot sizes are best for certain food types. Take the case of a whole chicken, for example, where a large and oval-shaped crock pot would be better to use.
With that said, always keep in mind what type of food you plan to cook. This ensures they can fit your pot perfectly, and you don’t waste your ingredients.
You’ll risk overcooking your food when your pot is too big. Food tends to cook faster when it’s underfilled.
On the other hand, overcrowding your slow cooker means food will get cooked slower than usual.
3. Price
Thankfully, crock pots come in different price points.
There are many slow cooker brands out there that offer a reliable line of products, ranging from budget-friendly to the most expensive.
Always set a budget for yourself before buying a slow cooker. This helps you narrow your search, to ensure you score the perfect slow cooker for a certain price point.
Regardless of how much you’re willing to spend, ensure it also comes with an awesome set of features and versatility that can get your money’s worth.
4. Storage Space
If you only have limited kitchen storage, the best crock pot for you would be anywhere between 1 to 4 quarts.
It doesn’t take up too much storage space and looks like a small appliance.
Thus, find a slow cooker that will fit inside your kitchen storage. This ensures your counter doesn’t look too cluttered.
But if you have extra storage, you shouldn’t have any problem using large crock pot sizes. You can cook a feast enough to feed a large family.
5. Versatility
Finding a versatile and multifunctional kitchen appliance will be a good idea to get the most out of your slow cooker.
Regardless of what size crock pot you need, you won’t have trouble finding one with impressive functionality. You might even be surprised to find others that can double as pressure cookers!
Through the years, we’ve found a lot of uses for our slow cookers besides slow cooking. In some cases, we could even use the oven-safe bowl for baking some of our favorite dishes.
6. Weight and Maneuverability
The larger your slow cooker is, the heavier it becomes. Maneuvering around with a large crock pot can be challenging, especially if you go on a picnic.
The material of your crock pot can also affect its weight.
Take the case of stoneware and cast aluminum inserts, which could require some heavy lifting, especially if it's 10 quarts.
It isn’t exactly the wrong slow cooker to choose from, but it’s not the most ideal for bringing around. Thus, choose the right crock pot sizes you’ll be comfortable handling.
7. Accessories
We’re sure you want to get the most out of what you paid for, so having a few accessories in the packaging is always a welcome addition.
We always look forward to some of the usual accessories, including insulated bags and heat-resistant carrying handles!
Having a few extra accessories also ensures you can try different cooking styles in a single pot. You can try sautéing and browning meat to add flavor to your dishes.
What Rules Should You Remember When Cooking in a Crock Pot?
It’s no secret that crock pots are one of the handiest kitchen appliances. Through the years, we always get excited to test out the different crock pot sizes and how it fairs compared to others.
But before you get excited to start cooking, there are a few rules you should keep in mind to enjoy your crock pot.
1. Choose Meat Wisely
The beauty of using a crock pot is that you can tenderize even the toughest meat. Take lamb shanks and pork ribs, for example.
You can easily pull them apart with a fork, with the least resistance possible.
That said, make sure you choose the right type of meat for slow cooking. Drawing from our experience, we figured that choosing tough cuts of meat would be BETTER.
But that doesn’t mean you can’t cook tender cuts of meat like sirloin and steak. You can still use a slow cooker. However, it would be better to cook it on stovetops instead.
2. Layering Is Important
Learn how to layer your crock pot effectively so that you’re able to cook every ingredient properly.
Whether you’re cooking meats alone or meats and veggies together, layering them is important.
We always recommend putting tough cuts of meats or root crops at the bottom of your slow cooker or any ingredient which requires a long cooking time.
On the other hand, you can place vegetables at the topmost layer since they get cooked easily. You can take them out of the pot immediately once they’re done.
3. Understand the Recipe
You might find things complicated if it’s your first time using a crock pot.
Given the different crock pot sizes, knowing how to play around with the recipe may seem like rocket science.
So before you power on your slow cooker, take some time to understand the recipe you want to use.
What kind of temperature setting does it call for, and what crock pot sizes should you use?
Smaller slow cookers tend to heat up faster because of their small cooking surface, unlike a bigger pot, where you must carefully temper the crock pot's settings.
4. Use Half the Amount of Liquid
If your recipe calls for 4 cups of water, cut it in half and use 2 cups instead. One of the first things you need to remember is slow cookers keep moisture well.
That being said, you don’t have to worry about the liquids inside evaporating. No wonder slow cookers are perfect for cooking stews, sauces, and soups!
The same idea applies to a smaller slow cooker. Reduce the number of liquids in half to ensure you get the best results.
Note
If you’re cooking rice, you might need to add more liquid than you normally use.
5. Add Seafood and Dairy Last
If your ingredients call for seafood or dairy products, consider adding them last. If not last, at least a few minutes before they’re served.
Remember, both of these food items cook pretty fast. You’ll risk burning or overcooking them if you keep them inside a slow cooker for a long time.
To prevent any cooking mishaps in the kitchen, check out the different slow cooker recipes you can master at home.
How to Clean Your Slow Cooker Properly
Whether you have a two or 10-quart slow cooker, knowing how to clean them properly is important. This ensures your well-loved instant pot can last you a long time.
You might think putting your crock pot inside the dishwasher is enough.
Soaking it in warm soapy water might do the trick, but there are several things you can do to make sure you cover all your bases.
Let’s discuss cleaning your small and large slow cookers at home.
1. Don’t Use Abrasive Cleaners
Removing tough and stubborn spots can be challenging, and you might think you need to use abrasive cleaners to do the job. But this is the last thing you should use.
Unfortunately, abrasive cleaners such as scouring pads and steel wool can damage the coating of your slow cooker. You might have many scratches on your pan, which can be a big eyesore.
To prevent this from happening, use cleaning sponges and cloths instead. You can also use rubber spatulas to scrape off any hardened particles.
2. Don’t Soak Your Slow Cooker for Too Long
After braising and stewing for hours, oil has probably accumulated on the surface. Once the oil has hardened, it becomes hard to remove.
One of the solutions you probably have in mind is to soak it in warm water to remove any oily parts. But before you do this, STOP!
Yes, you can soak the pot but don’t leave it in for too long.
It may also affect the quality of your stoneware insert, which could mean you have to buy a new one anytime soon.
3. Make a Deep Cleaning Schedule
Consider deep cleaning your slow cooker once in a while. This ensures your slow cooker retains its perfect condition, even after many uses!
You can make your crock pot look brand new once again! And the best part, you can save yourself the trouble of buying a new slow cooker each time.
However, no deep cleaning can save your slow cooker from the usual wear and tear.
Slow Cooker Size FAQs
Before we leave with our parting words, we’ll answer some of the FAQs we get about slow cookers. Keep reading because you might learn a thing or two from what we’re about to share.
Can You Cook Small Meals in a Large Crock Pot?
You can cook small meals even in a 10-quart slow cooker.
You don’t always have to cook meals in your pot to their maximum capacity, especially if there’s just one of you.
Make sure you get the measurements right so you still have enough food. Don’t worry because most recipes indicate how much food it serves.
Unfortunately, you can’t cook a large meal on a small slow cooker. We don’t have to expound on this, as the reason is apparent.
What Is the Most Common Slow Cooker Size?
You won’t have difficulty finding slow cookers within the 5 to 7 quarts size range. It’s one of the most common and flexible sizes because it’s perfect for cooking small to medium meals.
It’s large enough to roast a whole chicken but also small enough to ensure you don’t have too many leftovers in your fridge.
Are Large Crock Pots Expensive
On average, the LARGER the crock pot, the PRICIER it becomes. So in that aspect, large crock pots are more expensive than others.
But don’t worry because you can get a large crock pot without breaking the bank.
There are large crock pots out there that come with great value for money to make sure you get what you’re paying for.
What Features Do I Need for My Slow Cookers?
Kitchen appliances of today come with neat and awesome features that can make your life in the kitchen a breeze.
You can leave your food to cook in your instant pot and work on other things!
Smartphone Syncing
Believe it or not, you can find “smart” slow cookers today that are highly advanced, so much so that you can pair your slow cooker with your phone, to control it wherever you are.
The beauty of this feature is you can turn on and off your slow cooker WITHOUT standing up and breaking a sweat.
You could be in a different room while you control this cooking vessel.
Consider getting a new slow cooker with this advanced feature! Despite this feature, you don’t have to worry about it working differently than your usual slow cooker.
You can enjoy it the same way as using your favorite slow cooker. Get straight to cooking your food without worrying about any learning curve.
Lid Locks
Never underestimate the power of having lid locks for your slow cooker. This small contraption is perfect for anyone who loves bringing their crock pot for a picnic.
Just lock the glass lid and go! You don’t have to worry about your pasta sauce spilling all over your car seat and have nothing to serve your friends.
You’d be surprised that even a 2-quart slow cooker would have glass lid locks. Your food can stay safe and warm inside your cooking pot.
Automatic Stirrer
Many slow cooker models today come with different accessories that can change how you enjoy your crock pot. Regardless of the sizes, make sure to look for accessories.
One of our favorite and most used accessories is the automatic stirrer. It makes sure you can cook soups and sauces without burning them.
Leaving your food to slow cook feels a lot better knowing you’ve got this feature to fall back on.
Warm Setting
Many slow cookers today come with an automatic warm setting that ensures your meals stay warm for hours after being cooked.
We love this feature because we can always expect a warm bowl of stew when we get home from a tiring day. Imagine your 6-quart slow cooker filled with braised beef you cannot devour!
Now that got us feeling hungry. No matter what size crock pot you have, an automatic warm setting will be very handy.
Digital Programmable Controls
A programmable slow cooker takes two-thirds of your work away.
You can set your crock pot to cook based on your settings, and that’s it! Even a basic digital timer can make your kitchen life easier.
The great thing about a programmable slow cooker is that it is a versatile kitchen appliance. Not only that, but most of them are also very energy efficient.
You don’t have to worry about your electricity bill skyrocketing, even after you leave your whole chicken to cook for many hours.
Regardless of how demanding your cooking needs are, there are many slow cooker sizes out there to suit you!
You can explore different slow cooker recipes and discover various cooking tips that can help you wow your friends and family.
Learning to cook the food you know people will love is always a dream.
We hope you enjoyed this article. Let us know in the comments what's the go-to size for your slow cooker. We’d love to hear your thoughts!
You can also check out take on the best broiler pan in the market, which lets you cook food you’ll be happy to serve.
If your crockpot starts blinking a red light, it indicates something is wrong.
Holding down the select and power buttons for 30 seconds while the slow cooker is plugged in may be necessary to reset it. After that, you should unplug the device and re-plug it.
However, if this doesn't resolve the issue, we also have more advice for what to do if your crockpot's red light starts blinking.
Surely, you'll get your crock pot back up and running in no time - continue reading this website article!
What Happens When a Crockpot Has a Blinking Light?
Depending on the model, a blinking light could mean several things, including a power outage, overheating, a broken lid, or a fault with the control panel.
When a crockpot (or any other electric home appliance) is in standby or sleep mode, the power light on the appliance likewise blinks or flashes.
The power light only indicates no power going to any of its heating functions. Therefore, a power light blinking may also indicate that its power-saving mode is active.
By pressing a button on the high or low setting of the crockpot, you may, however, end the power-saving mode.
A crockpot with a blinking light typically means an appliance issue.
Similar to how you need a slow cooker size guide before purchasing a new crockpot, it's vital to figure out why your pot lights turn red when you use them.
Ignoring the problem may result in the crockpot malfunctioning or perhaps posing a safety risk.
How to Fix Crock Pot Power Light Blinking?
The Best Small Crock Potsare equipped with built-in sensors to enhance the cooking experience of most.
And because they are electronic equipment, they are prone to issues.
In this section, we'll guide you through some simple steps to troubleshoot and fix the problem so you can get back to cooking your favorite food or meal.
1. Do Not Use Your Crock Pot if You Notice the Power Light Blinking
Safety should always be a top priority when fixing a slow cooker or crockpot because it is a kitchen stove or appliance dealing with an electrical system, heat, and potentially heavy or sharp iron parts.
A slow cooker can be hazardous to most people if it functions incorrectly.
For example, an electrical short could cause an electric shock, or a broken lid could cause hot liquids to spill and cause burns.
Therefore, following the manufacturer's instructions carefully when repairing a slow cooker or consulting a professional electrician first thing is important.
Safety always comes first, so only attempt easy solutions within your knowledge or skill level.
2. Check the Outlet You Plug Into
Check the outlet you're plugging it into.
The outlet might malfunction, making the crockpot or its lights blink. Ensure any removable cords or plug you use are in good working order and have no blown fuses or faulty connections.
Try to plug another device into an adjacent outlet to determine if it's working correctly or if the plug source is powered.
If the other plugged device does not work, you must repair or replace the outlet.
In most cases (for most people), after they plug in another new appliance like a mixer, blender, or iron - and it works, the outlet is not the issue.
Try the next troubleshooting step.
3. Plug the Crock Pot Back in if It's Unplugged
If you had previously unplugged your crockpot and now see the power light blinking, try plugging it back in.
The crock pot power light may keep blinking due to an electrical failure or a loose connection; reconnecting the crockpot after disconnecting it usually fixes the issue.
Before turning the crockpot on, ensure the socket plug is operational, and the lid is securely seated.
If the blinking light persists, move on to other troubleshooting steps or contact the manufacturer or a qualified electrician.
4. Reset Your Circuit Breaker
It may be time to reset your circuit breaker.
Sometimes a high temperature, energy surge, or electrical overload can cause the circuit breaker to trip, which can affect the performance of your crockpot.
Locate your fuses and identify the breaker that controls the outlet. Turn the breaker off, wait a few minutes, and then turn it back on.
This will reset the circuit breaker and may resolve the issue with your crockpot.
5. Reset Your Outlet Switch
If none of the previous troubleshooting tips still worked, you may need to reset your outlet switch, as there might be no energy going to any of its heating functions.
Some outlets have a built-in plug that can trip and cause the crock pot power light to blink.
To reset and stop the blinking lights, locate the outlet plug and look for a small switch on the faceplate. After, please turn it off and wait a few seconds before turning it back on.
6. Replace Your Outlet Switch/Fuse
The outlet switch/fuse replacement is your final hope to personally fix your slow cooker and continue your cooking experiences.
Your wall socket contains the fuse that powers your slow cooker.
A broken switch/fuse could result in electrical short and loose connections (breakers tripped) that would impair the crockpot's functionality.
Find the socket where your crockpot's plug is, unplug it, then carefully remove the faceplate.
Look for any evidence of damage, such as burning, charring, or corrosion, on your new appliance.
Replace the wall plug with a new one of the same rating if you see any damage.
Carefully turn off the electricity at the source before making repairs.
Crockpot Red Light FAQs
This FAQ will explore common questions and easy solutions to help you troubleshoot, explain, answer confusions, maintain, and save your slow cookers!
Why Is My Crock Pot Power Light Blinking?
The crockpot power light blinks when the unit has been plugged in, but it’s not turned on.
However, several reasons can cause the lights to flicker, including:
Loose connections
A defective extension cord or power strip
Breakers tripped
Malfunctioning thermostat
Overheating or hot crockpot temperature
Wrong wirings or wiring overload
Problem with the electrical system in your home
The crock pot power light may also keep flashing if there has recently been an electricity spike or outage.
Should I Consult a Professional to Fix the Blinking Light Problem?
If you have tried several basic troubleshooting to save your cooker and none works, YES, YOU SHOULD.
Although following some troubleshooting steps, such as checking the socket and the adjacent outlet, resetting the circuit breakers or control, or replacing the extension cord or power strip, you may be able to fix the issue of your power light blinking.
Like the best broiler pans, crock pots are designed to cook food at a low temperature over an extended period, making them a convenient and easy way to prepare food and meals.
However, if a crock pot is not functioning correctly, it can be hazardous to the user.
Note also that if the crockpot is still under warranty, attempting repairs yourself may throw away or void the warranty.
If the power light blinking problem persists, it’s best to contact the manufacturer or a qualified electrician for an answer.
Don't let blinking or flashing red lights on your crockpot spoil your cooking plans!
It may be concerning, but worry less and follow the above steps.
So, whether you need to check the outlet, plug and unplug, reset the circuit breakers, or replace the removable cords, don't hesitate to take action and get your crockpot back in top shape.
Using a cracked crock pot can be a safety hazard and is generally not recommended as it can be unsafe and may cause food to leak into the electrical components.
Some might be tempted to use a repaired appliance to save money or because of the lack of awareness of possible risks.
So it is important to understand the risks involved and decide whether to continue using a cracked slow cooker or replace it with a new one.
Read through this article and find tips on how to keep your crock pot safe and functional.
A cracked slow cooker or crock pot is not recommended because it may cause a safety hazard, lead to further damage, void warranty (if it is still covered), and look unattractive.
1. Safety Hazard
A cracked pot can pose a safety hazard because it can cause the content to leak or spill, leading to burns, electric shock, or other injuries.
It may also not heat food evenly, resulting in undercooked or overcooked food.
2. Potential Further Damage
Using a cracked crock pot can cause the crack to worsen, which could make the appliance unusable or unfixable in the future.
If the crack becomes too large, the crock pot may not be able to contain the contents.
3. Warranty Void
If your crock pot is still under warranty, using it with a crack can void it — making it difficult to get replacement parts or repair if it stops working properly.
4. Not Aesthetically Pleasing
While this may not be a safety issue, a broken crock pot can be unsightly and detract from your dining area's appearance.
Here are some cases where you can continue using your crock pot.
The crack is very small and does not affect the integrity of the crock pot
Some cracks may be barely visible, while others may be more noticeable. The appearance of the crack varies depending on the size and location of the crack.
If the crack is SMALL, it may look like a hairline fracture that is difficult to see. In some cases, it may appear as a small, shallow groove or indentation on the surface of the crock pot.
If the crack is more noticeable and BIGGER, it could look like a jagged line or a network of interconnected lines.
The crock pot may have a crack on the bottom or sides, and additional damage indicators like chipping or flaking may also be present.
Regardless of how the crack appears, it is crucial to take it seriously and determine whether it is worthwhile to continue using the pot.
Reasons Why Crock Pots Crack During the Cooking Process
Crock pots or slow cookers crack while cooking due to a sudden temperature change, placing a cold crock pot on a hot surface, or using the crock pot on a stovetop or in an oven.
Let's look at these three main causes of slow cooker failure.
1. Cooking Frozen Food Out of the Freezer
Adding cold or frozen ingredients to a hot crock pot causes drastic temperature change — where high temperatures drop suddenly.
This affects the cooking time and quality of the food and may result in tiny hairline cracks in your slow cooker dish that often go unnoticed.
Thaw the crock pot before adding frozen meat or poultry, ensure the lid is covered, adjust the cooking time, or use a food thermometer to ensure the slow cooker can withstand high temperatures.
2. Refrigerating Your Crock Before Cooking With It
This practice also causes drastic temperature changes in your slow cooker, causing the chilled ceramic insert to heat up and crack.
Putting your ingredients in the fridge overnight might seem like a great idea to save time and prepare breakfast faster in the morning.
Still, it is not recommended to refrigerate slow cookers before using them.
Doing so can pose food safety risks, interfere with the cooking process, and foster the growth of dangerous bacteria.
For safety tips, move the food to a different container and put it in the fridge or refrigerator until you're ready to cook food in a slow cooker.
Start with a clean, dry crock pot at room temperature before adding ingredients and starting the cooking process.
3. Placing Your Crock Directly on the Burner
Slow cookers are designed to be used with a heating element built into the pot's base; therefore, placing the pot directly on a stovetop burner can also cause cracks, breaks, or, worse, create a fire hazard.
Most slow cookers are typically made of ceramic, stoneware, or other materials not designed to withstand direct heat from a stovetop burner.
The kitchen stove's heating element can create hot spots on the pot, which can ignite any spills or food particles on the pot, or the top of the crock won't receive enough heat, and the bottom will receive too much.
Reasons Why Crock Pots Crack After the Cooking Process
Crock pots or slow cookers crack even after cooking food for several reasons, such as submerging the hot crock in cold water or putting it down too hard.
1. Placing a Hot Crock in Cold Water
Let the hot slow cooker cool down naturally before exposing it to cold water or any other extreme and sudden temperature changes.
This sudden and drastic change in temperature can also cause the material to expand or contract too quickly, leading to fractures or other damage.
Reviewing the manufacturer's guidelines for properly handling and caring for your slow cooker is also a good idea to prevent any possible damage.
2. Placing the Crock Down Too Hard on Solid Surfaces
Placing a crock down too hard on a hard surface can cause it to crack or break, especially if it is made of a brittle material such as ceramic or glass.
The impact from a sudden force can create a stress point that weakens the material and causes slow cookers to fracture.
Be gentle when setting it down, and be sure the surface can handle its weight.
Can You Fix a Cracked Crockpot or Slow Cooker?
In some cases, it may be possible to fix cracked slow cookers, but it depends on the severity and location of the crack.
You can purchase replacement pots and a cracked crockpot insert or ceramic insert that will fit into the slow cooker's crock to keep using the base, provided that the machine, lid, and shell are not harmed or shattered.
If the crock is beyond repair, replacing the slow cooker with a new one is recommended to ensure the safe and reliable cooking of delicious recipes.
How to Fix a Cracked Ceramic Crock Pot?
Cracks in a ceramic crock pot can affect its functionality and pose safety risks during use.
In this section, we will explore the steps you can take to fix a cracked slow cooker, as well as the different considerations to ensure the safety and effectiveness of your repair.
Epoxyin the putty form can be used as a filler to patch holes, cracks, and other imperfections in a ceramic material (cookware and bakeware) and act as an adhesive.
Unlike super glue, epoxy contains two different substances or components that must be mixed to make it effective. These components are called epoxy and a hardener.
When mixed, a chemical reaction allows the epoxy to cure or harden.
Once it has hardened, you can sand it to provide a firm, non-stick coating and smooth surface finish on your slow cooker or instant pot.
Cracked Crock Pot FAQs
These questions aim to address users’ common concerns and solve their problems.
Is It Safe to Use a Crock Pot With a Hairline Crack?
Slow cookers crack — no matter how small — leads to bigger danger.
Using a crock pot with a hairline crack is unsafe, as a small crack in a slow cooker can potentially lead to bigger danger over long periods.
This can weaken the structural durability of the slow cooker and increase the risk of it breaking or shattering, which could be very dangerous once hot food or liquid, like milk, spills out.
Is It Safe to Leave the Slow Cooker on Overnight?
Yes. Similar to how all types of rice cookers are used, slow cookers are made to be kept on for extended periods, so leaving one on overnight is entirely safe.
However, you must ensure the slow cooker is positioned on a secure, heat-resistant, flat surface and that no flammable things are nearby.
As the dish may cook unevenly or overflow, ensuring the slow cooker is not overfilled and the lid is secured is also a good idea.
Can You Eat From a Cracked Crockpot?
Eating food from a cracked ceramic insert may not be safe.
Bacterial growth can develop from food leftovers that are left behind or that sink into your already cracked insert.
Additionally, some crockpots may contain chemicals unsafe for consumption, such as lead or cadmium.
The risk of lead leaching can also be triggered by the contamination of chemicals or by acidic food that releases more lead when heated.
Will My Slow Cooker Catch Fire?
Yes, any electrical home appliance – even the best broiler pan – can catch fire.
But, if used properly and maintained according to the manufacturer’s instructions and there’s no manufacturing defect, the risk of a slow cooker catching fire is very low.
Additionally, modern slow cookers are designed with safety features such as automatic shut-off and temperature sensors that will prevent the slow cooker from overheating and causing a fire.
However, it is still important to use caution when using a slow cooker to keep food safe. Always check the manufacturer’s instructions or any manufacturing defects before using.
Ensure you keep flammable materials away and that your slow cookers have no broken switches or frayed cords.
Can You Put a Slow Cooker in the Oven?
Although most are dishwasher-safe, slow cookers are not designed to be used in a stovetop oven or are not oven-safe.
Even the lid is not oven safe as it is made of plastic components.
Slow cookers are designed to be used on a countertop or other flat surfaces. They are intended for slow, low-heat cooking.
The internal components of a slow cooker are not designed as oven-safe to withstand the extreme temperatures in a microwave oven when you cook or boil.
Putting a slow cooker in the oven could make all slow cookers crack, overheat, and cause a fire.
Crockpots have become the cooker for people who want delicious, slow-cooked food but don't have time to stand by the stove.
While it may be tempting to continue using a slow cooker with a small crack, it's important to prioritize safety in the kitchen and replace a cracked slow cooker as soon as possible.
Taking precautions, regular maintenance, proper handling, and following the manufacturer's instructions are essential to ensuring safe and enjoyable slow-cooked meals.
Who doesn't love rice? It goes well with any food, especially your favorite Asian dishes. It's become a staple in every household across different parts of the globe.
But cooking rice is a tricky procedure other people have yet to master. Nonetheless, it's a fast and fun process everyone should try to learn.
What better way to learn how to cook rice than knowing which type of rice cooker you should use? Today, we'll help you find the most awesome rice cooker you need for your home.
Rice cookers function the same way. You end up with a fresh bowl of steaming and soft hot rice that can get you salivating for your next meal.
Based on our first-hand experience, there's something about having perfectly cooked rice that can complete our meal.
And the best way to achieve this is to have the right rice cooker for the job. Let's go through the different types of rice cookers and find which of them is for you.
1. Basic Rice Cooker
As its name suggests, a basic rice cooker is a straightforward kitchen appliance that cooks rice. It's one of the best kitchen appliances without any thrills.
However, remember that basic rice cookers have no fancy features. If at all, it can only warm and cook rice as you expect it to. It has a reliable heating element, so you're sure it cooks rice evenly at all times.
The inner pot is commonly made of stainless steel, which makes it a highly affordable option. Indeed, you can cook high-quality rice without it getting compromised.
2. Digital Rice Cooker
Digital rice cookers are just like your basic rice cooker. The only difference is that digital rice cookers sport an easy-to-use interface thanks to their digital settings.
Drawing from our experience, setting your desired temperature and cooking time is very easy. You can set your rice cooker however you want your rice to end up.
What we love about digital rice cookers are their flexible cooking options. You can cook other foods, such as steaming vegetables or rice cakes.
3. Electric Rice Cooker
Electric rice cookers are perfect for anyone with limited home storage space. They usually come compact and cook up to two cups of rice or more.
The beauty of electric rice cookers is they're incredibly easy to operate. They're a plug-and-play appliance that can serve you delicious rice!
You can have cooked rice waiting for you when you get home. It can keep the rice warm until you've turned it off.
4. Gas Rice Cooker
Gas rice cookers are your traditional kitchen appliance. It can produce high heat results, which could be good or bad for cooking rice.
For us, gas rice cookers are perfect if you want to heat any leftover rice or cook porridge. It's also perfect for cooking white rice, but you must learn how to temper the heat.
Once you've mastered this art, you can cook great rice with your gas cooker. You can even explore other grains, like when you cook quinoa, brown rice, and white rice.
5. Induction Rice Cooker
Induction rice cookers work differently than your usual rice cooker. Instead of boiling water to cook rice, it uses a different heating element.
We're always amazed at how perfectly induction rice cookers can make rice. All the grains manage to be fully cooked and soft, despite not being boiled like the traditional process.
You don't have to worry about uncooked rice when using this appliance. Instead, you can expect warm and fluffy rice each time!
6. Multi-Functional Rice Cooker
We love multi-functional rice cookers. It makes perfectly cooked rice, and you can enjoy a wide range of functions from it.
One of the beauties of this rice cooker is exploring different cooking types, like steamed fish and vegetables. Sometimes, you can even use the rice cooker as a slow cooker.
However, multi-functional rice cookers tend to be pricier than others. But considering all the bonus features, functionalities, and other dishes you get, it's pretty worth it.
7. Smart Rice Cooker
You can find almost any "smart" appliance, including your rice cooker. We've tested different rice cookers during our time, and smart rice cookers were a lot of fun to use.
This type of rice cooker has built-in features that can adjust how your rice is cooked for the best results. You hardly have to do anything else.
Some are programmed to release excess moisture or set to an automatic keep warm setting. There are also others where you can link the rice cooker to your phone!
Rice cookers are so easy to use, although there might be a learning curve for those who want to try their luck with gas cookers.
But regardless of what type of rice cooker you use, it can provide a wide range of functions, such as cooking rice and preparing food.
Through the years, we've found multi-functional rice cookers handy in the kitchen. We can cook rice, steam vegetables, or use the appliance as a slow cooker.
And the best part is that it won't compromise the quality of your rice and other foods!
Cooks Rice
At its core, a rice cooker cooks rice. You'll have the same results whether you want to end up with sushi rice or just your regular cup of rice.
But through the years, rice cookers have evolved. It has changed how people cook their rice at home.
Take the case of rice cookers which can allegedly remove starch from the rice, perfect for those on a keto diet. Some would even prefer using an aroma rice cooker over your standard one.
Prepare Other Foods
Rice cookers have evolved so much that other rice cookers let you enjoy different cooking styles. It's similar to having the best small crock pot where you can do many things.
Gone are the days when you'd be limited to making sushi rice or steamed vegetables.
Today, you can even leave your favorite foods to cook in a rice cooker with relative ease. You can also set your rice cooker to a long cook time to double it as a slow cooker.
You might even be surprised that you can sauté some vegetables in the pan. All you need is olive oil and some herbs for your base.
A rice cooker may even come with various accessories like a measuring cup and steamer basket, which can affect how you use this kitchen appliance.
How to Choose the Best Rice Cooker?
In our many years of testing and reviewing the best rice cookers, we know how challenging the job is. There are different types of rice cookers, and knowing where to begin is no easy task.
This being the case, we've devised a plan to help you find the perfect rice cooker that can get your money's worth.
Power
Rice cookers are generally powerful, especially electric ones. At the end of the day, it depends on how much power you need and how much rice you'll cook.
An electric rice cooker is generally more powerful than a standard rice cooker. It can evenly heat your rice cooker even if you cook in large quantities.
You'd also want to ensure that the inner pan of your rice cooker is capable of high heat without ending up with burnt rice.
Unfortunately, not all rice cookers have this feature, which could be troublesome.
Amount of Rice
A good rice cooker may vary in size, depending on how much rice you need to cook. For us, the bigger the rice cooker, the better!
If you're only cooking rice for yourself and a friend, smaller rice cookers are enough, regardless of the rice grains you're cooking. You might be surprised that even smaller rice cookers have a steam basket.
But if you're cooking up a feast and want to feed a hungry crowd, cooking in a large rice cooker would be the best. You can cook enough rice without spending too much time.
Cooking and Warming Capabilities
Most rice cookers have a cooking and warming mode. These two are the usual features of rice cookers, so you don't have to worry about doing a separate search for them.
Never underestimate the power of this simple feature. If you always want a hot steaming bowl of rice, this feature will be a lifesaver.
You can leave your rice to cook and return with a fresh rice bowl.
Ability to Cook Other Grain Types
Keep in mind that certain rice cookers work better with certain types of grains.
Take, for example, the case of white rice, which works well in just about any rice cooker. The same goes when you plan to cook brown rice, although it requires a different cooking time and procedure.
Luckily, some advanced rice cookers already have presets for different types of grains. You can ensure you get the best flavor and aroma from your rice.
What Features to Look For in the Best Rice Cooker?
If you're after value for money, we recommend looking for a rice cooker that comes with an impressive set of features. You'll get a bang for your buck and end up with delicious cooked rice all the time!
Let's go through the different features you need to look for.
Automatic Shut-Off Feature
An automatic shut-off feature is one of the simplest features you can look for in a good rice cooker.
No matter how simple this feature is, it plays an important role in keeping things convenient in the kitchen.
As its name suggests, the rice cooker automatically shuts off once the rice cooks. It automatically sets the rice cooker to warming mode, giving you a hot and fresh cup of rice.
This is perfect for people who are always on the go without worrying about unnecessary procedures when making rice.
Dishwasher Safe
A dishwasher-safe rice cooker saves you much time after a tiring cooking day. Just remove the contents of your rice cooker with a rice paddle, and pop it inside your dishwasher!
That's one less thing you have to worry about. Just be sure to keep in mind which parts are dishwasher-safe or not.
Usually, it's the removable interior that's always dishwasher-safe. To be sure, always check the product information.
Programmable Settings
A rice cooker with pre-programmable settings? Now that sounds like a dream. You can set your rice cooker to your desired temperature and cooking time.
You can cook your rice and leave it when you're in a rush. You hardly have to do anything but set your cooker to your desired settings, regardless of using a six-cup rice cooker.
Perfecting the settings may be challenging initially, and you might not have the best-cooked rice.
But explore the different settings, and you'll find your favorite presets to cook in, in no time. You'll be able to make the most out of your six-cup rice cooker!
Removable Interior
Some rice cookers typically have an inner pan. We will discuss each type to know what works best for you.
Ceramic Pan
Ceramic pots are great heat conductors. You can expect an even distribution of heat, making sure you don't find spots of burnt or uncooked rice in your pot.
However, keep in mind that ceramic pans are heavier than your usual inner pots. They also break easily, so you won't be able to use them like you can't use a cracked crock pot.
Also, ceramic pans tend to be pricier than other pots. This being the case, others would prefer a non-stick coating pan over this one.
Non-Stick Pan
If you don't want difficulty scooping your rice out of a rice cooker, we highly recommend non-stick inner pots. This is the least of your problems, and you'll surely get every grain!
The non-stick coating on the pans generally lasts for a long time. However, they do tend to wear down. Through time, you'll notice some of the coating peeling off.
In worse cases, you might find some coats stuck to the cooked rice. Watch out for this because ingesting the coating may be hazardous.
Once you notice the coating peeling off, consider getting a new rice cooker. If not, you might find the inner pot to be replaceable.
Stainless Steel Pan
Most rice cookers come with a stainless steel insert. They're highly durable and withstand high heat well.
Unfortunately, we did notice that cooking with stainless steel pots tends to have uneven cooking. You must ensure you temper the heat properly and set the right settings.
Thankfully, stainless steel inserts are highly affordable and accessible. You can easily replace your old inserts with new ones!
Rice Cookers Types FAQs
After many years of reviewing different types of cookers and studying them, we always receive a lot of questions about this handy kitchen appliance.
We finally decided to answer some of them here, information which we’re sure will help you in your quest to find a great rice cooker.
Are Induction Heat Rice Cookers Safe?
Yes, induction rice cookers are very safe to use. You don’t have to worry about it exploding on you and breaking down anytime soon!
However, just like most appliances, you have to be careful of the wiring of your rice cooker.
Ensure to observe the proper safety procedures, like touching any exposed wires or placing the wires in water.
What Is the Average Price for a Rice Cooker?
Regardless of how much you’re willing to spend, you’ll be able to find the perfect rice cooker for you. Generally, the average price of rice cookers can range between $10 to $300.
Basic rice cookers come with an affordable price tag since they have no fancy or complicated features. This is a good pick if you’re looking for a budget option.
Nevertheless, there are still affordable rice cooker options that already come with advanced features. At the end of the day, the price difference boils down to its build and quality.
You might also chance upon an expensive rice cooker with an awesome set of features you wouldn’t want to miss out on.
Whatever you end up with, just be sure you find the most awesome rice cooker for the price, given the different features it comes with, if any.
What Is the Lifespan of Different Rice Cookers?
We can’t give you a specific number regarding the lifespan of rice cookers. But generally, you can expect this kitchen appliance to last up to 5 to 10 years.
Keep in mind, however, that this range varies depending on several factors, such as the following:
Maintenance – keep your rice cookers clean and follow the specified cleaning instructions. This simple solution can help you keep your rice cooker longer.
Quality – most rice cookers come in exceptional quality. However, find a rice cooker with durable, long-lasting materials like stainless steel.
Storage – believe it or not, where you store your rice cooker affects its lifespan. We always recommend storing your rice cooker in a clean and spacious cabinet.
Usage – the more you use your rice cooker, the closer you are to needing to replace it. This shouldn’t cause you any alarm as it’s part of the daily wear-and-tear of any appliance.
How Does the Rice Cooker Type Affect the Rice Cooking Process?
The type of rice cooker you use can affect your overall cooking experience. Take the case of a basic rice cooker versus a digital one.
Basic rice cookers are pretty straightforward to use. The challenge, however, is knowing how to balance the rice and water ratio.
Unlike digital rice cookers, for example, you can automatically set the settings how you want. You don’t have to guess anymore how to get perfectly cooked rice each time.
That said, make sure you find the right rice cooker that will suit your kitchen demands. This can make your job much easier, giving you a hassle-free cooking experience.
What Effect Does Rice Cooker Type Have On Taste?
Contrary to what others think, rice cookers don’t affect the taste of your food. Your rice will taste the same regardless of the cooker you choose.
The only reason why taste may be affected is when you don’t cook your rice properly, such as undercooking or overcooking it.
Take the case of brown rice, for example, which requires a different cooking process and longer cook time to get its grain soft.
If you're having trouble removing stubborn residue in your Nutribullet, you'll need to use the milling blade.
Fill the cup with two-thirds soapy water and let it soak for 5 minutes. Afterward, affix it to the base, then blend for a few seconds.
NutriBullet vs. Magic Bullet: Which is Better?
Even if you're new to blenders, you've probably heard of Nutribullet and Magic Bullet.
Although the same company makes both blenders, there are distinct differences between the two.
A Magic Bullet is a compact blender designed for buyers on a budget. It's a great starter option for those who want to incorporate blended recipes in the kitchen.
That said, a Magic Bullet is not strong enough to completely crush harsh ingredients like celery or ice.
We thus recommend Nutribullet as the best blender. It can handle most blending processes to make anything from dips to sauces to smoothies.
A Nutribullet is the perfect size for making different recipes while remaining compact enough for your cupboard.
It also has an impressive 600-watt motor that Magic Bullet's 250-watt power just can't compete with. If you don't mind shelling out a bit more, a Nutribullet might be for you!
Here are some tips to make the most out of your Nutribullet:
1. Use the Right Ingredients
The first tip is to make sure you ALWAYS add a liquid like water or milk with any food you mix.
If you're going to use ice cubes, add them to the blender first. They should never be more than 25% of the number of ingredients.
2. Don’t Mix for More Than 1 Minute
Don't use your blender for more than 1 minute to prevent overheating. If you're going to make multiple drinks, wait for 1 minute before using it again.
3. Replace Your Accessories
Over time, the accessories of your blender will wear down.
A worn blade can't cut food as quickly and can overheat. If you have a worn rubber ring, it can lead to leaks.
Replace your blender's accessories every six months to make sure it's functioning well. Additionally, don't use Nutribullet cups in the microwave or freezer.
NutriBullet Blender FAQs
Below are commonly asked questions about Nutribullet blenders:
How Do I Fix My NutriBullet if it Doesn't Blend?
Unplug your blender and let it rest. Plug it back in after 3 to 5 minutes and try again.
Can It Work as a Food Processor?
Nutribullet is primarily used to liquefy food.
You can use it as a food processor by blending ingredients for a shorter period, but the end result may not be the same.
What Can You Not Put in a NutriBullet?
To prevent accidents and damage to your Nutribullet, take note of the following ingredients you cannot put in your blender:
Hot liquids
Apple cores
Fruit pits
Other hard substances
Although a Nutribullet packs a punch, it isn’t a food processor.
Can I Put Frozen Fruits in my NutriBullet?
Yes, you can. A Nutribullet can crush frozen fruits well enough, but it’s still recommended to thaw them first.
What Are Other Blender Alternatives?
If you’re looking for professional-grade blenders, Vitamix is a great option.
Models like the Vitamix 5200 and 6500 come with various speed controls, while the Vitamix 7500 is their most powerful one yet.
But if you want more horsepower, Blendtec has a 3.0 peak HP that can pulverize anything!
Color: White, Black, and Red | Product Dimension: 7.7 x 17.5 x 9.4 inches | Capacity: 64 ounces | Weight: 13.00 lbs | Noise level: 88 decibels | Speed levels: 10 | Current price: $559.95 | Wattage: 1500 watts
One of the key features of the Vitamix 7500 that I like best is its powerful motor.
With a peak horsepower of 2.2, it can easily break down ice, frozen fruits, and tough vegetables.
The blender also has a 64-ounce container, perfect for blending large batches of ingredients simultaneously. The container is also made from a durable, BPA-free material that is easy to clean and dishwasher-friendly.
The 7500 blender also comes with various speed settings, including a pulse function, which allows customization of the blending process to suit your needs.
The blender also features a low-profile design, so it can fit easily under most kitchen cabinets when not in use.
Pros
Strong and simple
Easy to clean and maintain
Large capacity container
7-year warranty
Efficient control panels
Cons
Not dishwasher safe
Accessories not included
Bulky
No pre-set programs
Vitamix 5300: A Brief Description
Color: Red, Black | Product Dimension: 7.25 x 8.75 x 17.25 inches | Capacity: 64 ounces | Weight: 12.00 lbs | Noise level: 98 decibels | Speed levels: 10 | Current price: $559.95 | Wattage: 1380.00 watts
The Vitamix 5300 is also a powerful blender that offers many benefits for home cooks (like me) and professional chefs alike.
The blender's motor is one of the most important things to look for because it powers the stainless steel blades that mix ingredients. In this case, the 5300 model has an impressive 2.2 horsepower motor, making it simple to combine even the most difficult ingredients.
This blender also comes with a 64-ounce container large enough to blend large batches of ingredients, making it perfect for meal prep or entertainment.
It has an excellent blending quality powered by its stainless steel blades that cater to various ingredients—from smoothies and shakes to soups, baby food, nut butter, and dips.
A versatile addition to any kitchen, indeed.
Pros
Efficient cutting power
7-year warranty
Great for large or small batches
Thermal protection
Cons
Can be loud
Not dishwasher safe
No pre-set program
No auto switch
What Are the Similarities Between Vitamix 7500 and Vitamix 5300?
Both are high-performance blender models.
When you compare the Vitamix 5300 vs 7500, there are more similarities in blending quality or capability as the two share identical blades and the same container capacity.
Yet, aside from this, here are some of the main similarities between the two blenders:
Capacity: The Vitamix 5300 and 7500 have the same 64 ounces capacity.
Design and Control Panel: Both 7500 and 5300 have an on/off toggle and pulse control options.
Dimensions and Aesthetics: Both Vitamix 5300 and 7500 have the same pitcher size.
Power Dynamics: The Vitamix 5300 and 5700 have the same power motor base.
Blade Size: Both these blenders have the same hardened stainless steel blades.
Cleaning and Maintenance: The Vitamix 5300 and 7500 pitchers are safe for self-cleaning using cold to warm water and dish soap.
Warranty: Both Vitamix blenders have the same 7-year warranty service.
What Are the Differences Between Vitamix 7500 and Vitamix 5300?
Before buying a blender, you have to consider many important factors. These include the motor base, container capacity, warranty, and model cost.
To make it easier for you to decide on the best Vitamix blender model, let me thoroughly elaborate on the differences between the Vitamix 5300 vs. 7500:
Motor Generation and Heating
Although both models have the same motor power, the Vitamix 7500 has a more efficient motor since it is built using the Next Generation motor of 1440.
This motor is slightly stronger, more powerful, and quieter than the Vitamix 5300 regular motors of 1380 wattage. In fact, the 7500 blender is 0.1 more powerful than the 5300.
The 7500 is fitted with a new-generation motor housing, while Vitamix 5300 sports an older variant (which is the standard motor housing).
While both these motors operate similarly on paper, there's a major difference in electricity bill and motor sound.
The Vitamix 7500 consumes less energy compared to its counterpart. It is a smooth operator in the most literal sense.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
Noise
The Vitamix 7500 outshines other models because it is a lot quieter.
It has a noise-dampening capacity and only has 88 decibels at maximum speed, while the 5300 reaches up to 98 decibels in higher settings.
The Vitamix 7500 has a next-generation motor with a more refined and advanced engine that minimizes sound. Hence, the latter is best for people who like a less noisy environment.
In comparison between Vitamix 5300 vs. 7500, the Vitamix 5300 utilizes a regular motor. However, with their strong and sturdy base, both Vitamix blenders are stable even at maximum speed.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
Safety
Safety is a crucial factor that should be considered when reviewing home-use electrical blenders (or any appliance). With this, it is essential to review the safety features of both Vitamix 5300 vs. 7500.
The difference between the Vitamix 5300 vs. 7500 is that the 7500, a next-generation model, has this motor cooler and thermal protection that functions as a pulse switch.
With this pulse feature, the blender shuts off, and the machine runs cooler.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
Durability and Versatility
Determining which is more durable between the Vitamix 5300 and 7500 is challenging because these blenders have similar basic features. Both of these models have versatile purposes.
The only difference is that the Vitamix 7500 has the Next Generation Motor. It is more advanced and has better performance and durability than the other blender.
The Vitamix 7500 blender is better than the 5300 based on the efficiency of the motor.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
Weight
Upon checking, I have discovered a slight difference between the two models of Vitamix blender.
Though having a large container size, the 5300 model is lighter because it weighs 11.95 lbs, while the 7500 weighs 13.0 lbs.
If you want to bring appliances anywhere or transfer them to a different location more often, the best blender for you is a light one.
Verdict
Vitamix 5300 wins
Appliance Vibration
Most electrical blenders vibrate when used, especially when running at maximum speed.
Vitamix 5300, in comparison to Vitamix 7500, has a lower vibration. This is due to its new and advanced motor housing, which is also responsible for producing less noise.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
Extra Features and Product Accompaniments
Who doesn't love free stuff?
The difference between Vitamix 5300 vs. 7500 is that the 7500 comes with a free recipe book full of 70 recipes (Simply Fresh Cookbook) you can make using the machine.
With its cookbook, this blending machine allows you to make anything from hot soups to velvety smoothies in no time.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
Price Point
More often than not, blenders are costly because of the materials used in building them.
One of the biggest differences between the Vitamix 5300 and 7500 is that they have the same price, but buying the 7500 is more reasonable as it offers more features and blending options than the 5300.
If you are looking for a device worth the price, the 7500 blender is likely a better choice.
Verdict
Vitamix 7500 wins
FAQs Related To Vitamix 7500 vs 5300
Let us address some of the frequently asked questions about the Vitamix 5300 and 7500 blenders to assist you in deciding which blender is the best fit for you and your whole family.
Is the Vitamix 5300 a Good Blender?
Yes, that’s because the Vitamix 5300 is well-built and has a big container capacity. It is perfect for those looking for a versatile blender at a low price.
Its large, low-profile container can easily blend hot ingredients and crush ice into your desired texture.
Is the Vitamix 7500 a Good Blender?
Yes, this is perfect for anyone looking for a reliable, high-quality blender appropriate for professional usability, the Vitamix 7500 is for you! It is also better for those who always prepare for multiple people because it has a large container.
It also offers many features that make blending tasks easier and more convenient. One can prepare soups, sauces, and other hot dishes because the 7500 can blend ingredients very well
Bonus feature: it comes with a free recipe book!
What Should I Do to Prevent the Vitamix 7500 and 5300 From Overheating?
Below are easy ways to prevent your blenders from overheating:
Follow the suggested measures and necessary precautions to prevent potential damage.
Refrain from the prolonged blending of excessively thick ingredients.
Follow the program instructions provided in the manual or instructional DVD.
Maintain a minimum of 12 inches of free, open space around the blender.
Store the appliance in the kitchen cabinets when not in use.
What Sanitizer Does Vitamix Recommend?
According to Vitamix, using a bleach sanitizer at 100 ppm is highly recommended, specifically on a polycarbonate container.
Vitamix produces different models of blenders with distinct specifications and technological advancements.
However, in comparison with competing brands like Blendtec, Vitamix models certainly share the ability to outperform others.
But based on firsthand experience with both products, the Vitamix 7500 wins.
It has a lot of advantages compared to 5300. It's more durable, quieter, safer, convenient for self-cleaning, has a larger capacity, and consumes less energy. Plus, it also comes with a free Simply Fresh cookbook!
Blenders like Vitamix and Nutribullet are easy to use. But to make the most of them, you should be choosing the right one for your needs.
Consider your budget and its intended use. Will it be used for personal or commercial purposes?
You should also carefully check its features, both advantages and disadvantages. If you plan to use it for personal purposes, you may not need to buy a high-end blender.
Ultimately, investing in the best blender that works best for you, or is suitable to your needs and situation, can save you time, money, and effort.
Vitamix and Blendtec are two of the most reputable brands for providing us with high-powered blenders.
Both are great choices and can be a good investment regardless of your brand.
If you happen to hop in your favorite smoothie shop, chances are, they're using either Vitamix or Blendtec blenders.
While other reputable brands offer different kinds of blenders, Vitamix and Blendtec always come to mind as they are known for their durable designs, high-quality blenders, and many more.
Despite their similarities in terms of performance and looks, they also do have their set of differences regarding Vitamix vs Blendtec blenders. I'll go into detail regarding this great brand.
Vitamix blenders are renowned worldwide for providing some of the best smoothies.
This brand has become a gold standard for quality, durability, design, performance, and blending power.
While they might be known for their high-end blenders, Vitamix blenders are also known as some of the priciest blenders on the market today.
Why? One of the few reasons is how capable their blenders blend prowess and power; their blenders are built to last.
Vitamix provides aircraft-glade stainless steel blades that can do everything, make smoothies, offer thicker blends, and has various automated programs that make your life easier when blending.
Another key feature that makes Vitamix blenders popular is the tamper apparatus. This tool is used to push ingredients further to avoid air pockets.
As a result, the blender blends smoothly without overheating or exhausting the blender's blades or motor. This feature allows the machine to blend the ingredients smoothly.
Some of these brands' most powerful machines make hot soups, frozen desserts, slice-through bread dough, smoothies, and many more.
If you are looking for a high-powered blender, Vitamix has much to offer. They have every product for different price segments.
Pros
Lots of pre-programmed settings
Blending in variable speed
High-quality blenders
Purees thick mixtures half the time
Their blenders are known for their raw power
Sharp blends for blending effectiveness
Cons
Tampers are purchased separately
Higher price tag
Blendtec Overview
Blendtec offers both commercial and household blenders. This brand and Vitamix are renowned worldwide for making fantastic blending machines.
Founded by Tom Dickson, Blendtec has been associated with the world of blending. They have every product in store for different price points.
This brand has equipped its products with different innovations and technologies to make blending easier, smoother, and more affordable to everyone.
One of their most notable attributes is how powerful their machines are.
It is powerful enough to remove the rubber gasket at the bottom, and the extra sharp blades are great for churning ice or pureeing the hot soup.
Despite its powerful motor, the only drawback I can give to this amazing brand is the loud operation. In most of my tests, using their machines can become borderline deafening.
Well, that's not the case if you're blending, right? However, it got so loud that I had to do intervals when making a smoothie so I won't disturb any of my family members.
Still, one of the few things that made me choose Blendtec is their blender jars.
They have the traditional blender jar, a Wildside jar, and a twister jar. Each jar is intended for different uses.
The twister jar is used for fruit shakes, a smoothie, and thick blends, while the Wildside jar is intended for larger blends, bread dough, smoothies, dips, and batters.
For this comparison, I have used two different machines from both brands.
I used the Vitamix Ascent A3500 blender and Blendtec Professional 750 blender for Vitamix. Both of these products work similarly and are competitively priced.
Vitamix vs Blendtec: Power
Both Vitamix and Blendtec offer amazing machines. However, Blendtec blenders have pre-programmed settings and variable speeds to make the blending process faster, simpler, and smoother.
For example, I used the Blendtec Professional 750 blender, which has six pre-programmed options wherein all you have to do is push the buttons, and you're free to go.
You'll come back with an amazing smoothie.
On the other hand, I used the Vitamix Ascent A3500 blender. While their machines don't struggle by any means, I noticed, based on my tests, that the Vitamix Ascent blender took more time to blend the ingredients, although not significantly.
Still, the hands-free option that Blendtec brings isn't often found in this price segment for Vitamix. You can feel the power even in one of their cheap blenders. Blendtec takes the win.
WINNER
Blendtec
Vitamix vs Blendtec: Design
Vitamix and Blendtec are known for the quality of their designs, which is why they are two of the most popular brands.
As I mentioned a while ago, this Vitamix's tamper tool is a key factor when pushing down ingredients to make the blending process faster.
However, team Blendtec claimed their blenders are already efficient, and it doesn't need any tool to push the ingredients further as their blend cycle is efficient enough to go through all the ingredients.
For comparison, I have reviewed Both Blendtec and Vitamix machines, and I was able to pinpoint some differences.
I tried using the Vitamix Ascent A3500 blender, and to my surprise, it breezed past through hot soups and smoothies. To my astonishment, it could also crush through hard vegetables and ice.
On the other hand, I used the Blendtec Professional 750 blender and was making smoothies; however, I paused for many moments to ensure every ingredient was pushed through.
Regarding design, I can say this tamper thing helped me push ingredients further to make smoothies better, and for that, Vitamix wins.
WINNER
Vitamix
Vitamix vs Blendtec: Versatility
Based on my experience, using both Vitamix and Blendtec machines can make a great smoothie. It crushes through ice and fruit without many hiccups, a dream most cheap machines can only dream of.
However, the tampers used in Vitamix machines can offer a good balance, especially when making textured foods, like nut butter, smoothie, or salad dressings.
For accessories, Vitamix wins out again in this department. Vitamixoffers a lot of attachments and containers; you can turn this blender into a food processor instantly.
On the other hand, a blender from Blendtec doesn't have the versatility to compete with Vitamix. I'd go for Vitamix machines if you want a multi-faceted blender.
WINNER
Vitamix
Vitamix vs Blendtec: Price
And because Vitamix is offering something that Blendtec can't, it doesn't surprise that they are also the pricier of the two.
Vitamix machines can go up to $600. While the prices are significantly high, you get plenty of features already.
Blendtec is a good blender brand. They are more catered towards the people who want a decent blender without spending too much money.
One of their cheapest Blendtec machines starts at $229.95, and you have a good one for making smoothies.
The bottom line is that you get what you paid for when you buy a Vitamix Blender rather than a Blendtec one. However, it boils down to personal preference and budget on which one to choose.
WINNER
Tie
What Are Some of the Best Vitamix Blenders You Can Buy?
As we all know, Vitamix has given us plenty of professional-level products. Their unrivaled quality, performance, and functionality are hard to beat.
Vitamix A3500 Ascent Series Blender: I consider the A3500 blender the gold standard for blending machines as it hits the sweet spot of value and performance. During my tests, some of my creations resulted in perfect smoothies, nut butters, and hot soup. Its single-serve blender jar is perfect for any spontaneous on-the-go blending. The Vitamix 6500 is another great option if you have the means and ways to get it. If you want to know more about the 6500, you can check this guide out on what the differences are between the Vitamix 6500 vs 7500!
Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender: If you like having a Vitamix Blender right away, one of the cheapest ones you can get is the Vitamix 310. It has an amazing price-to-performance ratio and is a great blender to start. It is one of the cheapest ones you can get from Vitamix, and the quality and functionality aren't compromised despite being tagged as a budget-friendly option.
Vitamix 7500 Blender: The Vitamix 7500 blender is one of their nicer offerings if you want to make the perfect smoothie after a tiring day. It packs enough power to make different kinds of soup and comes with a tamper. The product features a stainless steel hammermill and sharp cutting blades to ensure every ingredient. You might want to check my review of the Vitamix 7500 against the Vitamix 5300 for more detailed information.
What Are Some of the Best Blendtec Blenders You Can Buy?
Blendtec Blenders are popular not because they are affordable but because they offer unparalleled performance at a much more competitive price.
Blendtec Total Classic Original Blender: The Blendtec Total Classic Original Blender is one of their most affordable options. Although affordable, it still packs power and is designed for family-sized drinks. Its backlit touchscreen will allow you to choose which power settings you choose. The blades are sharp enough to churn ice and puree hot soup. Making a smoothie with this one is a no-brainer.
Blendtec Designer 675: The Blendtec Designer 675 offers various convenient features and advanced blending technology for maximum performance and functionality. This mid-range offering from Blendtec ticks all the boxes on what a blender should have. It has 5 pre-programmed cycles for making hot soup, a smoothie, frozen treats, whole juice, and nut butter, many more.
Blendtec Professional 800 Blender: While Vitamix might be known for their expensive products, the Blendtec Professional 800 Blender is what this brand can offer for professional use. If you want to enjoy that delicious smoothie shop experience in the comfort of your home, this Blendtec blender can blend anything you want.
FAQs Related To Vitamix vs Blendtec
If you have additional questions between both brands and their products, you might find some answers down below.
Does Starbucks Use Blendtec or Vitamix?
For many years, the coffee giant has been using Blendtec machines but has shifted its focus to Vitamix as it provided the right blender for Starbucks’ needs.
If you drop by your local Starbucks store while ordering your favorite frappe, you will immediately find they use a Vitamix blender.
The machine was nicknamed “The Quiet One” for its ability to work in some of the quietest operations in the world of blending.
For context, the Quiet one was 18 decibels quieter than most brands can offer. Their Vitamix machines can also be seen through their ads and videos.
Which Is Quieter, Vitamix, or Blendtec?
As I’ve mentioned, Blendtec is notable for having some of the most powerful motors the industry has seen. But it doesn’t come with any drawbacks.
According to some of my tests, like making lemon juice, Blendtec was significantly louder than Vitamix.
While you can’t expect these blending machines to be quiet during operations, I suggest taking the Vitamix route for the safer bet.
Their machines are known for being able to operate at a quieter pace.
NutriBullet is another reputable brand that is making a run for its money. If you want to know how to fully utilize these products, check out this guide onhow to use a Nutribullet!
How Long Do These Blenders Last?
This question can be difficult to answer as several factors can limit or reduce a blender’s lifespan.
The frequency of use and durability of the blender are two main factors.
For example, a blender at home should last you longer than an expensive one but is used commercially, like Starbucks.
But in general, machines with less wattage and capacity can last you up to 5 years, while expensive models can last as long as 10 years, depending on use.
What Can You Make With a Vitamix or Blendtec Blender?
There are a lot of things you can do with these machines. I loved how you can easily make hot soup when using them. Well, a smoothie isn’t also exempted.
In short, regardless of price, both machines can make complex recipes look like simplified ones when using one of their products.
Cheaper machines tend to cap out at chopping fruit and ice. It’s not a common feature wherein a blender can make a hot soup for you, right?
Plus, you enjoy different features that make your life easier and more enjoyable.
From pre-programmed settings, variable speed settings, and consistency of results, you can easily measure the brand’s willingness to go the extra mile for its customers.
To help trim down your options, I've added scenarios to make your life easier when choosing between both the Vitamix and Blendtec machines.
Use a Vitamix Blender If...
You will make smoothies, nut butters, a hot soup, blend frozen fruit, or knead bread dough more effectively.
You want a quieter operation.
You want longer warranties on products you've purchased.
You want professional-level results.
You prefer build quality over high-powered performance.
Use a Blendtec Blender If...
You want a powerful motor and high-wattage machines.
You enjoy different blender attachments and accessories.
You are on a budget but are looking for a decent one.
You are making milkshakes, churning ice, fruit shakes, and more.
If none of these can make your life easier, you can check out this guide on Nutribullet vs Vitamix to know the differences between each brand!
Final Words
Undoubtedly, both Blendtec and Vitamix products are great in their own right. If you have the means and ways to get Vitamix Machines, I suggest you continue.
Based on my experience, you get what you pay for if you buy a Vitamix machine than what a Blendtec can offer. You could say you get a vita mix when using a Vitamix product!
However, Blendtec products are catered to the budget market, in my opinion. Still, it boils down to personal preference and intended use.
I feel one isn't superior to the other as they have competitively priced products and perform similarly. This article should squash the debate on which one is better than the other.
If you're looking for a blender that can do it all, Vitamix has got you covered. The 6500 and 7500 models have plenty of features to satisfy the most demanding cooks.
Both two models are equipped with multiple settings that make them suitable for any kitchen situation, but the 7500 takes things up a notch with variable speed control and an automated cleaning cycle, so you don't need to worry about scrubbing dishes afterward.
With their respective advantages, like delivering wonderful frozen desserts, these Vitamix 6500 vs 7500 comparisons will help make sure you get the ideal blender for your needs!
Whether it's smoothies or frozen treats, these powerful two blenders deliver excellent performance and results every time.
The Vitamix 6500 is a high-performance blender belonging to the Vitamix C-series.
One of the standout features of the Vitamix 6500 is the blender's motor. The powerful 2.2 horsepower motor easily blends tough ingredients like ice, nuts, and seeds.
The blender also comes with a 64-ounce container of durable, BPA-free plastic. The container has a wide, easy-pour spout that makes pouring blended ingredients easily.
Vitamix blades are made of high-quality stainless steel and are designed to blend all dry and wet ingredients.
The Vitamix 6500 also comes with three preset blending options. With the simple push of these preset settings, you can use the frozen dessert, smoothie, or hot soup setting.
Behind the Vitamix logo, below the control panel, on the front of the Vitamix 6500, is where you'll find the power switch.
Easy-to-use controls: The pre-programmed blender has a simple dial for adjusting the speed and a pulse switch for more precise control over the blending process.
Preset blending options: There are three options for blending on the 6500 vs 7500.
More affordable: It is cheaper to purchase the Vitamix 6500 vs 7500
Compact size: For sizing, you will save more shelf space with the 6500 vs 7500
Cons
Less powerful motor: The Vitamix 6500 has a less powerful motor than the 7500, which may make it less effective for blending tough ingredients like nuts and seeds.
Smaller container: The Vitamix 6500 has a 64-ounce container but is taller and narrower in shape than the 7500, making it more difficult to blend larger quantities.
Vitamix 7500 Overview
The Vitamix 7500 is a high-performance blender that promises to simplify blending tasks.
The Vitamix 7500 is a powerhouse among Vitamix models, with 2.2 peak horsepower, making it capable of handling even the toughest ingredients.
The blender has a simple dial that allows you to adjust the variable speeds and a pulse control that gives you more control over the blending process with ten-speed settings.
This feature makes it easy to create smoothies, sauces, and soups with the desired texture. The blender also comes with a tamper plunger, just like other blenders.
One of the standout features of the Vitamix 7500 is its low-profile design. With dimensions of 17.5 x 9.4 x 7.7 inches, it can easily fit under most kitchen cabinets, saving countertop space.
The Vitamix 7500's main power switch is situated on the right-hand side of the device's rear.
Motor power: 2.2 peak horsepower | Dimensions: 17.5 x 9.4 x 7.7 inches | Weight: 12.5 lbs | Container capacity: 64 ounces | Blades: Aircraft-grade stainless steel blades, 4-inch diameter | Speeds: Variable speed control dial, 10-speed dial, pulse option | Included accessories: Tamper plunger, cookbook
Pros
Powerful motor: With a 2.2 peak horsepower motor, the 7500 is a great blender for your kitchen.
Quiet operation: The 7500 is quieter than most high-powered blenders, including the Vitamix 5200 and other older models.
Variable speed dial: The Vitamix 7500 has the same toggles as the 6500 but also has a 10-speed dial for precise control over the texture and consistency of blends.
Easy to clean: The Vitamix 7500 is relatively easy to clean, with a dishwasher-safe container, lid, and tamper.
Cons
Higher price point: The Vitamix 7500 is higher than other high-performance blenders.
No preset blending programs: The Vitamix 7500 lacks preset blending programs like the Vitamix 6500.
Vitamix 6500 vs Vitamix 7500: Comparison of Features
When comparing Vitamix 6500 vs 7500, there are five key categories: Variable Speed Settings, Motor Housing, Blending Performance, Noise Level, and Price.
Criteria 1: Variable Speed Settings
One key difference between the 6500 vs. 7500 is the speed dial.
The Vitamix 6500 has three preset speeds for smoothies, frozen desserts, and hot soups.
These preset features automatically adjust the blending time and speed, making it easier to achieve consistent results.
The Vitamix 7500, on the other hand, does not have any pre-programmed settings. Users need to adjust the speed and blending time for this blender manually.
WINNER
Vitamix 6500
Criteria 2: Blender Motor Housing
Another difference between the Vitamix 6500 vs 7500 is the motor base housing.
Both the Vitamix 6500 and 7500 have powerful motors. The Vitamix 6500 has a 2.2 horsepower motor, while the Vitamix 7500 has a 2.2 horsepower motor.
The difference lies in the base station surrounding the motor base. The 6500 still uses the C-Series base, which has zero noise-dampening insulation.
On the other hand, the Vitamix 7500 has a low-profile generation G series base. The low-profile design of the Vitamix 7500 makes it more compact and easier to store.
WINNER
Vitamix 7500
Criteria 3: Blending Performance
The performance of the Vitamix 6500 vs 7500 also differs.
The Vitamix 6500 and 7500 are highly capable in terms of blending performance. Both blenders have strong motors and can blend even tough ingredients with ease.
However, the only difference between the two blenders is the pitchers. The 7500 has a stout pitcher for easy blending of thicker mixtures
WINNER
Vitamix 7500
Criteria 4: Noise Level
Noise is another important factor when comparing the Vitamix 6500 vs 7500.
Regarding motor noise level, the Vitamix 6500 and 7500 are relatively loud due to their powerful motors.
However, the Vitamix 7500 has a slightly quieter motor due to its G series motor base. This base has a noise-dampening feature, which allows significant noise reduction.
The motor housing helps to muffle some of the sounds from the Vitamix blender, making it a better option for those who value a quieter blending experience.
WINNER
Vitamix 7500
Criteria 5: Price
The price is an important consideration when comparing Vitamix 6500 vs 7500.
The Vitamix 6500 typically retails for slightly less than the Vitamix 7500. However, the price difference is not significant enough to significantly impact the product's overall value.
WINNER
Vitamix 6500
What Are the Similarities Between the Vitamix Blenders?
The Vitamix 6500 and 7500 are two powerful high-performance blenders, perfect for anyone looking to make smoothies, sauces, and more.
With a strong motor, a large container, and stainless steel blades that cut through the ice while effortlessly blending tough ingredients, they have adjustable speeds and pulse function that can help you achieve your desired consistency.
Whether it's crushing ice or making sure your soup is just the right thickness, these blenders provide you with the same features and lasting results every time.
And as an added bonus, their sleek designs will look great in any kitchen!
So if you're after a high-quality blender with all the features you need to get creative in the kitchen - either one of these would be an excellent choice.
What Are Alternative Vitamix Models You Can Get?
If you're looking for powerful Vitamix blenders, the Vitamix 5200 and 5300 are both great options.
The Vitamix 5200 is part of the C-Series and has a powerful motor, variable speed, and pulse feature.
It also comes with a large container and hardened stainless steel blades that make short work of even tough ingredients.
The Vitamix 5300 is part of the G-Series and has an even more powerful motor than its predecessor as well as a low-profile container.
It also features variable speed, a pulse feature, and a user-friendly interface - ensuring your cleaning process is quick and easy.
Ultimately, no matter which one you choose between the two Vitamix models, you'll be equipped with one of the most reliable blenders on the market today!
What Are the Alternative Brands of Blenders to Consider?
Are you searching for a reliable blender that can help you whip up smoothies, shakes, and other delicious drinks? Consider Nutribullet and Blendtec.
Nutribullet offers a compact design with powerful motors that make it easy to blend fruits, veggies, and nuts into your favorite beverages.
Alternatively, if you're looking for professional-grade power and versatility, Blendtec blenders come equipped with powerful motors plus pre-programmed settings to make your blending experience seamless.
No matter which option you choose, both brands offer quality products that will help make preparing nutritious meals easier than ever!
Got more questions about Vitamix 6500 vs. Vitamix 7500? Here are our frequently asked questions.
How Much Horsepower Does a Vitamix 6500 Have?
The Vitamix 6500 has a 2.2 horsepower motor.
Is Vitamix 6500 Compatible With a Food Processor?
The Vitamix 6500 does not have a food processor attachment but can be used to make purees and other blended foods.
Does the Vitamix 7500 Self-Clean?
Using the Vitamix 7500’s self-cleaning mode is an easy and efficient way to keep your blender in top shape.
Simply fill the pitcher halfway with some dish soap and warm water, then set it to high for 30-60 seconds to get rid of any stuck-on food.
You can also opt for a more hands-off approach by placing the wet pitchers in the dishwasher safe – just remember to let them air dry before use.
This convenient feature makes sure that you’ll never have to worry about an unclean machine or a wet pitcher again; it’s like having a fresh start every time!
How to Blend Hot Soup in a Vitamix Blender?
Once your soup has cooled slightly, it’s time to get blending!
Carefully remove the center cap from the blender lid and cover the hole with a clean towel. This will prevent any hot liquid from spraying you while you blend.
Then, start the blender at a low speed and lighter blends, gradually increasing its velocity until you’ve achieved your desired consistency and serving temperature.
Blend for a few minutes until everything is smooth, creamy, and delicious – but avoid over-blending if you’re aiming for something lighter!
Before long, you’ll have an inviting bowl of hot soup and steaming goodness ready to enjoy.
Vitamix 6500 vs 7500: Which One Is Best for You?
Now that we have compared 6500 vs. 7500. Let's see which one you should get
Use Vitamix 6500 If...
...you want to blend things and not think about it, as it comes with three pre-programmed settings, making it more convenient for those who want to complete a simple blending task.
It also has a slightly lower price point, making it a more affordable option for those on a budget.
Use Vitamix 7500 If...
...you prefer a more powerful motor and slightly quieter operation. The 7500 is more modern and sleek, making it a better fit for contemporary kitchens.
The wider container of the 7500 also allows for easier blending of larger batches.
In conclusion, the Vitamix 6500 and 7500 are great blenders with powerful performance and versatility in the kitchen.
Whether making a frozen dessert or a smoothie, each model has unique features and benefits, making them suitable for different needs and preferences.
Ultimately, the choice comes from priorities such as preset options, motor housing design, blending performance, noise level, and price.
Regardless of your chosen model, investing in a Vitamix blender is wise for anyone looking to take their blending game to the next level.
At first glance, you may think the Vitamix 7500 and 5200 have similar performance and features. You're not wrong, but also not entirely right here.
When it comes to the battle of Vitamix 7500 vs 5200, the winning factors lie in power and functionality. Personal preference also comes in handy when deciding between the two.
Allow me to get into the specifics to know which one is the best blender between the two models.
Let's start with the more recently released Vitamix 7500 NextGen G-Series blender.
When you unbox the blender package, you'll see the low-profile container, motor base, low-profile tamper, cookbook, and Getting Started Guide.
The low-profile container has a 64-ounce total capacity that can function as a 20-ounce Copolyester container and a 32-ounce dry grains container. Personally, I like its stout build because it's easy for me to fit it into any of my kitchen cabinets.
In the middle of the front portion of its motor base, you'll see the blender's 10-variable speeds control button.
If you're looking into this for your first blender, this means that you have 10 different speeds to choose from. More speed options can give you more precision to achieve your desired texture.
On top of this, it has 4-inch laser-cut stainless steel blades for high-quality results. They are of aircraft-grade quality, so there's nothing you can't blend here. From fruits to coffee beans and nuts, you can use this blender for both personal and commercial use.
Obviously, you're not limited to just smoothie-making with this blender. This blender's Pulse feature expands your options to soups, sauces, purees, and dips.
All these are powered by the blender'spowerful 2.2-peak horsepower motor backed by a radial cooling fan and thermal protection system to ensure your blender does not overheat.
By now, you may be imagining a powerful machine that emits loud noise already. But that's nothing to worry about when it comes to this blender. It has noise-dampening technology, which makes it 40% quieter than earlier units.
It even has a self-cleaning mechanism that only takes 30 to 60 seconds to tidy up the machine, no matter what you decide to put in it.
Pros
It has a large capacity but can still fit most kitchen cabinets.
It has 10 variable speeds that are perfect for many recipes.
It features a pulse option that makes chopping faster and easier.
It has a high-power motor with fan-assisted cooling.
It emits less noise despite its high power.
Cons
The large container can take up more space than other blenders.
It costs more than blenders that can do the same job.
Vitamix 5200 Overview
One of the best blender-producing companies released the Vitamix 5200 in 2007 as one of their C-series blenders.
Its box comes with its classic container, motor base, classic tamper, and Getting Started Guide.
Vitamix 5200's classic container has a 64-ounce capacity to blend medium to large batches, perfect for any household size.
It offers a 10-variable speed control using a handy dial to easily adjust speed. This blending power allows you to create friction heat to make soup without any other heating mechanism.
My husband is a big fan of hummus, and I can confidently say that the Vitamix 5200 is one of the best blenders for hummus on the market.
If you ask me, its control knob allows you to switch between different speeds seamlessly. It gives you easier control than touchscreen models. This makes the Vitamix 5200 a user-friendly model that's perfect for beginners.
This blender features 3-inch laser-cutting hardened stainless steel blades backed by a powerful motor with 2.0 horsepower to handle even tough ingredients.
At the end of each use, you won't have to worry about any mess with its self-cleaning feature. Fill the blender with warm water, add a few drops of dish soap, set the motor to its highest speed, and the self-cleaning mechanism takes care of the rest!
Pros
It doesn't take up much storage space.
Its dial control knob is easy to use.
It only takes seconds to a few minutes to mix anything.
It has a powerful motor that can handle tough ingredients.
It is easy to clean regardless of its load.
Cons
It has a tall height that may not fit in some kitchen cabinets.
It doesn't have a pulse feature to give you more control.
Similarities Between the Two Blenders
Coming from the same manufacturing company, both the Vitamix 7500 and 5200 have similar attributes as well.
If you open the boxes of these two blenders side by side, you'll see that both come with a container, motor base, tamper, 6-feet power cord, and a Getting Started Guide.
Their pitchers' capacity is at 64 ounces regardless of their build and shape. Both containers are also made of BPA-free and shatterproof plastic.
All their removable parts are dishwasher-safe and can withstand hot temperatures.
You can enjoy ten-speed settings with laser-cut stainless steel on both models.
Both have a self-cleaning mechanism to give you more freedom to recreate as many recipes as possible without worrying about the cleanup after.
In terms of aftersales, these blenders come with the standard Vitamix 7-year manufacturer warranty that's longer than those offered by other brands.
These blenders may be similar, but the Vitamix 5200 vs. 7500 battle continues.
The following features differentiate them, and I've taken the liberty to pick the winner for each feature as well.
Pitcher Design
As I put the two blender containers beside each other, it's clear that the build of their pitchers is different.
The Vitamix 5200 has a tall and slender pitcher. Once you mount it on the motor base and attach the lid on, the blender measures 20.5 inches tall.
Vitamix introduced a new pitcher for the 7500 model using the same BPA-free and shatterproof plastic material. It is a shorter yet wider container, which gives the pitcher a stout appearance. When fully assembled, the blender measures 17.25 inches tall.
In terms of storage, keeping the 5200 model on the counter is easier since it doesn't seem to fit in many kitchen cabinets. The shorter 7500 model can easily be stored away in cabinets to keep your kitchen space free from mess.
How the pitcher shape affects the blending performance is another thing.
The slender pitcher can blend smaller batches better because even the smallest ingredients can easily reach the blades. In contrast, the wider pitcher gives more even results when blending bigger batches.
WINNER
Vitamix 7500 - It is easier to store, and it maximizes the container capacity better.
Motor Power
Side by side, the motor bases of the two blenders look alike. You'll find the speed dial and the on/off button here.
The difference lies in the power of the two motors.
The Vitamix 5200 has a peak 2.0 horsepower motor that the company has reliably used for decades to deliver quality chopping and to blend.
However, it came to the point that many customers raised the issue of the blender heating with either high capacity or long operation. This would cause the blender to bind for a few seconds.
At this point, Vitamix decided to use new-generation motors for their NextGen Series blenders, including their 7500 model.
This newer model has slightly more power using a 2.2-horsepower motor. Vitamix added fan cooling to support this 10% improvement as well.
The added cooling fans now allow the blender to chop and blend as much volume of any ingredient and for longer without any issue.
WINNER
Vitamix 7500 has more power with a cooling fan to back it up.
Blender Blades
Again, the blender blades of the two models appear identical. They are dull to the touch, laser cut, and made of hardened stainless steel.
But if you look closer, you'll see their main difference. The only difference that they have is their form.
The Vitamix 5200 has blades that are 3 inches wide and sit at a very slightly higher angle. On the other hand, the Vitamix 7500 has 4 inches in diameter blades that sit slightly lower.
You may be asking why. It's all because of the shape of the pitchers. The blades are designed to match the shape of the blender container.
WINNER
Tie - The blades chop and blend any ingredient. There is no difference in operation and performance.
Controls
The controls of both blenders can look the same. They both have a toggle on the left, a ten-position turn dial in the middle, and another toggle on the right.
The turn dial allows you to adjust the blender's power, while the right toggle is your switch to supply power to the motor.
You'll notice that the difference is on the left toggle.
The left control on the Vitamix 5200 is a high-speed toggle that overrides the speed dial. It puts the motor at high speed in an instant.
The high-speed variable toggle is replaced with the pulse feature on the Vitamix 7500. This allows you to make a good puree with a few chunks, like salsa.
WINNER
Vitamix 7500 - The pulse function is more useful than the high-speed function.
Noise
Here's something you won't notice at first glance. The noise each blender makes.
This might not be a deal-breaker for some users since it's normal for any high-powered machine to emit noise. But for those living with the elderly or those who, like me, prepare their meals while everyone is still asleep, this is something to be discussed.
The Vitamix 5200, as an older version, can be quite noisy, just like your typical blender.
Vitamix takes it to a higher level with the Vitamix 7500. This newer model has a noise-dampening mechanism not found in the Vitamix 5200.
This feature makes the blender less noisy compared not only to the older Vitamix blenders but also to many other models on the market as well.
WINNER
Vitamix 7500 - Less noise for a more powerful machine is highly impressive.
Price
Both blenders are on the more expensive side of blenders available on the market.
The Vitamix 5200 costs around $450 with all the features it offers. On the other hand, the Vitamix 7500 will cost you around $530.
This price point comes with the standard Vitamix warranty package of 7 years. If you add $75, you can enjoy an extended warranty package of 3 more years, making it a total of 10 years for whichever model you choose.
The extra 80-dollar cost of the Vitamix 7500 gives you the advantage of its 10% higher motor power, Pulse feature, fan-assisted cooling, and noise-dampening mechanism.
WINNER
Vitamix 5200 - It has a lower price for almost the same performance.
What Are Other Vitamix Models You Should Consider?
The company introduced great blenders to the market in 1921. Aside from these two blender models, the brand has 32 other models available.
For the price of the Vitamix 7500, you can also get the Vitamix 5300. You can compare Vitamix 7500 vs 5300 here.
If you want pre-programmed settings for more precise blending, you can look into the higher-priced Vitamix 6500. You can compare Vitamix 6500 vs 7500 here.
Vitamix has more options for you to choose from; it is a matter of which model suits your needs the best! Only then can you consider what you believe is the best option for you!
Why Should You Get Vitamix Blenders?
Because all Vitamix blenders are considered high-performance blenders or super blenders.
If you're wondering what their superpower is, it's this: they have more power and versatility than other blenders. They're great for so much more than just making smoothies.
A high-performance blender can do some jobs a food processor can do. They're all possible with a Vitamix blender for chopping, grinding, and emulsifying.
You can use it to turn your raw or frozen ingredients into something better, such as chopping wet or dry ingredients, making dough, making nut butter, and even crushing ice.
Another amazing feature is its ability to make hot soups without any other heating mechanism.
So where does the heat come from? The answer is this: the blender's blades create friction and heat as they can spin hundreds of times per second.
Put all your soup ingredients in your blender container, blend on high speed for 4 to 5 minutes, and you'll easily get soup. Hot soup, mind you!
Do you still have questions regarding the topic? Here are your top-of-mind questions answered to help you choose better:
Is a Vitamix Blender Worth It?
A Vitamix blender is worth the money.
Any blender from Vitamix can offer outstanding functionality and longer-lasting use compared to many other brands. Vitamix blenders may cost you more, but they also allow you to do more.
Do All Vitamix Blender Models Have Warranty?
All the Vitamix models have a standard warranty of 7 years.
The brand is confident in the quality of the products that they offer. They offer a warranty that’s longer than many other manufacturers.
If you think you need it, you can add 3 more years of warranty by paying $75 more to the base price of your blender.
Is Vitamix BPA Free?
All the Vitamix models are free from Bisphenol A or BPA.
They are made of food-grade material, which you can easily use for food preparation. This includes purees you’d want to make for your babies at home.
The Vitamix 5200 C-Series may be the best-selling Vitamix blender, but the winner for the best blender of the Vitamix 5200 vs. 7500 blender game can change with the introduction of the new G-series version.
Here's a summary and a better reason to choose one over the other.
Use Vitamix 7500 If...
You have many people to prepare meals for. The capacity of both blenders is 64 ounces, but you'll need the higher-powered motor of the Vitamix 7500 for batch cooking, having friends over, and putting together a good meal for the entire family.
You have a small professional kitchen. The Vitamix 7500 is found in many professional kitchens. Its variable speeds, stainless steel blades, and pulse option expand your choices regarding what you can develop.
Vitamix 7500's wider and shorter pitcher may take up more space in cabinets, but storage space wouldn't be a concern if you have a large household or a small professional kitchen.
Use Vitamix 5200 If...
You only need small batches in your recipes. The design and shape of the Vitamix 5200 can give better consistency when it comes to smaller batches. Its slender shape allows its blades to reach ingredients better, even when you add in a small amount only.
You have a big kitchen space. The Vitamix 5200 is a taller blender by about 3 inches. If you have a big kitchen space, you can leave it on the counter instead.
Getting the Vitamix 5200 allows you to save a bit more money, especially if you don't need as much blending power in your recipes.
Final Words
The Vitamix 7500 and 5200 blenders have similar features and differentiating details with a slight price difference. Each one has the edge over the other.
This boils down to personal preference and what you believe is most important in a blender!
Ultimately, YOU judge who wins the Vitamix 7500 vs 5200 battle in YOUR kitchen for YOUR household.
Kitchen ranges are two-in-one appliances — a set of burners and an oven. As such, you'll want to get one that works hard regardless of what you're using it as.
Deciding you want a gas range already slashes down your options greatly.
However, to help you narrow your choices down more, we'll talk about factors to consider and features to watch out for when shopping for a gas range.
Gas ranges come in different types and dimensions.
Below, we've listed a few things you should keep in mind while you're looking for one:
1. Freestanding vs Slide-In Ranges
A freestanding gas range is the most popular kind since it's the easiest to install. This is thanks to the finished sides that allow it to be placed anywhere in the kitchen.
It's also characterized by a backguard that holds the oven and burner controls.
Meanwhile, a slide-in range slips between appliances and cabinets to give your kitchen a seamless, built-in look.
The burner and oven controls are found up front. It doesn't have a backguard, so it doesn't block your backsplash.
Slide-in ranges also have bottom or warming drawers.
In terms of output and features, it's normally similar to freestanding gas ranges. However, slide-ins can be self-cleaning and have more advanced features.
But, of course, this depends on whether your freestanding gas range is entry-level or not.
2. Range Width
Appliances should follow cabinet styles. For instance, if you have a standard 30-inch cabinet, then you should look for a range of the same dimensions.
Most gas ranges are 30 inches wide. However, dual-fuel and pro-style ranges can reach 36 or even 60 inches wide. Meanwhile, 20-inch gas ranges are the smallest.
20- and 24-inch gas ranges are the most basic since they're designed to fit into small apartments.
36-inch ranges are normally for high-end regular or pro-style ranges. 48- and 60-inch ranges are the more expensive pro-style ranges.
However, you'll likely only reach 48 or 60 inches if you custom-configure your pro-style range with things like extra burners, an extra oven, or an integrated grill or wok burner.
There are also rare 27-inch drop-in ranges suited for 1950s homes.
3. Oven Capacity
To make sure that your oven's cavity size is big enough for your household, here are some important pointers to remember:
2 to 3 cubic feet for one or two people
3 to 4 cubic feet for three or four people
at least four cubic feet for four or more people
It's ideal for measuring only the usable oven space — and it would be a good idea to assess it yourself.
That's because some manufacturers include the lowest rack position in their advertisement of dimensions.
4. Single-Oven vs. Double-Oven Ranges
Double-oven ranges typically have a smaller oven on top and a larger oven below.
They're very convenient if you need to bake or roast two different dishes at two different temperatures.
You can even use the smaller upper oven to preheat small items, like leftover pizza. However, the lower oven is closer to the floor compared to conventional ovens.
However, double ovens don't have a storage drawer.
5. Gas vs. Dual-Fuel Ranges
Dual-fuel ranges have a gas cooktop and electric oven.
You get the precise burner control from an open flame that a gas cooktop gives. At the same time, electric convection ovens are typically drier and have a more even heat distribution.
Dual-fuel ranges have one or two convection ovens. They're also more expensive, with a price tag of $2,000 to $7,500.
Because a dual-fuel range uses both gas and electric power, you'll need gas and a 240-volt power hookup.
If you don't want the hassle of using two systems, then go for a gas range.
6. Finish
This depends highly on your preferences.
Stainless steel is a popular finish since it looks classy and makes for a seamless kitchen.
However, stay away from black stainless steel. That's because the oxide coating is easily scratched, which will reveal the shiny undercoating.
More than that, manufacturers do not guarantee scratches, so you'll have to live with it.
Aside from stainless steel, you can get white, black, and other colors that will fit any kitchen.
The more features and oven settings a kitchen range has, the more expensive it normally is. After all, they help boost convenience during meal preparation.
Below are some features that we believe are worth paying for in a kitchen range:
1. Air Fryer
The air fry setting is the newest feature in ranges. In fact, most major range brands have at least one model that has it.
This feature uses high heat convection. Admittedly, it may not work as well as an actual air fryer, but it's certainly convenient for those who don't own an air fryer.
2. Convection
Convection ovens are typically found in mid and higher-priced ranges. They let you choose between conventional baking and roasting or convection baking and roasting.
They're also great for dehydrating.
These types of ovens can reduce cooking time since they have fewer hot and cold spots — letting you cook foods evenly on all racks. They use less heat too.
This is possible since a convection fan circulates the hot air inside the oven.
Some convection ovens (typically electric ovens) have an extra convection heating element to ensure the fan circulates the hottest air possible. The fan can be turned on or off.
3. Convertible Oven Space
Some double ovens let you remove the divider between the upper and lower oven.
This flexibility lets you move between a baking space large enough for a huge holiday roast and a smaller space for baking a pan of cookies.
4. Expandable Elements, Bridge, and Oval Burner
Gas cooktops have an oval burner that can accommodate griddles and elongated pans.
Aside from that, they have a fifth burner in the middle for a griddle too.
5. Variable Broil
All gas and electric ovens (except entry-level models) have a variable broil feature.
This lets you adjust high and low settings for foods that need slower or faster cooking.
6. Wi-Fi Connectivity
Most ranges already have Wi-Fi connectivity, letting you be in control via an app on your smartphone or tablet.
The app lets you set a timer, check the oven temperature and even check the internal temperature of what you're cooking (if you have a temperature probe).
Some might even have a tie-in to other apps, such as Yummly and SideChef.
7. Self-Cleaning
The self-cleaning feature makes it easier to clean your oven.
Basically, the oven walls release dirt once activated by steam and low heat. It also incinerates drippings, grease, and spillovers in the oven. Then, you'll just need to wipe them away.
This method cleans your oven in an hour, doesn't produce fumes, and is less invasive than the old method.
That's because the previous method of self-cleaning used very high temperatures for hours to turn food particles into ash.
8. Power Burner
A power burner has a higher heat output — specifically at least 15,000 British Thermal Units (BTU).
These can quickly sear and heat up large quantities of food.
Regular ranges typically have at least two power burners in front, each with an output of 15,000 to 21,000 BTU. They also have a simmer burner with 5,000 BTU.
9. Warming Drawers
A warming drawer is a low-temperature drawer that keeps your food warm and moist for up to three hours. But you can use it to slow cook some foods too.
You can also use this as a storage drawer for pans, heat towels, serving bowls, and plates.
10. Grates
Yes, the grates you get depend on the price of the range.
Entry-level ranges will have only thin, lightweight grates that will normally cover only the burners. Then, the more the range, the heavier the grates.
Most grates are made of heavy cast iron or cast iron coated with porcelain. Pro ranges have even heavier cast iron grates.
Better-quality grates tend to cover the whole cooktop, making it easier to slide pots on and off the burners.
11. Air Sous Vide
This is essentially precision boiling in a bag. The process lasts two hours, and you'll still need to fix the food for a good texture.
But what's great about this process is that it lets you cook food to an even doneness all the way through. That means you won't have to worry about dry edges and rare centers.
What Are Some Kitchen Range Brands
There are a lot of kitchen range brands on the market. But below are some of the more well-known brands:
Wolf offers dual-stacked burners. Despite having only a single convection oven, it has a powerful infrared broiler at 1800°.
Their dual-fuel range is impressive — with higher output, VertiCross blower convection, and Wolf Gourmet.
The Wolf Gourmet feature lets you cook the food exactly how you want it.
All you have to do is input the food and how you want it cooked. Then, the system will automatically set up the time, temperature, and even recommended rack position.
BlueStar is another brand that offers professional ranges that come in 750 custom color and trim options — for an extra cost.
Its platinum ranges have heat outputs as high as 25,000 BTU on the highest burner. The grates can also be modified to accommodate a round-bottomed wok.
They also have an interchangeable "Charbroiler" and are gridded to give you more flexibility while cooking.
Buy A Gas Range FAQs
Below are some questions about gas ranges that can help you understand them more. They can also better help you narrow your options down.
How Much Should You Spend on a Gas Range?
How much you spend on a gas range depends on your desired size and style.
A simple 20-inch range will cost about just $500. Meanwhile, a freestanding range starts at $900.
But a 60-inch pro-style range can cost you anywhere from $15,000 to $20,000.
If you’re shopping for multiple appliances, buying an appliance package helps you maximize rebates.
Of course, gas ranges also differ in price according to their features. So if you want a range with more and better features, then you can expect to pay more.
Are Gas Ranges Better Than Electric Ranges?
Depending on your preferences, a gas range can be better than an electric range.
For instance, electric ranges are normally cheaper to buy. But gas ranges are usually cheaper over time to operate — assuming natural gas rates are lower than electricity costs.
Chefs and other cooking enthusiasts will also likely choose gas stoves since the burner flame acts as a visual temperature gauge. It can heat things up quickly too.
Meanwhile, bakers prefer electric ovens since they have better heat transfer and circulation.
If you don’t have a gas supply at home, then electric ranges might be easier to install.
However, electric ranges need more power than what standard outlets can give. They’ll need a 220v power supply to operate properly.
Meanwhile, gas ranges require a gas line hookup. It will also need 110v of electricity to power heating elements that create the spark that ignites the gas.
If you want an electric range, you’ll have to choose between smooth-top and induction ranges.
Smoothtop ranges have heating elements hidden beneath a layer of flat glass. But these types of electric ranges have residual heat from the heating element, so it takes some time to settle them at a lower setting.
Meanwhile, induction burners will require magnetic cookware. This electric range has its heating element under a ceramic glass surface.
Are Unsealed or Sealed Burners Better?
This also depends on your preference.
Unsealed burners, also known as open burners, have exposed heating elements. Thanks to that, it gives direct heat to whatever’s on the range.
This also means it’s more exposed to oxygen and burns more readily. You can also control the flame better.
Unfortunately, unsealed burners need more frequent cleaning.
Meanwhile, sealed or closed burners don’t have exposed heating elements. This makes them easier to clean while still maintaining good heat.
What's the Difference Between a Slide-in Range and Front Control Range?
A front control range is a mix of a slide-in and freestanding range.
It has finished sides, so you can replace both the front control and freestanding ranges without needing to modify the cabinet.
But unlike freestanding ranges, front controls don’t have backguards. As the name implies, the control panel is at the front of the range.
Meanwhile, slide-in ranges have unfinished sides. So, you can only place them between cabinets.
A good rule of thumb to go by is to choose slide-ins for new constructions and get front controls for replacements.
What's the Difference Between a Range and a Wall Oven and Cooktop?
As two-in-one appliances, ranges centralize your cooking. Pro range cooktops also give you more options than standard ranges, thanks to more features.
Meanwhile, a wall oven and cooktop are two separate appliances, which can be more expensive.
However, you wouldn’t need to bend over too much with wall ovens, making handling hot food much easier.
A wall oven and cooktop combo is good for those with larger kitchens. But a range is better for those living in smaller spaces.
Should You Vent a Gas Range?
Yes, you should vent a gas range. That’s because a vent removes the heat, grease, and gasses that cooking produces.
On top of that, compared to cooking on an electric range, a gas range creates unhealthy gasses such as:
Carbon monoxide
Carbon dioxide
Nitrous oxide
Formaldehyde
This improves the air quality in the kitchen, so you can continue your meal preparation without simmering in the heat and grease.
When finding a good vent for your range, some factors to consider are:
Cubic feet per minute (CFM) – how powerful the exhaust is
Capture area – the height, width, and depth of the vent hood
Duct run – ideally goes straight up or straight back since elbows or downdrafts can lower static flow
Duct size – follow the manufacturer’s specifications (or go beyond)
Even after deciding you prefer gas ranges over electric ranges, there's still much to consider.
This includes whether you want just a gas range or a dual-fuel range for the electric convection oven.
Then, there's the question of a freestanding unit over a slide-in or front control.
Finally, would you like your range to have features like self-cleaning or Wi-Fi connectivity?
Having a checklist of what you want can help you more easily find the best gas range for your needs when you enter the appliance store.
For those who are new to the world of woodworking, it can be challenging to get started!
With a high price tag of both the tools and materials used, making a mistake can be costly. Especially when it comes to tools, they can help you attain a clean result. The only downside is the high price that they come with; every tool is an investment with its own learning curve.
When learning to use a tool, it is a good idea to know what exactly the tool is meant for. This helps understand where and how it can help you efficiently. But when it comes to the planer or jointer, it is easy to be confused about what they are used for specifically, as their purposes are very similar.
Read on to understand what tool you should use to get the job done.
Why Invest In A Jointer Or Planer?
The jointer or planer, as a woodworking tool, can be a great addition to your workshop to increase product quality overall.
Wood is not always a straight plank the way we see it on tables and shelves. It is uneven and warped at times. To achieve a clean plank of wood to work with for practical and aesthetic purposes, woodworkers use a jointer or planer.
Both share similarities in their purpose of shaping the wood; i.e., to smoothen it, utilizing the same mounted blade system on a rotary drum. With such a similar purpose and design, it can be challenging for a novice to realize the differences in these machines.
Alternatively, those who use pre-finished wood may not need either of these tools. Many choose to buy the S4S lumber, which basically means wood that has been smoothed out on four sides. As such, it doesn’t need to be prepped any further before being worked on. Additionally, you can have the wood pre-finished for you by the lumber before being delivered.
More commonly, the case is that the wood for projects is bought from a local lumber yard or warehouse, which means it will be raw and unfinished. Before you can work with this uneven wood for your project, it must be finished and smoothed out. This is where a jointer and planer would come in.
With that, we will now see what a jointer and planer is in more detail, with their strengths and weaknesses highlighted, and how they differ from each other.
What Is A Jointer?
Dealing with rough wood can be troublesome to create an even surface to begin working it into your project. A jointer is what many professional carpenters and woodworkers consider to be the first step in preparing wood for a job.
It is essentially a specialized tool to make a straight edge and square off the end of your board. This removes any warps, twists, and cupping in the wood, which is achieved by the blade system on a table that smoothes it out as it passes through the blade. It cuts the wood from below.
If you do not wish to use a jointer, the same effect can be achieved with a hand plane as well. Of course, it will require more energy and time. On top of that, it can be challenging to master this technique and still have the same quality result that a jointer puts out.
Advantages & Disadvantages Of Using A Jointer
Using a jointer over a hand planer offers much more efficiency and quality when it comes to prepping your boards for work.
The wood is placed on top of the table and using safety paddles or push blocks it’s moved along the table. Blades protruding from the table surface cut the wood from below, creating a flat surface on one side of the board.
Another great feature is its ability to change the angle at which the wood is cut. Some projects may require the wood to be joined at different angles to ensure a secure, clean fit with other planks. Adjusting the initial cut’s angle will help you give an all-around snug fit when joining multiple pieces of wood.
The only downside to using a jointer is the thickness of the board is not always uniform. As the wood is being cut from below and simply being pushed along, thickness is not a factor that can be dealt with.
Besides that, it can only work on one side of the board. While it is still possible to use it to achieve flat surfaces on all edges, they will not be parallel to each other varying thickness throughout.
Regardless of these slight drawbacks, a jointer is still an essential first step to transforming the raw wood into a suitable plank to work with.
Types Of Jointers
Closed-Stand Jointer
A closed-stand jointer is, as the name implies, a jointer with an enclosed base. It comes in different sizes of table tops ranging from six, eight, 12, and 16 inches. The enclosed base protects the motor clean from dust and debris.
Additionally, this enclosed jointer has more weight than others due to the enclosed base. Not only does it protect from dust, but the enclosure also decreases the noise level and vibration while using the jointer. The extra weight lends this type of jointer the advantage of having more stability as well.
Open Stand Jointer
Alternative to the closed-stand variant is the open-stand jointer. Compared to the closed stand, the open stand has no enclosure protecting the motor, as evident from the name. As it has no protection around the motor and base, it is messier and produces more noise.
A plus of using an open-stand jointer is the portability that it offers due to its lightweight. Where it shines in its ease of transporting it around, it lacks in its stability. The lighter weight of an open-stand jointer does not allow it to be as grounded as other jointers.
Benchtop Jointer
These jointers are essentially miniature versions of normal jointers. Due to their smaller size, they are able to be placed on workbenches and tables. The limit of the table length goes to six inches, with a light build, it does not give you much room to work on. With a light build, it does limit the benchtop jointer to more minor heavy-duty tasks as the stabilization is not the best.
Benchtop jointers are ideal for those who are short on space or need to move their tools around. Smaller projects or casual users will also benefit from purchasing a cheaper benchtop variant than larger joiners.
Jointer-Planer Combination
One of the more innovative variants of joiners is combining a jointer with a planer into one machine. Attaching a planer to a jointer is convenient as their purposes are similar and usually used in conjunction with each other. This is achieved by either placing both tools adjacent to each other or on top of each other. This stacked combination is known as an over/under combination.
An over/under combination jointer has a one saw blade mechanism. Switching between the planer or jointer configuration is just a simple adjustment of some settings. Alternatively, the side-by-side is a more straightforward setup of having a combination of tools just placed next to each other.
The alternative to using a combination of these tools in one machine over having separate ones comes manifold in space, convenience, and cost. Especially with an over/under combination, having it in one base and table saves space as well as energy switching between both tools. Additionally, the planer is attached to the jointer, so you save money on planer equipment as well.
What Is A Planer?
Now that you have smoothed out your board on one side and have one edge squared off and ready, the next step would be replicating that on the other faces to get a completed plank.
A planer is a tool that steps in when the jointer is unable to achieve this replication across the remaining edges of the raw wood. The build of this tool differs from that of the jointer in the positioning of the blade system and control over the wood as it passes along the blades.
It has a bed or table which guides the wood underneath the saw blade. This wood is placed with the flat edge down and the edge which is to be finished facing upwards. Positioned above the table, the blade system has rollers to tweak how fast the board passes underneath.
Advantages & Disadvantages Of A Planer
Having control over the speed of the board passing through the planer is a great advantage when working with different types of wood. Some woods may require slower passes to get clean cuts, while others are softer and do not require slower speeds.
However, where the planer shines and stands out from other tools is the consistent thickness it gives. As long as the lower surface of the wood is flat, the entire plank will have parallel and smooth surfaces across. This smooth and even finish is only possible with a planer.
The downsides to a planer come mainly in the areas where a jointer is useful. For example, it can not deal with any abnormalities in the wood shape, from twisting or cupping to warps, on the surface. Additionally, it can not create square edges in the plank.
In order to achieve different levels of thickness, it is sometimes required to pass the wood through the planer multiple times. This does take up time and energy but gives great clean results in the end. It is definitely more convenient than doing the same job with a hand planner.
Types Of Planers
Planers are split into two types; the manually powered variant and the electrical variant. In the electrical variant, it saves energy and time, as the labor required to work them is significantly less as compared to the manual planer.
Manual planers demand more technical know-how and skill to use with proficiency and have a quality output. As it is handheld, it has a more significant learning curve and takes time to master. Additionally, it demands more time and energy to use. Overall, it is a more demanding variant when it comes to planers.
While it may be more demanding to use, a manual planer allows you to have more control over how the wood is shaped—as such, using a handheld planer can be helpful in projects requiring detailed work.
Handheld Planer
Just one step above a manual planer is a handheld planer, essentially a manual version with a motor that spins the blade. The entire machine is controlled with a handle to guide the spinning blade.
A downside to using a handheld planer is the fast rate of the spinning blade. The spinning blade can cause the planer to drift astray from the desired lines. A present mind is essential when using a handheld planer to keep the blade on track and have a smooth finish overall.
Bench Planer
Similar to a benchtop jointer, a bench planer is sized appropriately to fit onto a bench or tabletop. This planer is a step up from handheld planers in terms of the size of the lumber it can handle.
A bench planer has a sturdy base to pass the wood along underneath the blade system. Electrically powered, it pulls the wood along through the blade system and gives an even finish and thickness to the board. There is little to no error in the output received with this planer as the blade is set at a specified height and mounted.
In the same way that the benchtop jointer is unstable, a bench planer is lightweight and, as a result, has less stability when being used.
Stationary Planer
One of the more heavy-duty planer variants, a stationary planer, is meant for heavy use. These types of planers have greater weight and a sturdier build than other planer types. With significant weight comes great sturdiness; it can be operated with great precision for more frequent users.
Purchasing a stationary planer is a significant investment as it is the most powerful electric planer available at a consumer level. The hefty price tag attached to it limits this planer to professionals or those with a large budget. It is definitely not a requisite for many working with wood; it is built just to cater to the needs of demanding jobs and projects.
Molding planer
A niche planer variant is the mold planer with the specific task of molding the wood to a particular shape using several planes. It is used to achieve a uniform design or profile along the board using specialized molding planes.
The resulting shape produced by a molding planer is dependent on the actual negative area of the molding plane, and this can make it a one-time use for the casual woodworker. As a result, a molding planer is usually used more by professionals or a particular field to produce multiple specific shapes.
Additionally, the set shape that a molding planer produces limits its usability to the general woodworker. While it can be used as a standard planer, it would be undercutting its potential. What’s more, the cost of a molding planer can be high, not to mention the required custom shaping of the molding planes to achieve the desired outcome.
How Are Jointers And Planers Different?
From their design and purpose to their output, they can perform better at some tasks where the other falls short.
The first step in preparing wood for any project is with the jointer rather than the planer. This is because a jointer will give you the initial straight edge and corner that a planer needs to start turning the raw wood into a finished board.
Secondly, the planer will use that initial flat edge to make the other edges of the board parallel and have a smooth finish all around as well. It also makes sure your board is equally thick throughout.
Of course, there is the option of using just a planer as it can be purposed to do more than the jointer’s specific job. The planer is meant to level any type of wood to be parallel to the opposite side so long as it is straight. This means even pre-finished wood can be put underneath the planer and altered to be a precise thickness.
The planer has the advantage of altering the thickness of any board with precise measurement. This is as opposed to the jointer's singular use of creating a single flat edge and one flat face on the board.
When it comes to the variety in purposes that both tools offer, the planer does have the upper hand. One could go so far as to use the planer as a jointer if the raw wood is not too bent out of shape. In combination with other tools or a hand plane, you could cut out the need for a jointer entirely to create the squared-off edges.
However, the jointer is still an important tool to have as wood can be distorted if stored haphazardly. Moreover, having a jointer at the ready can restore any wood from being warped out of shape into a usable plank with little to no time and energy.
Furthermore, a jointer is a good idea to have if you are working with multiple boards to be joined together. A planer is not able to produce clean angles the same way a jointer does in creating squared-off ends on the board.
Another difference between these two tools is the price point that they come at. Jointers are usually less expensive than planers. For those putting together a woodworking shop, the cost is a significant consideration between choosing one tool over another.
However, this comes at a cost. On the one hand, the planer may have more long-term use for those using pre-finished wood. On the other hand, the cheaper jointer is excellent for restoring or cleaning up uneven and misshapen wood into workable boards and making clean squared edges.
Frequently Asked Questions
How does wood become misshapen?
Lumber can be distorted relatively quickly if it is not stored in a dry location. When lumber is damp or wet, it will seep into the wood and soak throughout it. What happens is the wood will dry at varying speeds depending on thickness and airflow in the location it is stored in.
When the different wet areas in the wood are dried at varying speeds, the wood will bend and twist. The different ways it is misshapen are known as warping, twisting, or cupping. All three are essentially the same in respect of being uneven and unsuitable for use, warping being the overarching defect in unfinished wood.
Twisting occurs when the wood grains at one end of the board dry faster and shrink, pulling the entire shape of the board towards one side. You can identify what lumber is prone to twists by seeing the direction of the wood grains at either end. If they are in opposite directions, the board will be more susceptible to twists.
Cupping in lumber happens more often in lumber taken from the outer edge of the tree. Lower-grade wood from the center of the tree will be more susceptible to cupping as the fibers are not as strong. When the fibers in the wood are dampened and dried, they begin pulling the edges of the board up higher than the center, resulting in a concave shape across the board.
How can you prevent and fix warped wood?
Before we provide measures to prevent and fix warped wood, allow us to briefly explain the cause of warping. So, let’s begin.
Causes Of Warping
Warping in wood is mainly due to moisture seeping into the lumber. The basic answer to the question of how to prevent warping would be to keep your lumber and unfinished wood in a dry and cool area.
However, warping can be caused by other factors like over-drying the wood if it gets wet. The more the wood has been dampened and dried, the more the fibers will break down. These weaker fibers are what cause the wood to become misshapen.
Additionally, the part of the tree that the wood was taken from has a role to play in the possible deformation of wood. The outer rings of the wood have stronger fibers and are thus less susceptible to bending.
As it gets closer to the center of the trunk, the fibers become less firm and have a higher chance of warping. This is the reason lumber taken from closer to the center of the tree is rated as lower quality.
Fixing Warped Wood
To overcome this natural tendency to warp and cup, you can simply place it on a flat surface and keep heavy weights on top. This will ensure the wood has no space to cup or twist.
You can also choose to cure your wood to prevent any warping. While this is not a required preventative measure, it is an excellent optional precaution to take. Curing the wood by allowing it to dry properly before storing it away keeps warping from forming on the board.
Another optional preventive measure is sealing the ends of the wood. When it is cut, the ends of the board are more prone to warping as they are more exposed to the air and, as a result, dry faster. This is the most common area for twisting in planks and can be prevented with a sealed coating to keep moisture out or from drying quickly.
On the one hand, it is a good idea to dry lumber before storage and on the other hand, overdrying the lumber can cause warping itself. The over-drying of wood allows cracks to form, a much more complex problem to fix than a simple warp.
To fix warped wood, it is a simple matter of running it through a jointer. Of course, this depends on the severity and the type of warp as some can be more challenging to resolve than others.
For example, a simple cup warp can be smoothed out with little to no waste by shaving off the protruding elements of the board. A twist or wind warp is more difficult to restore to a proper board due to the unique and complex shape of the warp.
What Should You Get First - A Jointer Or Planer?
Between a jointer and a planer, the choice of what to invest in first is a hard decision to make. Depending on your woodworking skills, budget, and type of project being worked on, the choice varies for each individual.
With a more casual woodworker, the jointer can be used less due to its specific purpose. While it does have the benefit of smoothing out surfaces, it is too niche of a job to justify the investment.
An ideal choice for the casual hobbyist is the planer with its more versatile potential. Of course, the risk of having warped wood is ever-present. However, the availability of pre-finished S4S wood is a safety net that eliminates the requirement of purchasing a jointer.
Another perspective to consider is how often you will be working with wood. If you have more regular interaction with wood over long periods, investing in a jointer can be beneficial.
After all, wood stored over time is susceptible to warping, and the ability to purchase pre-finished lumber for every project can be costly.
Final Words
At the end of the day, the tools you choose will stay with you for a long time if selected carefully. If you are on a budget and have a casual relationship with woodworking, then getting a planer before a jointer makes sense.
On the other hand, a jointer can be a good investment over time for more serious or long-term woodworkers with a light build. If possible, having both would be ideal; where one falls short, the other will make up for it.
Always keep in mind that the jointer and planer are like two sides of the same coin. They can work in tandem to create a beautifully finished piece of work that embodies the time and effort you spent working.
If your morning routine involves enjoying a hot beverage, a malfunctioning electric kettle switch can really put a damper on your day.
But don't worry. There's no need to toss out your beloved electric kettle just yet! With a few simple repairs, you can have it heating water again in no time.
In this article, we'll explore some initial checks you can do to identify the issue and then guide you through the steps to repair your electric kettle's switch.
Get ready to reclaim your morning routine and enjoy your favorite hot beverage once again!
4 Actions to Perform When the Electric Kettle Switch is Not Working
If you find yourself with an electric kettle with a defective switch, there are a few things you do to save it!
We'll go through some easy but effective fixes that may save you from buying a new one.
However, we highly suggest you contact a professional if you're not confident about doing repairs independently.
Initial Checks
When an electric kettle's switch is not working, there are some initial checks we suggest you do before attempting any repairs:
Firstly, ensure that the kettle is correctly plugged in and the outlet is functioning properly.
Check the lid to ensure it is adequately secured, and only fill the kettle to its maximum capacity.
If none of these is the problem, the kettle's switch may be the culprit.
To check, make sure the kettle is not connected to any outlet, and remove all the screws that hold the base of the kettle in place.
Inspect the switch, wires, and contacts for any signs of damage or wear and tear. If any components are damaged, replace them or repair them.
If there are no visible issues, test the switch using a multimeter to see if it is not very accurate.
If the kettle is still under warranty*, contact the manufacturer for assistance, and they will get it fixed for you.
Note
Check the owner's manual before repairing the appliance yourself, as you may void the warranty by opening it up.
1. Faulty Thermostat Fix
If you have determined that this is your issue, the first step to fixing it is making sure you don't plug in the electric kettle and remove any screws holding it together.
Then, look for the thermostat, usually located near the bottom of the kettle.
Check if the wires are securely connected to the contacts, and if not, use a screwdriver to fix them. If the contacts are worn out, you may need to replace them.
Contacts are the metal parts that make an electrical connection to allow the flow of electricity.
They are usually made of copper or brass and are used to connect the heating element and the thermostat to the power source.
If the thermostat is beyond repair, it may need to be replaced entirely. Refer to the manual or contact a professional to have it fixed.
2. Internal Wiring Issue Fix
This is a tricky problem to have, but it's solvable!
Again, unplug the electric kettle and unscrew the screws on the bottom of the kettle first. Then remove the plastic cover to access the internal wiring.
Check for a loose or disconnected wire and use a screwdriver to reattach or replace them. If there is any damage to the wires, replace them entirely.
Once the wiring is fixed, screw the cover back on, plug the electric kettle in, and test the switch. If the light comes on and the kettle heats up, the problem is solved.
3. Burnt Out Heating Element Fix
Repairing a burnt-out heating element of an electric kettle requires disassembling the kettle by removing all screws and disconnecting wires.
Then, the heater can be removed and replaced with a new one. The contacts should be checked and cleaned before connecting the new heater.
After reassembling the kettle, it can be plugged in to test whether the heat function works.
Ensure it will not come into contact with any plastic components, especially if it touches the water.
4. Defective Switch Fix
To repair a defective switch on an electric kettle, the first step is to disconnect the kettle from its outlet and remove any screws or clips holding the housing in place.
Once the housing is removed, locate the switch and examine it for damage or debris. If there is debris, clean it out with a soft brush.
Check the contacts of the switch to see if they are misaligned or worn down, and adjust or replace them if necessary.
If the contacts are in good condition, test the switch with a multimeter to ensure it works properly. You may need a new electric kettle if the switch is still defective.
Why is the Electric Kettle Switch Not Working Properly?
To understand why most kettles have this problem, read about how kettles work first.
Also, plugging the kettle and continuing to use it if the switch isn't working is a NO-NO. We recommend you identify the issue first and then try to fix it if you don't want it replaced.
In most cases, getting a new kettle is more cost-effective than trying to repair it, especially if it's outside the warranty period.
Faulty Switch
The power switch may stop working due to overuse or damage. It seems simple enough, but it can prevent the kettle from turning on.
Replacing the kettle switch is often a viable solution, though a replacement may be hard to come by.
Broken Power Cord
If the power cord is damaged or has broken wires, the kettle won't receive electricity or turn on.
It's essential to check for any visible signs of damage, such as exposed wires. Practice caution and make sure you unplug the device from the power outlet before handling it.
Faulty Heating Element
The heating element can be affected by frequent use, damage, or buildup of limescale, which can result in the kettle not heating up and the switch not being able to work properly.
If this is where the issue lies, you can check the suggested appliance fixes above.
Overheating Safety Feature
Some kettles come with automatic shutdown systems that turn the kettle off if it overheats or when the contents reach boiling point.
With regular use of the appliance, these automatic kettle switches can malfunction and cause problems when you're boiling water.
Limescale Buildup
If you live in a hard water area, it's likely for the kettle to accumulate limescale (which also affects the thermostat), resulting in the thermal switch not working.
Regular cleaning using white vinegar or other descaling agents can help avoid these unwanted substances.
Electrical Issues
In rare cases, issues with the electrical wiring or circuitry in the kettle can cause the switch to malfunction and cut off the power supply.
Repairing or replacing the kettle may be necessary in these cases. Again, be careful when dealing with the wire of any electrical appliances.
How Do You Maintain Electric Kettles?
To maintain your electric kettle and ensure that it lasts longer, there are a few simple steps we suggest you take:
Always ensure that the kettle is filled to the correct level before you boil water. Only fill the kettle with the amount of water you need.
Ensure the lid is properly closed and the switch is in the "off" position before you plug it in and boil the kettle.
Clean the kettle regularly.* Use a small brush to clean the inside of the kettle, especially around the heating element, which can become dirty with mineral deposits over time.
Do not leave the device plugged in when the water has finished boiling, and the kettle is not in use.
If your kettle requires repair or replacement, make sure to contact the manufacturer or an authorized repair center.
Need more information about your electric kettle switch? Keep reading!
What Makes a Kettle Switch Off?
An electric kettle can switch off for a few reasons.
The thermostat or internal sensor may detect the desired heated water temperature. In some cases, the kettle shutdown system can activate as boil-over protection and prevention.
The kettle’s shutdown system also activates if it detects a malfunction or if there is a problem with the power supply.
What Are the Common Problems of Electric Kettles?
Common problems of electric kettles include issues with the heater, thermostat or thermal switch, circuit breaker, or power supply.
Limescale can affect the kettle’s efficiency and lifespan. Faulty or loose contacts and damaged plastic components can also lead to malfunctions.
Sometimes, the kettle may not heat water to the desired temperature or shut off automatically when the water reaches boiling point.
Other problems can include lid, power cord, or plug issues.
Regular maintenance and cleaning can help prevent some of these problems. Still, there may be a need to replace the electric kettle in more severe cases.
Browse our list of the best electric kettles to enjoy your daily tea or coffee with minimal issues.
In conclusion, a faulty electric kettle switch can be a frustrating problem to deal with, but it's not the end of the world.
With a little bit of troubleshooting and basic electrical knowledge, it's possible to fix the problem yourself!
Remember to check the power supply and internal components first, as these are often the culprits behind a malfunctioning electric kettle button.
If all else fails, it may be time to replace the switch entirely or seek the help of a professional electrician.
One of the most important decisions for first-time pizza oven users is deciding between two common pizza oven types — the traditional brick pizza oven and the modern stainless steel oven.
Choosing which is best for you can be difficult because each has advantages and disadvantages.
However, personal preference, budget, and available space greatly impact the final decision.
To help you make an informed judgment on which is better, this article will provide a side-by-side comparison of the two ovens.
Vent or chimney (above the loading door) to control airflow, expel smoke, and release heat
Firebrick or ceramic tile flooring
A front-loading opening with a door for retained heat
Decorative elements or finishes such as stucco, tile, or mosaic designs
Brick pizza ovens are traditional pizza ovens made out of clay or brick. They are typically large and require a permanent outdoor location, making them perfect for outdoor or backyard gatherings.
This outdoor pizza oven is renowned for its exceptional heat retention and even heat distribution, which gives your pizza a distinctive and delectable flavor.
A classic brick oven requires more time to heat up than more modern lines of steel ovens, but once they reach the optimal temperature, it can quickly bake pizzas to perfection.
Frequently box-shaped with a selection of sizes and designs
Insulated with high-temperature materials
Electric or gas-powered heating elements or afterburners
Temperature control and timer functions
Removable trays or racks for easy cleaning
For mobility, some have wheels or casters.
Stainless steel pizza ovens are modern and sleek outdoor cooking appliances designed to cook pizzas quickly and efficiently. They're made from durable stainless steel material — and they're typically smaller and lighter than a traditional oven.
Stainless steel pizza ovens can be powered by wood, gas, or electricity and are easy to use and maintain.
It does not have a curing process like a brick oven. Instead, it needs rapid cooling.
This process requires you to reheat the oven slightly between cooking pizzas. Otherwise, you run the risk of your base and toppings cooking at a different reflecting heat.
They are ideal for homes seeking a mobile and multipurpose outdoor cooking pizza oven that can be used for several different foods other than a pizza.
What I like
Quick heat-up time
Portability
Low maintenance
What I Don't Like
Uneven heat distribution
Limited flavor
Less durable
Brick vs Stainless Steel Pizza Oven: A Side-by-Side Comparison
A stainless steel and brick oven are two common choices for making pizzas, and each has a unique combination of advantages and shortcomings.
In this comparison, we will take a closer look at the key features of each type of oven.
Convenience
Brick ovens require more time and skill. This includes a pre-heat period, fire management, and cooking temperature monitoring due to brick ovens' wonderful thermal mass capacity.
Meanwhile, stainless steel ovens are easier to use, with quicker pre-heating times and simpler temperature controls.
Verdict: Stainless Steel Oven wins.
Consistency
Brick ovens have excellent heat retention due to the dense materials used in their construction. This allows for consistent cooking temperatures and crispy crusts.
Stainless steels also have good heat retention, but their consistency may not be better because they have thinner walls, unlike brick ovens.
Verdict: Brick Pizza Oven wins.
Maintenance
A brick oven requires regular maintenance to keep them in good condition — including cleaning out ash and debris and repairing damaged bricks.
Stainless steels are easier to maintain, with fewer components to clean and repair.
Verdict: Stainless Steel Oven wins.
Heating Capabilities
Brick ovens have excellent heat retention.
The solid construction material enables them to store heat energy better, which provides consistent cooking pizza oven thermal mass and crunchy crusts.
Stainless steel ovens work on heat reflection rather than higher thermal mass like brick ovens do.
Thinner walls make for a good heat reflector and electrical conductor of heat. However, they're not as reliable as many brick ovens — making steel ovens lose heat energy quicker.
Verdict: Brick Pizza Oven wins.
Price
Brick pizza ovens are typically made from dense materials such as fire brick or refractory concrete. These are more expensive than the stainless steel used to make these modern lines of portable stainless pizza ovens.
Stainless steels are generally inexpensive ovens that are easier to install — making them more popular for home chefs and small pizzerias than any brick oven.
Verdict: Stainless Steel Oven wins.
How to Choose the Right Pizza Oven
There are several considerations when choosing the best pizza oven.
To help you get the right one, below are some factors you should keep in mind while shopping:
Purpose
Aside from cooking pizza, do you also need the same oven for grilling or roasting?
Suppose you plan to use the oven in a commercial setting, such as a pizzeria or restaurant. In that case, you will need an oven that can handle high volumes of semolina pizza and cook them quickly and consistently.
On the other hand, if you plan to use the oven at home, you may not need an oven with such high capacity. As such, you may prefer slow-cooking ovens that are more compact and easy to use.
You can choose an oven tailored to your needs by identifying your purpose.
Place of Assembly
A pizza oven can be installed indoors or outdoors — but most are designed for outdoor use.
For outdoor installation, common choices include a solid table or a brick or concrete platform. You can even have a pizza base made of other non-combustible materials.
When installing a steel or brick oven inside the house, make sure the space is well-ventilated and that the oven is adequately insulated.
Note
It's always best to consult a professional when installing a steel or brick pizza oven to ensure it's done safely and correctly.
Technical Factors
A big part of this involves pizza oven material.
Pizza oven insulation is used primarily to slow down rapid cooling and allow the oven to maintain high thermal mass. This should also be enough thermal stress for long periods.
A high slow cooking temperature can be maintained in an oven with good insulation, resulting in more even cooking and a better pizza taste.
A well-insulated oven may also be more energy-efficient, enabling you to reduce your energy costs over time.
Fuel Consumption
You can choose an oven that meets your budget and usage by considering its fuel consumption.
If you have access to the best wood for your pizza oven, a wood-fired oven might be more economical. But it's labor-intensive to set up and maintain.
On the other hand, a gas or electric oven might be more practical and require less upkeep. However, it might cost more to run over time and might not have the same flavor as a wood-fired oven.
Therefore, consider the cost of fuel and any additional expenses, such as installation and maintenance, to better understand the total cost of your purchase.
Pizza Oven Size
When purchasing a steel or brick oven, checking the size is crucial because it influences the number of pizzas (and the pizza flours needed) you can cook at once. It also affects the installation space needed.
The oven size should be determined by your usage needs — including how many pizzas you intend to cook at once and how frequently you plan to use the oven.
Do you intend to hold any sizable events or gatherings? In that case, a larger cooking capacity oven is what you'll need for a street party's worth.
Or, is it only required for enough hungry mouths, like your family? A small and simple oven might then be adequate.
Overall Quality and Cost
By considering the overall quality and cost of a pizza oven, you can find a model that meets your needs and budget without compromising performance or durability.
Many less expensive ovens might deliver top-notch outcomes. However, more expensive ones might come with extra features or better materials.
A high-quality pizza oven composed of sturdy materials can endure for years while delivering consistent and dependable performance. Meanwhile, a lower-quality oven may malfunction or need frequent repairs.
To further assist you in choosing between a steel pizza oven and a brick oven, this FAQs section has you covered with answers to frequently asked questions.
Are Both Pizza Ovens Safe to Use?
Yes, brick and stainless ovens are safe if properly installed, maintained, and operated.
However, it is crucial to precisely monitor the temperature because high temperatures might cause oven cracking.
It is also important to take precautions when working with these ovens. These include using protective gear, ensuring proper ventilation, and having the oven installed by a professional.
Should You Ask the Help of a Professional to Install Both Pizza Oven Types?
A professional installation can ensure that your outdoor pizza ovens are installed correctly, efficiently, and up to code.
Installing a portable oven can be complex and challenging, requiring expertise in a masonry oven, electrical and gas work, and plumbing.
However, suppose you have the necessary skills, experience, tools (which is more than one construction material), background, and confidence to complete the job safely.
In that case, you may be able to install the portable pizza oven yourself.
In this brick vs. stainless steel pizza oven review, stainless steel pizza ovens win!
While both stainless steel and brick pizza ovens have advantages and disadvantages, there are some compelling reasons why a stainless steel pizza oven may be a better choice.
Steel ovens heat up quickly, are easy to clean and maintain, and are lightweight and portable. They don't require a curing process either.
The feature which breaks the tie is that most steel ovens are less expensive than brick ovens, making them a more affordable option for those on a budget.
Conclusion
Nothing compares to a hot, freshly made pizza from the pizza oven.
However, not all pizza ovens are created equal. The type of oven you choose can significantly impact the final product.
The decision between a traditional brick oven and a modern portable pizza oven ultimately comes down to personal style and the demands of your outdoor living space.
There is no wrong oven — only improper maintenance and usage.
So fire up your authentic pizza oven and enjoy the slice of a perfect pizza!
Are you looking to take your outdoor entertaining game to the next level? Well-designed outdoor kitchens and grill stations can be the perfect addition to your backyard. Trust us!
With our outdoor grill station ideas, you can create the ultimate outdoor oasis!
In this article, we'll explore ten ways to upgrade your space and transform it into a stylish and practical centerpiece for your backyard environment.
Improve your outdoor grill station with new furniture, explore DIY grill station ideas, or consider some of these helpful additions to your full outdoor kitchen!
Read below for our best ideas and practical solutions:
1. Install Extra Shelves
Adding an extra shelf or more shelves to existing cabinets or overhead areas is one of our favorite ways to upgrade an outdoor grill station.
You can use them to store spices and cooking utensils or place décor on them.
These can be made from wood or metal and placed at different heights to accommodate various sizes of grilling tools and accessories.
Having extra shelves in your outdoor grill provides more storage space and helps keep your grilling area organized and tidy. This makes the grilling process more efficient and enjoyable!
2. Fill the Space with Plants
This is a great way to enhance the ambiance of your outdoor grill area and create a relaxing atmosphere for guests and family members alike.
Adding potted plants, hanging baskets, or a small garden near your grill station can add color, fragrance, and texture to your outdoor kitchen.
Adding seating options surrounded by plants creates a cozy and inviting space to sit and enjoy your meals and company.
It provides a natural backdrop for summer gatherings and the grilling season. You can even plant herbs and vegetables that you can use to cook your food!
3. Create a Freestanding Grill Station
Creating a freestanding grill station is a great way to add functionality and versatility to your outdoor cooking area.
With it, you can cook and entertain without being limited to a fixed location or stand. It allows more flexibility in terms of outdoor layout and design.
It can be designed with features like prep space, extra storage, and a charcoal or gas grill. An island or countertop that provides space for food preparation and cooking is also possible!
4. Add a Rotisserie
Adding a motorized rotisserie attachment to your grilling station is a great way to elevate your outdoor cooking experience.
This unique and delicious way of dining and entertaining is sure to bring a fun and interactive element to your outdoor cooking experience!
As it allows you to cook meats and vegetables in a way that is both flavorful and tender, it also adds a bit more versatility to your grilling options.
If you also want to upgrade your grill skills by learning how to season cast iron, read our guide!
5. Get a Pizza Oven
If you enjoy regularly making homemade pizzas, installing a wood-fired or gas-powered pizza oven to make delicious pizzas right in your backyard can be a worthwhile idea.
A wood-fired pizza oven adds a rustictouch to your outdoor space, while a gas-powered one provides quick and easy cooking options.
With a pizza oven, you can serve delicious and authentic pizzas that taste just like they were made in an Italian pizzeria!
For small grill areas, a compact option is best. You can check out our pick of the best portable pizza oven.
If you're choosing between a brick vs stainless steel pizza oven for your outdoor grill, either option will work exceptionally well as part of your backyard cook-out setup.
6. Create a Rolling Outdoor Grill with Cooler Storage
Creating a rolling outdoor grill with cooler storage is a practical and versatile addition to any outdoor kitchen.
The wheels make it easy to move the grill, while the built-in cooler keeps drinks and frozen items easily accessible.
The rolling grill can be designed with a spacious island with enough room for prep, storage for charcoal or gas tanks, a built-in cooler for storing drinks, and even a bar area.
You're limited only by your imagination.
7. Make a Grill Cart and BBQ Prep Table
If you want to optimize the organization of your grill station, we suggest building a mobile cart to hold your barbecue grill and a prep table with plenty of counter space.
The grill cart and prep table can act as an island with a storage area for grilling tools and accessories, hooks for hanging utensils, and other customizations you may prefer.
It offers a practical, convenient, and organized solution to the grill station in your outdoor kitchen.
8. Decorate with Statement Tiles, Bricks, and Lights
Want to give your outdoor kitchen some flavor and personality? Decorating your outdoor grill station with striking elements can add the stylish solution you're looking for!
Brick designs are timeless, but feel free to take inspiration from your own style to create a chic and appetizing atmosphere perfect for entertaining guests or spending quality time with family.
Additionally, incorporating a pergola or cover can provide shade and protection for you and your equipment. Plus, you can also hang some plants from it (or a corresponding shelf)!
9. Opt for Granite Countertops
Granite is a durable (fancy) material that can withstand exposure to the elements and harsh weather conditions, making it an excellent choice for backyard spaces.
In terms of functionality, these types of countertops can provide ample prep space for grilling and cooking. They are also easy to clean and maintain, which is crucial for outdoor areas.
You can incorporate a granite bar or island to create an outdoor kitchen area that can easily transform and elevate the look and durability of your grill station.
10. Build a Mini Bar
When you create a mini bar that’s designated for friends and family to gather and enjoy a drink or two around your grill station, it can really encourage fun social opportunities.
It can be built as an extension of your grill station, matching the style of your outdoor living space, with an island or bar-like area that includes storage space for glasses and drinks.
This addition to your outdoor grill station helps create a relaxed and enjoyable atmosphere where you can entertain AND enjoy the company!
What is the Best Worktop for Outdoor Grill Stations?
This will depend on your budget and personal preferences.
For those looking to save, stainless steel is a popular option. Durable, easy to clean, and fit for grill station needs, it can usually suit various outdoor design styles.
For those wanting something more fancy and upscale, granite and concrete countertops are popular, with good reason. These materials are as durable as they are sleek.
Choosing a worktop suitable for outdoor grilling is essential, as it will be exposed to heat, food, and weather.
Ultimately, the best worktop for your outdoor grill station should match your budget and style preferences while being practical for grilling and preparing food outdoors.
How to Plan Your Outdoor Grill Blueprint
Planning your outdoor grill station blueprint involves considering various factors, such as your funds, available space, and intended use.
We recommend researching and selecting the best DIY grill station ideas that meet your needs.
Then, decide on the overall set-up, e.g., whether you want an island or a rolling grill with wheels.
You should also consider how much storage, prep, and shelf space you need and whether you want to include a pergola or other covering.
Additionally, choose your preferred cooking options (e.g., want a pizza oven, charcoal grill, etc.)
Finally, ensure there's enough room for preparing meals and entertaining guests.
Where is the Best Location for My Outdoor Grill Station?
When planning the location for your outdoor grill set-up, consider the amount of outdoor space you have available and the layout of your backyard.
Choose a spot that has ample room to accommodate the grill, preparation area, and other additional features you want.
Ideally, it should also be close to your indoor kitchen to make it easy to transport supplies.
Additionally, keep in mind the prevailing wind direction to avoid smoke blowing into your home.
A sheltered area, such as a covered patio or pergola, can also provide protection and make your grill area functional for summer.
Grill Station Ideas FAQs
Here’s some more relevant information regarding brilliant outdoor grilling station ideas!
Where Should I Place My Grill in My Backyard?
Most place their grill station near the patio or their back door for easy access to the house.
Ensure a stable surface to place the grill on that’s a safe distance from flammable objects.
Remember, you should have enough nearby storage for charcoal or tanks, utensils, and other grilling accessories.
How Do I Build a BBQ Grilling Station?
Building an outdoor grill station involves several steps:
First, choose its location and size.
Next, plan its layout and features (e.g., storage, prep areas, grills, etc.)
Then, gather the necessary materials and equipment to construct the grill station.
Finally, build the grill station.
Follow safety guidelines and local codes when building your outdoor grill station!
Where Do You Put a Grill if You Don't Have a Patio?
Grills can be put on a deck or any flat surface near your house. A pergola or a covered area can protect your grill from the weather.
Make sure to place your grill where you can freely move around and conveniently store utensils and accessories.
In this article, we've covered ten outdoor grilling station ideas to elevate your barbecuing experience.
From adding simple shelving to incorporating a minibar outdoors, there are multiple ways of making your outdoor dining better than ever!
Did you just get a new refrigerator for your home? If so, you should know that even the best refrigerators, especially those with dispensers, need a water line installation.
Installing a refrigerator water line is more complex than you think. It's not just connecting a tube to another tube. It involves not only plumbing but also proper planning and forward thinking.
Fortunately, we have the tool to make you the handyman that you need to be for this task. Here's everything you need to know.
Before you get excited about this task, check if there's no existing water line and shutoff valve for your refrigerator. These poke out from your wall or come through the floor.
If you already have an existing water supply line, you simply need to connect the shutoff valve with a ¼ x ¼-inch flex supply tube to your refrigerator.
On the other hand, if you don't have an existing water line to your refrigerator yet, prepare the following:
Measuring tape
Tee fitting
¼-inch vinyl, copper, or braided steel water supply tubing
Flat-blade screwdriver
2 adjustable wrenches
¼-inch nut driver
If your water line passes through cabinets, you may need a drill with a 1/2-inch bit and vinyl zip-tie hangers.
Once these are ready, you can install a water supply line to your new refrigerator.
How to Install a Refrigerator Water Line: Step-By-Step Guide
Different brands and types of refrigerators may have specific instructions on their water line installation. But these are the general guidelines for doing so:
Step 1: Know The Plumbing Connection Requirements Of Your Refrigerator
Check the owner's manual of your fridge to know its connection requirements. If you can't find the information there, pull the home appliance away from the wall and look for either push or compression fitting accommodations.
To differentiate the two, know that a push fitting has no thread to screw into.
A compression fitting, on the other hand, has threads around its outer edge. If you're installing a plastic pipe with compression fittings, use plastic ferrules to compress onto your pipe to leak-proof it.
Ensure you get a refrigerator water line installation kit that can accommodate the connection requirements of your fridge.
Homes usually have an existing water valve dedicated to the refrigerator water line as home builders usually anticipate the need for this already. It looks similar to the water valve located under your kitchen sink.
If your home doesn't have one yet, you have two options for going about it.
The first one is the easiest and best method we recommend. It extends a water line from under your kitchen sink. If you don't want to do this, tap into a water line in your basement or plumbing crawlspace.
A common yet old practice is using saddle valves to pierce existing copper water supply pipes. However, we don't recommend this because of its high leak potential and the prohibition imposed by some municipal building codes. You can use plastic tubing instead.
Find the shortest possible route to run your new water line tubing to create a connection between your water supply source and the fitting on your refrigerator.
Measure the length of this connection but add a few extra feet to give space to pull your fridge away from the wall whenever needed.
Don't hesitate to run your tubing through cabinets or the floor if your tap water source is in your basement or crawlspace. However, avoid running your new line through an uninsulated crawlspace because this can cause a frozen pipe situation in cold temperatures.
Step 4: Shut Your Water Supply Off
If you already have a dedicated cold water valve under your kitchen sink, shut the valve off and open the sink faucet to drain the water pipe.
Shut the water supply of your entire house off at the main water valve if you don't have an existing valve below your kitchen sink.
First, empty the cabinets where the length of your tubing will pass through. Remove their drawers as well.
Drill discreet holes with a 1/2-inch diameter on the sides of your cabinets or the floor, depending on your tubing route. Then, thread your water line through the holes from your refrigerator to your water source.
Secure your new tubing with zip-tie hangers in the cabinets if you think it's needed.
Step 6: Connect The Water Line To Your Refrigerator
It's now time to make the plumbing connection. Again, start from your refrigerator.
If your fridge has a push fitting: Insert the end of your vinyl or copper tubing into the refrigerator fitting. Press down fully until the tubing is snug and secure.
If your fridge has a compression fitting: If you're using vinyl or copper tubing still, insert the female threaded nut onto the tubing and then the ferrule. Look for its female end if you're using a braided steel water line. Twist the female end of the line onto the male threads on your fridge connection until it's hand-tight. You can hand-tighten it by twisting clockwise. Tighten it again 1/4 to 1/2 turn with an adjustable wrench.
Step 7: Connect The Refrigerator Water Line To Your Water Source
Here's the fun part. You have three options on how you can connect the water line of your fridge to your water source. They are the following:
Connect Using the Water Valve
If you already have a reliable water source for your fridge, connecting is the same as what you did with your refrigerator's compression fitting.
Connect Using an Add-a-Tee Adapter
You'll need to prepare a rag or small bucket under your water supply valve to catch the draining from your water supply tube before you go on with the following steps:
Locate the outlet port of your kitchen faucet water valve.
Remove the water supply tube from its shutoff valve by using a pair of adjustable spanner wrenches to hold the shutoff valve in place. Use your other adjustable wrench to loosen the compression nut on the water supply tube.
Screw the female compression fitting on your Add-a-Tee adapter to the male threads of your shutoff valve.
Install the kitchen water supply line to the adapter's male threaded outlet.
Install your fridge's water line to the other outlet of your adapter.
Tighten by hand, then finish tightening with your adjustable wrenches. Use one pair to hold the shutoff valve and the other to tighten your adapter.
Connect Using a Saddle Valve
First, make the compression fitting connection to the saddle valve. Twist the handle clockwise to close it.
Position your valve's gasket and frame around your copper pipe.
Then, tighten the frame screws but make sure they're even by alternating after a few twists. Continue this until the saddle valve is secured on your water pipe.
Take Note
This is the least dependable option because it pierces your copper pipe water line. Only resort to this option if the abovementioned options don't suit your cold water pipe.
Step 8: Flush Your Water Line
Now that your pipe ends and connections are secure, it's time to check for leaks.
To do this, turn the water back on from the main water line, dedicated valve, or new valve. Inspect each of your connections for water leaks.
Once you're safe from leaks, slowly push your fridge back to its place and wait a few hours.
Check if the ice and water dispenser is working properly by running it. You should flush around one gallon of water through your new line for this.
If everything is clear, you can now enjoy the convenience of having ice cubes ready and an automatic dispenser.
Additional Tips & Tricks for Good Water Line Tubing
Aside from knowing how to choose a refrigerator, it would be best if you also took note of the following guides to ensure good water line tubing:
Check your local plumbing codes and ordinances, especially if you use a saddle valve.
Look into your fridge's user manual for information about your refrigerator model.
Lower the torque setting on your drill to avoid accidents.
Copper tubing is best to prevent bad taste and odor in your water and ice.
Install your tubing in areas where the temperature is constantly above freezing to avoid a frozen pipe situation.
Ensure you flush out several gallons of water from your dispenser to remove air and contaminants. Throw away the first two to three batches of ice if your fridge has an ice maker.
We’ve answered the common questions you might have to help you go about your refrigerator water line installation better.
How Much Does It Cost to Install a Water Line to a Refrigerator?
Installing a water line to a refrigerator can range from $75 to $150.
This depends on many factors, such as job size, conditions, and location. You can spend less if you’re replacing an old refrigerator with an existing water line for dispensers.
Do You Need a Plumber to Install a Fridge With an Ice Maker?
It depends on the fridge you’re installing.
You might not need a plumber for plumbing-free fridges that use a water tank for their ice and water supply. If your fridge has an icemaker and a water dispenser, hiring a plumber is best.
A refrigerator water line installation is a manageable task you can do. However, it's best to consult a professional plumber to ensure it is done properly, especially if your new refrigerator comes with dispensers.
The easy way to do this can be different from the right way to do it.
Hiring a professional plumber who's been doing many refrigerator water line installations saves you from future leakages and water damage.
Keeping your drinks chilled, your fruits and vegetables fresh, your meats frozen, and your water ice cold are only some of the benefits refrigerators offer.
However, buying one isn't as simple as grabbing the first one you see. You must consider their power, cost, size, type, design, storage space, and more.
Choosing the best refrigerator for your needs can be a daunting task. Allows us to help you with a full buyer's guide on how to choose a refrigerator for your needs.
A Refrigerator Buying Guide: How to Choose the Best One
To buy the most high-quality, reliable, usable, and durable fridge for your kitchen, you must consider various factors to ensure you find the one that fits your lifestyle and requirements.
Here's a step-by-step guide to help you choose the best one.
Step 1. What Are Things to Consider Before Buying a New Refrigerator?
The first step involves identifying your potential refrigerators' energy efficiency, kitchen space, and cost. Here are the reasons why they are essential for making your purchase decision:
Energy Efficiency
Choose a refrigerator with more efficient performance and lower energy use. With an energy-efficient refrigerator, you will surely have a cost-effective and eco-friendly home appliance.
To know if your refrigerator promotes energy-efficient use, look for the Energy Star label, which means that it has undergone third-party testing, displaying optimum performance while consuming less energy.
Kitchen Space
Also, take into account the amount of kitchen space you possess. This means accurately measuring the space in which you intend to place the fridge.
To do this, measure the width, length, and height of the space and the surrounding cabinetsfor seamless installation, especially for built-in refrigerators and undercounted refrigerators (designed to be incorporated with kitchen cabinets).
Cost
Then, consider the cost of the refrigerator. In doing this, you must first identify your intended budget. After that, choose from the appliances offered within that price range.
To gauge what you like, return to the abovementioned considerations: energy efficiency and space.
Step 2. What Are the Different Types of Refrigerators?
Next, identify the types of refrigerator that will suit your preference and your kitchen's overall design.
Here are the seven refrigerator types that have been dominating the market:
1. French Door Refrigerators
The French door refrigerators are unique as they have two French doors, which are vertical in orientation (not the usual horizontal separation).
You'll know it is one of the French door refrigerators if its freezer door is at the bottom.
Bottom freezer refrigerators are easy to identify because their name speaks for itself: the freezer drawer is created and designed to occupy the fridge's bottom part. Also, it has a larger freezer space that is more accessible than other types.
3. Top Freezer Refrigerators
Unlike bottom freezer refrigerators, top freezers separate the freezer and refrigerator compartments by having the freezer space on top of the machine.
4. Side-By-Side Refrigerators
We also have side-by-side refrigerators, characterized by two doors which are full-length and vertical. One of these narrow doors will bring you to the refrigerator compartments, and the other is the entry to the freezer.
5. Built-in Refrigerators
Built-in refrigerators are unique from the others in this list in terms of installation. This is mainly because built-in fridges are inserted between furniture or custom cabinetry.
6. Counter Depth Refrigerators
A counter-depth refrigerator is designed to have a similar depth to average countertops. It doesn't occupy as much space as protruding refrigerators.
The good thing about having this type is that it is created in different styles, such as:
Top freezer fridges
Bottom freezer fridges
French door fridges
Side-by-side refrigerator
Unlike larger refrigerators, the downside is that it does not have that much inner space.
7. Mini Refrigerators
Mini fridges are known for being compact, with average sizes of 30 to 35 inches. These are used as snack bars inside the room.
Step 3: How Much Fridge and Storage Capacity Do You Need?
Once you identify the type of refrigerator you want to buy when replacing your existing refrigerator, you can continue with the third step: determining how much fridge and storage space you need.
You need to be wary of the number of people in your home and the fresh food storage and freezer capacity you will need for the amount of food you consume.
The basic rule of thumb is you'll need at least five cubic feet of ample storage for each individual in the house.
Step 4: What Refrigerator Features Do You Need?
After accomplishing the first three steps, you must next recognize the features you need to cater to your fresh foods, beverages, and other kitchen needs.
Some of the prominent refrigerator features that you can choose from are the following:
Step 5: What Refrigerator Style and Design Do You Want?
After gathering your thoughts on what features you deem necessary for your refrigerators, continue with the last step: identifying the refrigerator's style and design.
With this step, you have to refresh your knowledge of the types of refrigerators found in step 2. In a nutshell, here are what you can choose from:
French door refrigerators
Bottom freezer models
Top freezer models
Side-by-side refrigerators
Built-in refrigerators
Counter depth refrigerators
Mini fridges
Aside from this, it would help if you also chose the color of your refrigerator. The most common finishes are silver stainless steel, white, black stainless steel, matte-finish, or pastels.
What Are Good Refrigerator Options for You to Get? [5 Best Models in 2023]
In the list of the best refrigerators in the market, we want to narrow your choices to the best possible options. Of course, you must consider energy efficiency, cost, space, type, capacity, features, and style.
The ice door dispenser has a slow provision of ice
Suppose you're looking for French door models that utilize sophisticated designs, practical refrigerator compartments, and sleek handles and are filled with state-of-the-art technology.
In that case, you can consider the KitchenAid 36" refrigerator.
This French-door refrigerator is equipped with a 5-door configuration that opens up every refrigerator compartment, including:
Two top doors feature for the main refrigerator shelves
Middle left door for temperature control
Middle right door holds the produce preserver, keeping fruits and vegetables fresh and crisp
Bottom for the fridge's freezer compartments
Additionally, this model has the following extra features:
SatinGlide crispers with rollers for soft and easy door opening
Preserva food care system with separate cooling systems
PrintShield for a smudge-proof and fingerprint-resistant finish
However, based on our firsthand experience, the ice dispenser slowly supplies small amounts of ice, which is not ideal for a $4599 French door refrigerator.
Installation Depth: Standard | Total capacity: 25.8 cu ft. | Depth: 34.5 in | Height To Top: 68.38 in | Type: French door
The 3-color way options: black, monochromatic, white
The Energy Star and CEE Tier 1 ratings
The reversible door swing
What I Don't Like
It may be too noisy
Stylish, reliable, and more freezer storage capacity – if you want these characteristics for your refrigerator, the $1999 Whirlpool bottom freezer fridge style may suit you best.
It comes in black, monochromatic stainless steel, and white color options. With these choices, you get to mix and match what meets the aesthetics of your kitchen.
What we liked most about this refrigerator is its energy-efficient use, as highlighted by its Energy Star label and CEE tier 1 rating. The mentioned certifications hold the following values for a refrigerator:
Energy Star rating assures 15% lower energy use than other fridges while still performing above the standard.
Consortium of Energy Efficiency tier 1 rating means it's cost-effective and included in the top 25% of energy-efficient appliances.
Additionally, one of the refrigerator features that made us admire this Whirlpool model is its reversible door swing, where you can change the direction by fixing the hinge.
This makes it easier to plot where this Whirlpool brand appliance can go in your interior design.
This USA-assembled refrigerator is also equipped with the following much-needed fridge characteristics:
Ice dispenser for fresh ice
Accu-Chill temperature management system
SpillGuard glass shelves
However, it can sometimes produce unnecessary noise. But, the noise can still be offset by the features this Whirlpool model offers.
Installation depth: Standard | Total capacity: 18.7 cu ft. | Depth: 30.88 in | Height To Top: 67 in | Type: Bottom Freezer
When you are on a tight budget but still want a new fridge to keep your food fresh, beverages cold, and frozen food safe, the Vissani MDTF10SS model will give you fresh food storage, comfort, and style for $449.
The first of its long list of refrigerator features is the no-frost design, which provides little to no frost inside the refrigerator compartment. Given its price, it's one of the things we look out for the most, and found in this Vissani model.
The fridge's interior also uses light-emitting diode (LED) lights. Aside from seeing the products inside your fridge, you also get a more cost-effective and energy-efficient option.
Moreover, it has modifiable shelves for freezer and refrigerator compartments to help you maximize the space for big bottles and adequately arrange your food storage.
However, the adjustable glass shelves are not extraordinary in quality and appearance. Nevertheless, it still serves its purpose well, considering its price.
Installation depth: Standard | Total capacity: 10.1 cu ft. | Depth: 27.28 in | Height To Top: 59.92 in | Type: Top Freezer
One of the vital factors consumers look at nowadays is home automation. If you are talking about technology, you should not leave the Samsung Smart refrigerator with a family hub for $2277 out of the conversation.
With a flat door design, this side-by-side model is offered in two colors: (1) stainless steel and (2) black stainless steel.
The good thing about these color options is that they are fingerprint-resistant, so you don't have to worry about regularly cleaning sticky spills, smudges, or fingerprints all over your refrigerator.
What is fascinating is that it has a multi-vent technology that maintains the same level of coolness on each shelf.
The highlight of this Samsung smart refrigerator is the Samsung Family Hub. This feature lets you have a touchscreen with tablet-like detail on your fridge door/
This screen lets you stream music and videos, display camera pictures, and more.
The downside is that you'll have the family hub at the expense of ice and water dispensers because the latter are incompatible with this machine.
Installation depth: Standard | Total capacity: 27.3 cu ft. | Depth: 33.5 in | Height To Top: 68.63 in | Type: Side By Side
In classic black-finish fashion, this GE 36-inch model has everything you need, from ice and water dispensers to the industry-famous temperature management system, for $2599.
As with most refrigerators nowadays, this GE model parades its factory-installed ice and water dispenser, bringing the comfort of quenching thirst right at your exterior refrigerator door.
It also has spill-proof shelves made of glass, which will help you attain instant and easy cleaning.
Most importantly, it has a door alarm which other side-by-side models don't have. The alarm works when this new refrigerator is left open for a specific time.
However, its LED lighting is limited to the top portion of the new refrigerator, and its lower parts are left with minimal lighting.
Installation depth: Counter depth | Total capacity: 21.9 cu ft. | Depth: 27 in | Height To Top: 69.25 in | Type: Side By Side
Quick Comparisons On How Do You Choose A Good Refrigerator
Set the fridge on an average of37° F for efficient cooling and prevent food from spoiling
Always close the refrigerator doors every after use
Follow the manufacturer’s manual
What Size Fridge Is Best for a Family of 4?
For a family of four, you can buy at least a 500-liter-sized fridge or 20 cubic feet based on the general rule, which is to allot at least five cubic feet of space per person.
What Style of Refrigerator Is Most Reliable?
The most reliable style of refrigerator is a French door refrigerator because of the continuity and fluidity of the design, along with its ample space offered.
However, it will still depend on your preference, kitchen space, budget, and food storage needs.
Now that you know the steps to choose the best refrigerator, the five best models, and the answer to some of your FAQs, you have everything you need to find the best fridge to keep your food cold and safe.
Make sure to take the information from this refrigerator buying guide by heart, follow the steps, and always be mindful of the fridge types, quality, reliability, usability, and durability.
The CEER rating measures the energy efficiency of the AC, representing the ratio of cooling output to power consumption. It considers both the normal operation power consumption and standby/off-mode power consumption. By considering the CEER rating, consumers can make informed decisions about their energy consumption.
CEER, or Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio, is used to evaluate the energy efficiency ratings of air conditioners.
Understanding CEER is crucial for consumers making informed decisions when choosing an air conditioner. The higher the CEER rating, the more efficient the system will be, potentially saving you money on your energy bills in the long run.
In this guide, I will explain what CEER rating is and what makes it a significant indicator for ACs.
Defining The Term CEER
CEER (Combined Energy-Efficiency Ratio) is a key energy-efficiency metric used to evaluate the amount of electricity used for room air conditioners. The CEER rating is a more comprehensive metric than the more popularly used EER and SEER ratings for mini-splits.
It is defined as the ratio of measured cooling output (in BTU per hour) to the measured average electrical energy input and standby/off-mode power consumption. Basically, CEER measures how much output the cooling system of an air conditioner generates as against the power it consumes, both during normal operating conditions and during standby/off-mode.
By taking into account both normal operation and standby/off-mode power consumption, the CEER rating provides a more accurate assessment of the energy efficiency of the window units. Accordingly, consumers can make informed decisions when choosing energy star-certified best battery-powered AC units.
Comparing CEER, EER, And SEER?
SEER, EER, and CEER are all energy-efficiency metrics used to evaluate the best air conditioners. EER (Energy Efficiency Ratio) measures the cooling output of an air conditioner in BTU per hour against the power it consumes during normal operation in Watts.
SEER, or Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio, extends the measurement to a typical average temperature range over an entire season rather than just a single temperature. CEER, or Combined Energy-Efficiency Ratio, goes one step further by also taking into account the power input of the air conditioning unit during standby/off-mode.
It provides a more comprehensive evaluation of energy efficiency. It's important to note that a higher EER and SEER rating may indicate a more energy-efficient unit. On the other hand, the CEER rating helps users understand the full energy usage of the unit.
Tip
When deciding on an air conditioner, it's recommended to consider all three ratings to make an informed choice.
How Does The DOE Calculate CEER Rating Of An Air Conditioner?
The United States Department of Energy (DOE) calculates the CEER rating using a standardized testing procedure. The test involves measuring the cooling output of an air conditioner in BTU per hour while measuring the power consumption during both normal operation and standby/off-mode.
The BTU output is then divided by the sum of the normal operation power consumption and off-mode/standby power usage to arrive at the CEER rating. This rating is then used to compare the combined efficiency of different air conditioner models and make it easier for consumers to make informed decisions.
Moreover, the testing procedure is conducted in a controlled laboratory environment, using strict guidelines established by the DOE to ensure accuracy and consistency. By following this standardized testing procedure, the DOE can provide consumers with reliable and accurate CEER ratings for air conditioners.
What Is The Difference Between Standby And Off Power?
Standby power and off power refer to the power consumed by an air conditioner when it is not in use. Standby mode is the power consumed by the unit when it is turned off but still connected to the electrical supply.
In this mode, the unit remains powered on but does not perform any cooling or heating functions.
On the other hand, off power refers to how much power is consumed by the unit when it is completely turned off and unplugged from the electrical supply. The distinction between standby and off-power is important because the CEER considers the power consumption of all types ofair conditioners during both normal operation and standby/off-mode.
Considering the power consumed by the unit even when it is not in use, the CEER rating provides a more comprehensive assessment of the energy efficiency of a window AC.
How Is CEER Expressed?
CEER, or Combined Energy-Efficiency Ratio, is expressed as a ratio of cooling output in BTU per hour to power consumption in Watts. The CEER rating provides an overall realistic energy efficiency of an AC, with a higher number indicating greater efficiency.
Why Is It Important To Check The CEER Rating?
Checking the CEER rating of anair conditioner is important because it provides valuable information about the energy efficiency of the unit. By considering both the normal operation power consumption and standby/off-mode power consumption, the CEER rating provides a comprehensive evaluation of the total energy used by the air conditioning unit.
This information can help consumers make informed decisions about their energy consumption and reduce their energy bills over time.
In addition, using an air conditioner with a high CEER rating can help reduce the carbon footprint and contribute to a more sustainable future. Furthermore, checking the CEER rating can also ensure that a consumer is purchasing a high-quality air conditioner that will provide reliable cooling performance for years to come.
In short, checking the CEER rating of an air conditioner is a simple and effective way to make informed decisions about energy usage and sustainability.
What Is A Good CEER Rating For AC Units?
A good CEER rating for an air conditioner varies, depending on the AC unit type and its intended use. Generally, a CEER rating of 14 or higher is good for residential window air conditioners, while a rating of 12 or higher is adequate for commercial or central air conditioners.
The higher the CEER rating, the more energy-efficient the central air conditioner and the lower the energy bills. However, it is important to note that the CEER rating should not be the only consideration when purchasing an air conditioner. Other factors, such as the size of the unit, cooling capacity, and local climate, should also be taken into account.
Ultimately, the best CEER rating for an air conditioner will depend on various factors, and it is important to do thorough research and make an informed decision.
Final Words On Understanding CEER Rating
It is a common misconception that the larger an air conditioning unit, the smaller the CEER number. In reality, the unit size has no direct relationship with its CEER rating.
The CEER rating measures energy efficiency and is determined by the ratio of cooling output to power consumption.
Factors such as the type of refrigerant used, the quality of the components, and the design of the unit can all impact the CEER rating, regardless of the size of the unit. When shopping for an air conditioner, it is important to consider the CEER rating and other factors such as cooling capacity and local climate.
This will help ensure that the unit is appropriately sized for the space and provides the desired level of energy efficiency.
And with that, I come to the end of this article. If you liked this informative guide, I recommend checking out my recent article titled “What is a MERV rating?”
Having an air compressor at your disposal means that a remarkable number of tasks is taken care of. One of them is refilling the Co2 tank.
However, it is nowhere near as difficult as it sounds! Refilling the tank using traditional means is not only inconvenient, but also time-consuming and expensive. The costs add up and in the end, you are left looking for better alternatives.
That’s where the air compressor comes in. Not only does it save you a ton of money and time, but this incredibly versatile piece of equipment also streamlines the process of topping up the Co2 tank to a considerable extent. And the best part? You never have to worry about your tank running out of air.
Not many are aware of this use of a compressor and labor under incorrect assumptions about the difficulty of the process. That is why, we have for you here a step-by-step guide on how to refill your Co2 with the help of an air compressor.
Let’s get started!
First Things First
Before jumping right into it, there are a few things to ensure so that the process goes smoothly and is successful.
One is to make sure that your compressed air fitting is the correct one and attaches well to the air compressor hose. To do this, attach one end of the Co2 fitting to the hose and the other end to the Co2 tank. Both attachments must be highly secure. To remove any air left in the tank, unscrew the bleed-off valve situated at the top of the air fitting.
Following these steps afford you greater control and accuracy at the time of the primary operation. Voiding the tank of the remaining air means more space for fresh air from the compressor to be filled in, and closing the bleed-off valve before the compressor is turned on is essential for keeping the air in after the refill.
Using the Compressor
The size of your Co2 tank is an important factor in the refilling process. Measure the dimensions and double them; this number is the length of time for which the compressor needs to run in order to fill the tank. For instance, a tank of 14 ounces would need 28 seconds worth of air from the compressor. A stopwatch, timer, or a clock with a seconds-hand may be used to accurately keep the time.
Start counting the seconds from the very moment you switch on the compressor. This is the most crucial step and you must leave absolutely no room for error. If time is not measured to the T, and the tank is filled inaccurately or overfilled, there are high chances of significant damage to the tank, the compressor, and most importantly, to you.
Co2 is dangerous and it is imperative that we take all the necessary precautions.
After Filling
Turn off the compressor as soon as the stipulated number of seconds is over. Doing this is easy but requires attention. Open the valve for just a bit, a couple of seconds should do it so that the lines are cleared out.
In addition to that, this also gets rid of obstructions and ensures that excess build-up is avoided. Once this is done, it is safe to dislodge the compressor hose from the tank by unscrewing the two.
That’s it, the job is done! You’ve not only filled your Co2 tank accurately and well, but also saved yourself a huge, unnecessary expense. Not to mention the time you saved! Here on, refilling the tank will only get easier once you have the right kit in place.
Also, by extension, you will be free to use the gas more frequently in comparison as there are fewer chances of it running out. A task that was once burdensome in every way is now easy as 1 2 3!
Acquiring an Air Compressor
The number of individuals who own a compressor for personal use is higher than you’d think! This is why it is useful to ask around for one if you don’t have a compressor of your own but would like to try it out in order to fill your Co2 tank.
While air compressors are not the first item on the list when it comes to buying household goods or appliances, they are in regular use in a number of schools, workplaces, and households. But it is equally true that a good fraction of them do not have much use for an air compressor and would not hesitate to lend it out to someone who does. So, take a look around before shelling out those hard-earned dollars!
The key things that you have to ensure in the process are the right fittings for the right tank, accurate timing, and focus. Once the safety precautions are in place, you are well on your way to refill your Co2 tank with the help of an air compressor all by yourself. But take the utmost care. We don’t want accidents in the house, do we?
Safety Precautions
We know we have mentioned this time and again, but you can never really be cautious enough while handling electricity and gases together. So here’s the round-up to ensure you emerge alive and well, and with a full tank of Co2!
Handle the Co2 tank with extreme care to avoid falls and spillage
Punctures can be fatal; make sure there are none before the start of the operation
Never operate any equipment under the influence of drugs or alcohol
Co2 is highly combustible. Remove all flammable material from the area of operation to prevent fires and explosions.
Now that you have every information you need at your disposal, go bring out that air compressor and fill your Co2 tank to the brim.
Cheers!
If you’re looking forward to upgrading your garage space or workshop, an air compressor is one of the most efficient equipment you should consider buying.
Although we are mostly skeptical about air compressors being worth the investment, what we don’t realize is that it can do so much more than simply inflate tires.
Generally it is conveniently used to complete small household tasks, to begin with. However, with proper adjustments, this equipment can help you in several medium and heavy-duty tasks too.
If your daily tasks involve artistic jobs or woodworking, then an air compressor is something you must have in your workspace. But, the question here is - how’d you know which one is the best for you?
Well, if we’re really having that conversation, then it’s a must that we mention one of the best ones we’ve tested so far. The Makita MAC2400 Air Compressor was recently recommended to us by numerous satisfied customers, hence we gave it a try.
Cast iron pump with Big Bore cylinder and piston is...
Powerful 2.5 HP 4-Pole motor produces 4.2 CFM at 90 PSI for...
It’s an understatement to describe Makita as a decent brand, as it has been around long enough to become a reliable American household name. And Makita has stepped up its game with the all-new Mac2400, which packs serious performance in a compact body. We’ve tested this air compressor for a while now, and here are the things we liked the most about it.
Efficient Design
Honestly, this isn’t the most lightweight air compressor you’ll come across in the market. In fact, it’s one of the heaviest models you’ll find, and you have to be a little careful while carrying it around. Nonetheless, we’re very impressed with how the manufacturers haven’t compromised with its durability at all while designing this product.
Weighing around 79 pounds, the Makita Mac2400 boasts of an all-metal body that raises the bar quite high for durability. Also, it comes with a handle, making the unit a little more ergonomic. Although we wouldn’t claim that it makes it the easiest to carry around, it surely enhances its portability considerably.
Useful Attachments
This product also comes with many other accessories on every side to make it a tad more durable and efficient. On the right end, you’ll find an easy-to-use power switch, which saves you from complicated operational instructions, unlike other air compressors.
Furthermore, the see-through sight glass and oil container on the left side make it easier to find out if the device needs a refill. Not to forget, the product also comes equipped with an automotive-style filter that enhances the compression efficiency by several notches.
Motor Efficiency
The most crucial aspect of any machine is, without a doubt, the effectiveness of its factory-built motor. And Makita has always been best known for the powerful motors its product range comes with. But the Mac2400 has really left us impressed with its 2.5 hp motor. The motor has a maximum capacity of 4.2 gallons, which is surprisingly efficient if we consider its compact frame.
Furthermore, the motor stands out to provide around 130 PSI output pressure, making it eligible for almost any medium-duty task. In brief, the product can generate up to 40 PSI and 90 PSI, for up to two nailers. And if we compare similar products within the same price bracket, owning a Mac2400 is easily a win-win decision.
One more thing that we’ve noticed is that despite such power, the Mac2400 is a relatively quiet air compressor. So, if you were rethinking your decision of buying an air compressor due to its loud noise levels, this may just be the solution to your problem. And that’s because its motor is as quiet as 79 decibels, that too at its highest efficiency.
Furthermore, the frame also comes with rubberized feet, which helps in damping the vibration by a great deal while protecting it from any unforeseen damage.
Last but not least, we’d like to mention how brilliantly this motor is engineered to sustain for years to come. Although compared to other competing products, the Mac2400 comes with a lower RPM; it increases its longevity by a fair deal. As a bonus, it also prevents you from dealing with any tripping breakers. Overall, Makita offers a lot more power than what the buyers pay for, which makes it a total steal.
Low Maintenance
As middle-range buyers, we’re always on the lookout for products that come with low maintenance charges. Luckily, despite being an oil-lubricated pump, this unit is comparatively easy to clean without costing too much. All thanks to its tank drain valve, the MAC2400 makes maintenance a walk in the park.
However, we’d suggest that you clean this product frequently, as the motor becomes a little sensitive to dust or mold. Noteworthy to mention, we’re quite impressed with how its low amperage draw makes it a lot more energy-efficient while safeguarding the machine from any premature motor malfunction.
Other Noteworthy Features
First and foremost, we have to mention how Makita goes the extra mile to ensure 100% customer satisfaction. Although it’s one of the most durable air compressors we’ve tested, it comes with an extended one-year warranty period.
Furthermore, Makita also offers a 30-day satisfaction period where the users can return the product if they’re not happy with it - that’s just how sure the manufacturers are about its efficiency!
What Could’ve Been Better?
If it weren’t for its little flaws here and there, this product would have definitely been the best air compressor out there. Unfortunately, as we’ve mentioned before, this unit is quite heavy for a regular air compressor. So, in case high portability is your main priority while buying an air compressor, this product may disappoint you a little.
Also, we’ve found that this product can be a little dysfunctional if used outdoors in colder temperatures. On that note, our expert advice would be to use it indoors, most of the time.
Pros
Highly powerful motor
Enhanced output pressure
All-metal construction
Low noise levels
Automotive-style filter
Cons
A little heavy
Makita MAC2400 Air Compressor Verdict
Air compressors are slowly becoming some of the most necessary additions to a perfect workspace. However, most of buyers don’t tend to buy these machines due to their high noise levels and unreliability issues.
On that note, our verdict is that the Makita Mac2400 makes an appropriate medium-duty air compressor you can buy without breaking the bank. Yes, it may be a tad bit heavy to be portable, but it can be a useful upgrade if you do not have to move it around much.
With that being said, we hope that we could help you make a smart decision with our unbiased review of this efficient air compressor. Which product would you like us to review next? Let us know in the comments section below!
We’ll take your leave for now, but we’ll be back soon with more useful product reviews.
Till then, stay connected!
Your air compressor may have the best PSI output in the market, but it hardly matters if you cannot apply the power to run the required tools. Thankfully, certain accessories do the job for you.
Many air compressor models come with one or multiple attachments that can enhance the efficiency of your power unit. But if you're a first time user, you may not know the utility of these add-ons. Also, these included accessories can rarely solve all your problems.
To help you out, we've compiled a list of the 10 most essential accessories that make your air compressor the ultimate power unit for all your requirements. And trust us, we'll make sure you invest in the right tool for the right cause.
The hose is nothing but a pipe that attaches the compressor with the tool. Although most compressors come with one, it's quite common for users to buy an extra hose if the quality is not deemed to be satisfactory. Besides, it's good to have a backup, just in case the primary one wears out.
Furthermore, there are two types of hoses available on the market:
Recoil hose, which has small and circular bends throughout its length. This design allows the hose to retract for easy storage.
Retractable hose, on the other hand, has a straight design like a vacuum cleaner cord and can be rolled like a spool of thread.
Apart from the design, the other factors to be considered are the length of the hose, its material and capacity. Ultimately, the requirement of the application will determine the right kind of hose.
No matter how expensive the hose is, improper storage can make it unusable, and this is where hose reels come into the picture. These storage units are used to coil the hose in a way that prevents the damage caused by bends.
Now you may be thinking that your recoil hose may not need one, but the reel will act as an extra layer of protection to maintain and improve its lifespan.
Some portable hose reels have wheels, handles and a final stand that can be attached on the wall. A second type simply comes with a back plate that can be fastened onto a wall for convenient storage. If your compressor is frequently relocated, then the portable type may be the ideal storage accessory for your needs.
As you may have guessed, a filter is a tool that separates all the impurities, which in turn helps the motor to run efficiently. However, prolonged periods of usage can cause the filters to become clogged with dirt and debris, which puts extra strain on the motor. As a result, the productivity of the compressor gets compromised, and its lifespan is diminished.
The best possible solution to this problem is either changing the filter or installing an additional one for the cause. While they may not require you to spend a lot of money, it's important to clean the filters regularly, so that your compressor can deliver maximum power with optimum fuel efficiency.
Surely, you can be proud of your compressor's high PSI output, but not all of your pneumatic tools may require that much power. By investing in an air regulator, you can manually reduce the level of air pressure to match the requirement of the said tool.
Not only does this help you to run the tool smoothly, but also ensures a longer service life for your compressor by making it deliver optimum power for each application.
In case your air compressor is one of those models which needs oil for operating, then it will definitely come with a bottle of oil for changing and refill purposes. However, you will eventually have to stock-up extra oil, so that the compressor can run without any trouble, especially during emergencies.
A roll cage is an attachable protective structure that prevents the air compressor from being bruised or punctured. For this reason, many models on the market today come with a roll cage design for added protection and durability. In case your compressor lacks this frame, it's better to buy one separately.
But before you randomly purchase any roll cage, it's good to know these stands have a low center of gravity to ensure better stability on the ground. So it's advisable to look for a frame that has a wider and flatter structure that will keep the compressor from overturning.
Additionally, you may also equip the roll cage with a skid plate on the bottom to minimize the compressor's friction with the ground. The combination of these two protective gears greatly reduces the risk of any physical damage to the power unit.
You may have a range of air tools and the best hose on the market, but without proper fittings and adapters, none of those will serve any purpose. So that each of the accessories can be attached to the compressor, it's essential to have the compatible fitters and connectors.
As such, many models come with a tool kit that has some necessary connectors and fittings. But as they say, the more the merrier!
Generally, anodized fittings are the popular choice among users, as they are more resistant to rust and corrosion. Likewise, quick connectors will allow a quick switch on/switch off for easy clean and repair. In addition, they also make it extremely convenient to change the tools in a flash.
A small tip: try to go for fitters and adapters from the same brand as that of the compressor. This will reduce the risk of incompatibility, and you will be able to make full use of your tools arsenal.
While caring for your compressor, don't forget to look after the air tools, for power without application will have no purpose. And what better than an air line lubricator to help you in tool maintenance. These small devices use the air line as a medium to carry the lubricant to the internal working parts of all your pneumatic tools.
For an otherwise simple operation, the only thing to note is that the lubricator should be adjusted in a way that only the required amount of lubricator is used for the job. Any extra lubricant will be released in the air to cause pollution and greasiness.
Our list won't be complete without mentioning the utility of an aftercooler. From the name, you may have guessed that this accessory is meant to cool the compressed air, and you're right.
Irrespective of your compressor's high-quality features, the air discharge is bound to have a certain amount of heat. An aftercooler is a mechanical heat exchanger that functions to remove this heat and condition the air to power the air tools.
Besides, it also reduces the moisture content in the output to protect the air-equipments from internal damage. Just like a filter discards dust and dirt, the aftercooler absorbs heat and vapor to enhance the efficiency of the compressor.
For users who run their compressors for extended periods, an aftercooler is a highly recommended accessory that can potentially increase the service life of your machine, and prevent your air-tools from damage and corrosion.
Most of us would like our air compressor to serve various needs and operate in various job sites. For this, what we need is a range of tool attachments, that can get the required work done with absolute ease and precision. Here are some of the most common and must-have tools...
Nail Guns are required for a range of specialized applications like finishing, framing the construction, roofing and woodworking. The nails are housed in a stick or coil, from where they are delivered to the gun.
Blowguns are used to direct the discharge stream of highly pressurized air at a precise point. They are especially suitable for precision-oriented tasks like cleaning debris or drying surfaces.
Air drills are capable of drilling through some of the strongest surfaces, like those made of concrete or bricks. A significant advantage of these drills over their electric counterparts is that they don't heat up easily, thus ensuring maximum power and efficiency.
Paint sprayers, when powered by an air compressor, can get a larger area painted quick and smooth to render a professional-grade appearance.
Sanders can be used to sand, polish, or grind surfaces for an even finishing.
While browsing through the options, make sure that your compressor can produce enough power to run the tools, i.e., match the unit's maximum pressure to the power requirement of the said tool. Otherwise, they will be nothing more than showpieces.
Summing It Up
You will hardly find a model that doesn't come with at least one of the above mentioned accessories. However, their quality and specification may not suit your needs, or you may simply require some more to make your compressor a truly efficient power unit.
In any case, requirement and compatibility are the two most important factors that need to be considered before you opt for any add-on.
And once you buy what you need, it also becomes crucial to use them in the right way and take care of their maintenance. Only then can you expect to get your money's worth from both the compressor and its accessories.
With this, we've come to the end of this essentials list. Hope we've been able to give you an idea of what's important. But before you head out to buy, do remember that incompatible tools become useless.
We'd love to hear from you in the comments down below.
Till next time!
An exhaust fan is an affordable appliance for removing smoke and odors from the kitchen. But it often falls short when compared to a kitchen chimney since it can remove grease and soot in addition to smoke and odors.
If you spend a lot of time in the kitchen, you’ll know how annoying it can be to cook in a thick cloud of smoke and soot. Thankfully, you can get rid of this with the help of an exhaustblower fan or kitchen chimney.
However, many people get confused when choosing between these two since they are not so well-versed with their differences. That is why we have compared them both in this guide. So, if you are curious, jump in!
How Does An Exhaust Fan Work?
In order to perform a comparative analysis between an exhaust fan and a chimney, you should have an idea about how they actually work. We’ll be starting off with the exhaust fan, followed by the kitchen chimney in a later section.
An exhaust fan is a special type of ventilation fan that helps to remove smoke and odor from the kitchen. Usually, it is installed on a ventilation duct or over the kitchen window. The airflow is directed outwards so that the kitchen smoke and odor can be sucked in by the fan blades.
Eliminating the excess smoke allows for fresh air to cycle inside the kitchen, which will allow you to keep cooking in peace. In some fans, there may be a switch to reverse the direction of airflow so that fresh air from outside can be sucked inside the kitchen more quickly.
Pros Of Using Exhaust Fans
There are several advantages to using an exhaust fan in your kitchen. We have discussed them below, so keep reading.
1. Cost-Effective
The biggest advantage of an exhaust fan is its cost-effectiveness. As you can guess from the discussion above, its design and mode of operation are as simple as a traditional ceiling fan. As such, it comes with an incredibly low price tag, which makes it a highly feasible option if you have a low budget.
2. Energy Efficient
A typical exhaust fan does not have any additional features that can consume excess electricity. Due to this fact, its overall power consumption is considerably lower than a kitchen chimney. This makes it an energy-efficient ventilation option for your kitchen.
Furthermore, a lower energy consumption essentially means that it will have little to no impact on your monthly electricity bill. Thus, it will help to enhance long-term cost-effectiveness, which is a bonus.
3. Easy To Install
Thanks to its simplistic design, an exhaust fan is pretty easy to install. You just need to make sure that there is an accessible power outlet and a ventilation opening on the wall.
The installation becomes even easier if you plan to mount it on your kitchen window. You won’t need a separate ventilation opening for such an installation, as the open window will do that job instead.
4. User-Friendly
If you want to use kitchen exhaust fans, then all you need to do is flip the switch, and the fan will start doing its job. You won’t have to go through detailed user manuals and instructions beforehand. Because of this aspect, exhaust fans are highly convenient to use.
Cons Of Using Exhaust Fans
There are certain disadvantages of using an exhaust fan, as we have discussed below.
1. Does Not Remove Grease, Oil, And Soot
An exhaust fan cannot remove soot, oil fumes, and grease particles from the kitchen air. These are considerably tougher than smoke and odors, and removing them requires powerful suction motors that exhaust fans lack.
2. Requires Extensive Maintenance
While the usage of an exhaust fan is easy, the same cannot be said about its maintenance. Over time, greasy particles may accumulate on the fan blades, which will not only make the fan dirty but will also affect its performance. And in order to restore its normal functionality, you will need to conduct extensive clean-up and maintenance, which will require some serious elbow grease.
Besides, the inability of an exhaust fan to remove grease and oil will also make the kitchen environment unhygienic. So, the kitchen cleaning effort will increase simultaneously, which can be somewhat of an inconvenience for users.
How Does A Kitchen Chimney Work?
Now that you know about exhaust fans, it is time to discuss kitchen chimneys. A typical kitchen chimney is equipped with several filters and suction motors to remove any type of particles from the air, which helps to maintain a clean cooking environment.
When turned on, the powerful suction motor sucks in the polluted air from the kitchen. Inside, the filters remove all the grease and oil particles, along with any smoke, soot, or odors. Subsequently, the contaminated air is expelled through a duct.
Pros Of Using Kitchen Chimneys
Below we have discussed the several advantages of using a kitchen chimney.
1. Removes All Types Of Particles
Thanks to the suction motors and filters, a chimney is able to remove all types of particles to give you clean air inside the kitchen. Therefore, with a good chimney, you get a kitchen space that is entirely hygienic and free from all types of contaminants.
2. Easy To Maintain
If you have a chimney installed, you can say goodbye to maintenance concerns. Since it removes all types of soot, grease, and oily particles, it indirectly helps to keep your kitchen clean. On top of that, most chimneys come with auto-clean features. This means that in addition to keeping your cooking area oil and grease free, it can keep the motors and filters inside the appliance clean as well.
3. Quick Action
Once you turn on the chimney, it clears out the kitchen air relatively quickly, thanks to the excellent suction power of the motors. This ensures ease of use, especially if you are in a hurry.
Cons Of Using Kitchen Chimneys
Despite its usefulness, there are certain disadvantages to using a kitchen chimney, as we have discussed below.
1. Expensive
The biggest complaint that consumers have about using a kitchen chimney is the cost. Even the most basic model of kitchen chimney is considerably more expensive than an exhaust fan. And if the chimney includes other features, it can further drive up the costs.
2. Consumes More Electricity
Running the powerful motors and filters of an electric chimney requires a lot of power, due to which its electricity consumption increases. This, in turn, can increase your electricity bills, which reduces its long-term feasibility.
3. Difficult To Install
Normally, a chimney is installed on the kitchen wall so that it is directly above the gas stove. It consists of several components, such as the shade, the exhaust duct, and others, all of which need to be installed separately. Because of this, the effort required to get it up and running is considerably more than an exhaust fan.
Fan Vs Chimney FAQs
Is a blower exhaust fan the same as a regular exhaust fan?
When it comes to the issue of a blower fan vs. fan, you should know that they are not the same thing, contrary to what most people believe. A blower fan is a mechanical device, while a regular fan is an electrical device.
Despite having similar functionalities, a blower fan is much more powerful and offers better airflow than a regular fan. This is because the impellers used in such fans are way more efficient than the conventional blades used in a standard fan.
What does it mean when the exhaust fan blows hot air?
If you are wondering, “why is my fan blowing hot air” then you might have installed the fan too low in your kitchen. In such a situation, the fan cycles the hot air generated from your cooking back inside the kitchen instead of expelling it outwards. Fortunately, such a problem can be resolved if you install the fan high enough near the ceiling.
Can you install a ductless chimney?
You can opt for a ductless chimney if you don’t want to go through the hassle of installing a conventional duct chimney. Such a chimney takes up relatively less space on your walls and is slightly more affordable. However, they are not as effective in removing dust and moisture from your kitchen, so do keep this in mind when going for this option.
Exhaust Fan Vs Chimney Final Verdict
So, now you know about the differences between an exhaust fan and a chimney. We hope that you have been able to come to a decision based on this knowledge.
An exhaust fan is a much better option for a small kitchen, considering that it takes up little space compared to a chimney. However, if you have a large kitchen, it is better to get the latter, as you can fully utilize its features without having to worry about space constraints.
That’s all we had to say in this brief guide. Until next time, folks!
Preparing nut milk yourself is one of the most gratifying experiences you can have. It is nutritious and delicious and it carries a lot of health benefits that you stand to gain from drinking it. When prepared just right, nut milk can be one of the most amazing beverages in the world which you can use as an ingredient for a variety of dishes or simply drink it on its own. Of course, as important as it is to prepare nut milk properly, you also need to take some steps to ensure you can keep on making it properly. One of the most overlooked aspects of it is cleaning the nut bag.
This is a complete guide that will help you learn how to clean a nut milk bag. It is important to clean a nut milk bag because it doesn’t just come in handy for straining nut milk, it can be used for a variety of other applications in the kitchen.
To move the most obvious question out of the way, the perfect time to clean a nut milk bag is right after you use it. You also need to clean them up before you put them to use. The fact that a nut milk bag is so useful in the kitchen, you should make it a point to keep it clean from all residues, odors, and unwanted particles.
How to Clean a Nut Milk Bag
Cleaning the Nut Bag Before First Use
When you first buy a new nut milk bag from the store, you do not start using it right away. Even before first use, there are a few steps you need to follow in cleaning a nut milk bag before you start to use it.
Wash the milk bag using a natural or any organic soap to remove the germs, dust, and any particles which are still there from the production process.
Turn it inside out and wash up every bit of the nut milk bag including the seams so that you get through all of it thoroughly.
Rinse the nut milk bag properly with clear water. The water should be running from a tap under the sink, not standing water.
To make it even cleaner, you can even soak them in boiling water before leaving them to air dry.
Hang it out and let it dry in the air within a well-ventilated area. It is even better if you hang it in a place with direct sunlight.
You do not need to soak it up in soapy water to remove odors because there will not be any when you are washing it for the first time.
Cleaning a Nut Milk Bag After Use
Once you clean the nut milk bag like that, you can start to use it. Cleaning the nut milk bag is pretty simple when it is completely new but now you need to learn the steps of how to clean it after you use it.
First things first, you need to turn the bag inside and out and remove any and all particles. Turning it inside out exposes the seams where particles might get caught up so you can remove them. If there is a lot of pulp or nuts remaining inside it from the use, you can even transfer them to another container to use for other recipes as ingredients.
Now, for the steps to clean a nut milk bag.
1. Turn it Inside Out
Take the bag and turn it inside out so that the seams are exposed. You will find the bag a lot easier to clean with everything in your reach and remove the particles completely.
2. Pass it Through Running Water
Take the bag in a sink, open the tap, and pour the water over it. Make sure that the water is at high pressure so that all the nut particles caught up in the bag are washed away. Keep running the water until all the particles are removed.
3. Apply Natural Soap
Now, you need to apply some organic or milk natural soap to the bag. It is very important that the soap you use is mild so that it does not leave any residue of its own or a strong smell within the bag.
4. Sanitation and Soaking
The first time you wash the bag, you do not need to soak it for smells but from the first time you use it, there will be odors you have to deal with. To remove stains and odors, you should soak the bag in grapefruit seed extract and water. Alternatively, you can use a combination of vinegar and water to remove the smells.
Sanitize the bag in boiling water because this kills off any bacteria which can sour the milk you strain through it when you use it the next time.
5. Bleaching
The next thing you need to know about how to clean a nut milk bag after use is to bleach it. The bag can become discolored by use and it is better to bleach it using oxygen bleach since it is non-toxic and it kills bacteria.
Take two cups of water, add a teaspoon of oxygen bleach, and soak the nut milk bag in this solution until the stain is removed. Once it’s gone, rinse the bag in clean running water. Do not bleach the bag too often because too much bleach can weaken the bag over time.
6. Preventing Bacteria and Mold Formation
As you keep on reusing the bags, there is always a chance that mold or bacteria can start to form on the milk nut bag. There are a few things you can do before rinsing the bag to prevent the formation of these germs.
Dip it in boiling water | Dipping the bag in boiling hot water for around 15 minutes before rinsing will keep the bacteria and mold away.
Oxygen bleaching | Using oxygen bleach from time to time also eliminates any germs which can form molds on the bag.
Alkaline Solution | A mixture of water and salt can also be very effective in preventing the formation of mold and bacteria. Soak it in the alkaline solution for at least 30 minutes. It kills all the bacteria.
Sundry | Drying the bags out in the sun is also very effective in killing bacteria because of the UV rays from sunlight.
7. Rinsing
Once you have taken care of the sanitization, you need to rinse the nut milk bag completely to remove all soap and remaining particles. There might be some stubborn stains that remain on the bag even after all these steps. Once you rinse the bag, use the grapefruit extract and water solution another time and rinse the bag in clean water again to remove them.
8. Drying
While drying in the sun is good for sanitizing the bag, it is a good idea to dry them in a well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight after the final rinse.
9. Storage
Last but not least, it is important to store the nut milk bag properly to keep it clean. Once the bag is completely clean and dried out, you should store it on a dry and clean surface. It is better to store them in a breathable container which prevents any chances of condensation and bacteria even when the bag is not in use for extended periods of time.
Final Thoughts On Clean A Nut Milk Bag
Just by following these steps, you can learn how to easily clean a nut milk bag. As important as it is to use the right ingredients and the right recipe to make all the delicious delights in the kitchen, you also need to care about the tools you use to make them and the nut milk bag is no exception.
When you clean the nut milk bag, you make sure that you avoid any unwanted residue or smells from previous use coming into the next recipe you try out using the nut milk bag.
My cat and dog are both delinquents and would mess with things around the house constantly with absolutely no regrets. So it is me who has to prepare for all of their shenanigans.
He would often mess with my trash can and get inside it from time to time. Not only does he smell and I have to give him a bath - which he hates - but if he walks around the house like that, the entire house gets dirty as well.
If all of this sounds familiar to you, then maybe I can help. Because in my endeavor to save my house and my cat, I have collected some fantastic pet proof trash cans that actually work!
NEAT AND SECURE - Stainless steel liner rim flips up for a...
LINER POCKET - Keep liners where you need them. Dispense...
All of the products on the list are from Simplehuman. With this 15.3-gallon option, Simplehuman provides a quality product that’s made up of stainless steel and has a compartment recycler. It’s a mechanized trash can that is powered by 6 AA batteries.
It’s designed for convenience and the little things like how the trash lid opens and closes gracefully or how the provided trash bags fit perfectly in the bin for a more hassle-free experience.
It has massive capacity, an elegant look, amazing quality and durability, and a thoughtful design. But let’s get back to my cat, which is far more problematic than my dog, surprisingly.
Of course, because of its mechanism, my cat can’t possibly get inside it. The lid is tight and slippery enough for my cat to be not able to open it. I was worried if it will be damaged by my cat’s constant abuse but the brushed steel finish hasn’t taken a speck of damage.
Once, my cat hit the trash can head on but it took the hit like no big problem. It didn’t even move or spill. The base is extremely stable and it is spill proof by pets.
It also comes in a rose gold variant and it comes with 10-year warranty!
Pros
Minimal and aesthetic look that will suit any kind of house
Thoughtful design and quality materials are used to make it
It comes with a massive 10-year warranty
Cons
It is not budget friendly but in my opinion totally worth the price
Simplehuman delivers the same quality and an elegant design for folks who want something smaller and more manageable. This 2.6-gallon variant comes with a butterfly design and looks as attractive as the previous entry.
I skipped getting this one for review because one of my buddies got it who also has a violent pet.
It comes with similar incredible design and durability. Unlike the previous entry, it has a butterfly lid design with a step opener - instead of a mechanized one driven by batteries.
The opener is weighted and feels premium. It also comes in a dark bronze variety which I think looks better than the rose gold variant of the previous entry.
It’s designed for bathrooms but of course, you can use it if you live in a smaller apartment as my friend does. I’d mention though that it’s less rigid when it comes to staying at a place, most probably due to its smaller form factor.
This one also comes with a 10-year warranty.
Pros
Beautiful design and attractive finish
Great step opener with great weight and smooth functioning lids
Extremely durable and comes with a 10-year warranty
Cons
Due to its smaller stature, it can be spilled by high momentum cat projectiles
SILENT CLOSE LID - Patented lid shox technology controls the...
LOCK THE LID SHUT - A slide lock securely locks the lid to...
This offering is a budget option that doesn’t significant compromises. Simplehuman provides many variants of this product in different colors - black, grey, beige, brown and white. It has a smooth matte finish and a semi-circular design. It also has a Slide Lock feature that is heaven-sent for pet owners.
One of the things, I love about this trash can is how insightfully it is designed - even after being such a budget option. It has a lid system that locks securely and that was not good news for my cat who thinks that trash cans are toys I bought for him.
The semi-round shape looks elegant and the matte finish looks eye-catching even though it is made up of plastic and not steel or some other premium material.
It’s a step trash bin but it has a fantastic technology because of it closes and opens very softly and quietly. All Simplehuman trash cans have this feature and I was delighted to see it trickle down to lower-priced options as well.
Even though this amazing trash can comes for so cheap it has a massive 13-gallon capacity which is enough to cover the entire house. All the color options, as I mentioned, are good looking but I’ll have to say that the black variant was the sexiest of them all! It comes with a 5-year warranty.
Pros
Wallet-friendly option for those who don’t want to spend a lot on stainless steel trash cans
It has a massive 13-gallon capacity
Comes with a fantastic slide lock option for the lid
Cons
It is made of plastic which some folks don’t appreciate
The last butterfly style trash can was meant for bathrooms with a smaller capacity but if you want a similar design for your kitchen or living room, then Simplehuman has you covered as well.
This beauty comes in the same elegant brushed stainless steel design as the earlier entries on the list. Of course, with the same durability and quality. And it also has a massive bin size - 12 gallons.
The brushed texture is excellent and is scratch proof - tested by my violent cat’s constant abuse. One thing that amazed me was the base design. Even though it has a taller and sleeker profile, it sticks very rigidly to the floor and this time I tested it - trying to emulate a pet impact.
It has a step design and opener has a weight to it that felt familiar to other Simplehuman trash cans I used. I love this weight that these bins have but I can’t really put my finger on it.
It’s easy and opens effortlessly but somehow it also feels organic and not unusual. I am unsure what it is but the bottom line is that it’s great and matches the quality of other Simplehuman trash cans.
Pros
Elegant tall and sleek look with a step design
Spill proof and won’t even be moved by pets
It is made with stainless steel and the brushed texture is scratch resistant from pet paws
Cons
It has a heavy price tag, justified by the quality, design and aesthetic
Final Words On Best Pet Proof Trash Cans
So here are all the trash cans that have made my life easier from the havoc caused by my beloved pets.
If this problem plagues you as well then go for any of these as you’ll not find a better product anywhere. Trust me.
With that, I hope this guide was helpful to you.
We agree- climbing ladders for mundane tasks like cleaning and replacing fixtures is far from being exciting.
Still, most of us wouldn’t mind having some help to facilitate both accessibility and safety while dealing with those corners near the ceilings. Yes, you have guessed it right; it’s telescoping ladders that we are talking about.
That’s why it comes as no surprise that they form an integral part of every homeowner’s tool arsenal. But given the plethora of similar-looking and functioning models, picking just one from the lot can leave you all confused.
As such, we take it upon ourselves to help you out by putting together this list of the 13 best telescoping ladders up for grabs. Additionally, we have included a buyer’s guide towards the end so that our readers can make a fully-informed decision.
One of our top recommendations is the Y17-80100-07 Telescoping Ladder from the house of Ohuhu. This lightweight and easy-to-carry unit has a sturdy aluminum construction that accounts for its longevity and stability. What’s more, the host of user-friendly features make it easy to use for novices and pros alike.
One Button Retraction: Convenience is key! That’s why...
America National Standards Type I Ladder: Ohuhu extension...
Why Did We Like It?
Before anything else, we were encouraged by the positive customer feedback to try this unit, and we are glad we did. Firstly, it’s made from high-quality aluminum alloy, which makes it extremely sturdy without adding on to the weight. With a maximum extension of 12.5 feet, it can easily carry up to 330 pounds. On top of that, the non-slip end cap prevents it from slipping on different surfaces.
Talking about the extension, the design uses a one-button retraction mechanism on both sides for seamless operation. All you have to do is press down the buttons and extend the steps.
Likewise, press the two red buckles located under each rung to collapse one rung at a time. The slow retracting system allows users to decide on the desired height while reducing air resistance for reinforced stability. Plus, it negates the chances of pinching your finger. Last but not least, the portable carry handle facilitates easy mobility.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Perhaps our only complaint is that the package may arrive with slight damages; although it may not impact the ladder inside. Nevertheless, it’s one of the most cost-effective ladders on the market, making everyday DIY tasks a breeze!
Impressed with the utility of our previous pick, we decided to try its lookalike, viz., the WolfWise Telescoping Ladder. Its compact structure and robust construction make for a convenient climbing experience, be it for pruning trees or those occasional DIY coloring jobs indoors.
Safety: Stabilizer bar and non-slip mat improve the...
One-Button Retraction: New upgraded internal structure, no...
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, this telescoping ladder is made from an aerospace-engineered 6061 aluminum alloy for reinforced sturdiness. Moreover, the clean-touch anodized finish makes the frame resistant to rust and corrosion, which could otherwise have been one of the significant problems while using it outdoors.
It can be extended up to 12.5 feet, and like the Ohuhu Y17-80100-07 Telescoping Ladder, it has a one-button retraction mechanism that takes only 5 to 8 seconds for full retraction.
Besides, the smart-close system makes the steps fall slowly so that users don’t pinch their fingers during retraction. Once retracted, its length accounts for only 1/4th of the maximum height to make for easy storage in cramped spaces. Complete with the heavy-duty closing strap, storing it won’t make you rack your nerves.
We should also mention that it comes in three maximum height variants (12.5 feet, 10.5 feet, and 8.5 feet), each of which can carry up to 330 pounds.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We’d recommend cleaning the steps and hinges before the first use to ensure seamless opening and closing of the ladder. This is mainly due to the packaging materials getting stuck in the corners, which can hinder the overall operation. Other than that, we have nothing to complain about.
The Little Giant Ladders 15422-001 Ladder is a multi-purpose model that will come in handy for a variety of DIY tasks around the home and workshop. Sporting a compact and sturdy design, it has earned rave reviews for its long-lasting sturdiness.
Multi-position ladder converts to A-frame, extension,...
Rock Lock adjusters quickly alter your ladder into different...
Why Did We Like It?
Getting straight to the design aspect, this telescoping ladder is made from a special Aerospace-grade aluminum alloy, making it sturdy enough to hold up to 300 pounds. But the apparently heavy-weight construction doesn’t make it heavy. Plus, it meets and exceeds all the necessary OSHA and ANSI standards so that users can rest assured about safety.
Its lightweight build is well complemented by the tip and glide wheels to facilitate smooth portability.
The model we opted for can be extended up to 22 feet, which is more than what you’d need for regular household tasks. But you can also choose from the other height variants according to your requirements.
Each model is equipped with rock lock adjusters that control the height configuration by locking the frame into the required rung tube. Similarly, you can convert it into an A-frame, trestle-and-plank, or 90-degree staircase using the hinge locks located on the exterior frame.
Lastly, you can choose to get different accessories like project trays, work platforms, etc., along with the ladder.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We were a bit disappointed to see the poor packaging, which may make the ladder prone to damages during shipping and delivery. Thankfully, the unit we ordered didn’t encounter much damage except for slightly brushed wheels, but this is an issue that the brand should definitely look into.
If portability sits high on your priority list, then the Luisladders Multi-Use Telescoping Ladder may be your go-to unit. Built from a high-quality metal alloy, its practical design has the right mix of durability and stability for years of uninterrupted use.
One Botton for Easy Close : When closing, keep the switch of...
Portable and Space Saving: Lightweight and compact size,...
Why Did We Like It?
Much like its predecessor, this unit is also made from superior-grade aluminum alloy that makes it capable of withstanding up to 330 pounds. The anti-slips rugs can be easily adjusted with 1-inch increments using the inward side latches. Besides, the protection spacers prevent accidental bumping and friction between the steps.
We also appreciate the one-button easy close mechanism that reduces the risk of users pitching their fingers while retracting the ladder. This is made possible by the one-button easy close system, where all you have to do is keep the switches on the steps closed and then press the button. The ladder will descend slowly and gradually to ensure optimum safety.
As far as the storage is concerned, it has a durable strap that holds the frame in place when fully collapsed. Moreover, there’s a comfortable grip handle that facilitates portability without putting too much strain on the hands. And it comes in as many as three maximum height variants, i.e.,12.5 feet, 12.46 feet, and 8 feet.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Some buyers have reported that the rungs tend to get jammed, especially when collapsing the ladder. Although we didn’t face the issue, you may try applying a little oil on the hinges for easy opening and closing. Apart from that, we don’t have any other significant complaints.
True to its brand name, the Xtend & Climb Pro Series 785P Plus Telescoping ladder is a robust and durable unit built for professionals. That said, it can be the perfect addition to your residential tool arsenal without burning a hole in your pocket.
Meets new 2019 ANSI/OSHA standards for safety compliance and...
Aerospace Engineered using airplane grade aluminum alloy for...
Why Did We Like It?
We were intrigued by its familiar appearance to the Luisladders Multi-Use Telescoping Ladder and wanted to see if it performs as well. And thankfully, we weren’t too disappointed.
Its “aerospace engineered” frame is built from airplane-grade aluminum alloy for optimum durability and long service life. Plus, it meets the new 2019 ANSI standards for safety compliance and duty rating, thereby reassuring users of the quality of construction.
We absolutely loved the extension range on offer, meaning the ladder can reach a height up to 15.5 feet and retract to a mere 36.5 inches. Unlike a lot of other models that use hands, the extension system can be activated by the foot to extend and lock it in place. At the same time, the angled thumb release ensures proper and safe hand position.
It’s finished off with slip-resistant steps and double over-molded feet so that it maintains the right amount of traction on varied surfaces.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The retraction could’ve been slow and more gradual as users almost always run the risk of pinching their hands. In that sense, it’d be better if the ladder is carefully held by two people on the sides, away from the rungs. Besides, the brand doesn’t specify the maximum carrying weight.
Pros
Compact retraction
Integrated carrying handle
Clean touch anodized finish makes it easy to clean
Toolitin has made a name in the workshop tool industry, and the TL-20190928-125G is a good example of that. Engineered from a combination of metal and heavy-duty plastic components, it provides a prolonged service life with minimal maintenance.
★ UPGRADED MATERIAL : The Toolitin telescopic Extension...
★ INTELLIGENT LOCKING MECHANISM DESIGN : We have upgraded...
Why Did We Like It?
This Toolitin telescoping ladder is built from a mix of premium aluminum alloy and durable plastic. While the aluminum surface is oxidized to prevent the formation of rust and corrosion, the plastic parts are reinforced with nylon fiber to improve the overall load capacity without weighing too heavy. Here, we should mention that it has a maximum load capacity of 330 pounds.
The adjustable height mechanism comprises an intelligent locking mechanism where each rung is equipped with two red-colored push buttons underneath. Simply press them together to collapse the rungs till you reach the desired height (maximum height is up to 12.5 feet), and the rungs will get automatically locked in place.
This feature also makes the retraction pinch free as each step falls smoothly and gradually. Once fully retracted, it measures only about 34 inches long, so you can store it conveniently under the bed or behind any door. And it’s also available in two other heights, viz., 8.5 feet and 10.5 feet.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Honestly, we are bummed out about the fact that despite having rubber-equipped footing, the ladder lacks stability on slippery surfaces like marble floors. Hence, you might want to avoid it if you’re planning to use it on such surfaces as we didn’t face any issues on rugged surfaces.
Now that we are almost halfway through the list, here’s the Archom Extension Telescoping Ladder making an entry. Featuring a familiar design to that of some of our other recommendations, it’s one of the most affordable units that come in multiple heights.
【Safe and Reliable Telescoping Ladder】: This telescoping...
【Portable and Easy to Store】: This telescoping ladder...
Why Did We Like It?
For starters, the durable frame is constructed from aluminum alloy, which makes it resistant to both corrosion and water-related damages. Hence, you can use it anywhere, be it indoors or outdoors. The unit we got can be extended anywhere between 25 inches and 9.5 feet, but you can always choose the longer variants (10.5 feet, 12.5 feet, 13.5 feet, and 15 feet).
Owing to the inward sliding latch, users can adjust the height of the rungs in 1-feet increments, which negates the risk of injuries. You can extend it by supporting the bottom pedal with one foot and pulling out the topmost section while ensuring that the switch clips underneath each step are securely locked.
The frame culminates into the non-slip feet with big and grooved rubber covers that maintain stability on almost any surface. Not only that, but the strap attached to the last step can also be tied to the bottom pedal for extra stability.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We felt that the frame is somewhat flexible, meaning it can wobble a bit when extended to the maximum height. However, it’s nothing to be concerned about as the rubber footing does a great job of keeping the ladder stable even for the maximum load capacity.
With a decade-long experience in the telescoping ladder industry, Energy Bear has attempted to raise the bar with its multi-purpose telescoping ladder. Integrated with several user-friendly and safety features, it can carry up to 330 pounds while remaining stable on almost any surface.
At first glance, we were really impressed with the sleek yet durable structure that assures users about the safety on offer from the get-go. In hindsight, it’s the thick, anti-air aluminum frame with oxidized finishing that takes care of stabilizing the ladder on almost any indoor or outdoor surface.
Moreover, the four non-slip blocks on the bottom balance bar reinforce friction on the ground. It also consists of two moveable auxiliary wheels for seamless portability. You can easily attach the bar to the base of the ladder using some mounting screws.
Speaking of the extension capabilities, it can extend up to 18.5 feet, making it one of the tallest models on our list. The wide, rugged steps ensure that your feet can maintain a firm hold even with thick sneakers on.
Furthermore, each rung has two safety lock buttons on either side for securely customizing the height as required. It measures just 3.7 feet when fully collapsed, so storage in compact spaces won’t be an issue.
What Could’ve Been Better?
For some reason, the steps have a peculiar angle, which makes it difficult to stand on the ladder for prolonged periods. This can especially be more problematic when it doesn't have a wide supporting surface throughout, like when trimming the branches of smaller trees. Hence, you may want to avoid the ladder for such tasks.
The Handvoll Telescoping Ladder is a versatile unit that’s suitable for both professional job sites and residential DIY projects. Its solid construction is backed by a robust aluminum frame and is EN131 certified for better peace of mind among users.
⛑Step By Step! From professional construction sites to...
⚙A Quick Adjustment! Hanging a picture frame and...
Why Did We Like It?
First and foremost, this unit can be manually extended anywhere between 3 feet and 15.5 feet by simply lifting the rungs. Once lifted, the secure-locking spacers will automatically lock the steps, and so will the latches on the support polls. Each step has an anti-slip rung ridged design that prevents the feet from sliding.
Collapsing the ladder isn’t a herculean task either, as all you need to do is press down the thumb buttons. Since each rung is equipped with these buttons, the retraction mechanism won’t pinch your fingers. And much like its predecessor, there’s a balance bar with L-shaped rubber feet for added security and stability.
We appreciate that the design makes room for a pair of removable hooks above the topmost rung, which will be beneficial both while working with it and during storage (users can hang it). Besides, the fastening straps keep the ladder adequately compact so that it doesn’t occupy much space in the tool cabinet or the back of the car.
What Could’ve Been Better?
It may be helpful to know that this telescoping ladder requires some assembly, but some users have reported that the brand doesn’t provide sufficient instructions for the same. Furthermore, weighing almost 55 pounds, it isn’t the most lightweight unit and doesn’t have wheels for easy portability.
Another versatile unit that will suit commercial as well as residential or DIY projects is the Gimify A726411 Telescoping Extension Ladder. Available in multiple sizes with advanced features, it can hold up to 330 pounds and requires almost zero maintenance even with daily use.
【Premium Telescoping Ladder】Features an impressive...
【Safety & Quick to Use】Safety comes first! Every step...
Why Did We Like It?
Similar to all of our other recommendations, this ladder is also made from durable aluminum alloy that has an anodized finishing for optimum resistance against rust and corrosion. While we tried out the variant that can be extended up to 12.5 feet, you may also choose to get the 10.5 feet variant. Beyond that, there’s another 12.5 feet model that comes with several advanced features.
Coming to the utility factor, every step has an independent double-height latching lock that controls the extraction and refraction of that particular rung. As a result, users have precise control over the height adjustment without worrying about pinching their fingers.
For a ladder that can carry up to 330 pounds, it only makes sense for the frame to have non-slip end caps, and this unit doesn’t miss out on that. Lastly, the lightweight structure folds down to as little as 24 pounds to facilitate easy portability and storage.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Some users have complained that the base doesn’t feel sturdy enough on some surfaces, even with the anti-skid footing. We think it’d have been better had there been a balance bar for the base or at least a couple of mounting holes to add one.
As we near the end of the list, we found the Beetro TC0338 Telescoping Ladder to be worth including in our list. Its space-saving design is meant to make for convenient storage while the sturdy extension mechanism facilitates various DIY tasks like cleaning, changing lights, etc.
SELECTED MATERIAL -The telescoping ladder is made of...
MAX CAPACITY - The maximum load-bearing capacity is up to...
Why Did We Like It?
Starting with the construction, it’s made of high-quality aluminum with plastic for latches and spears as well as rubber for the foot caps. Not only does the design extend its service life by resisting the formation of rust and corrosion, but it also makes the ladder capable of holding up to 330 pounds.
The retraction and extension mechanism is similar to that of some of the models mentioned earlier. Each step has latches on either side, which need to be unlocked while extending or retracting. And once you have the desired height, lock the latch to secure the steps in place.
With a maximum height of 8.5 feet, it’s more suitable for residential DIY jobs like cleaning windows, hanging pictures, or installing light fixtures. While the rubber protection spears on the side ensure that your walls don’t develop any unwanted marks from the edges of the frame, the rubber fitting maintains sufficient traction on even marble and ceramic surfaces.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Some people may find it annoying to lock the latches manually, without which the rungs will invariably collapse. Moreover, the all-aluminum body makes it one of the heaviest ladders on our list, and the absence of wheels hampers its portability to some extent. That said, the compact structure upon complete retraction can fit in cramped spaces.
The Suncoo Extension Ladder is a portable and versatile unit that has an effortless retraction and extension mechanism. Its GS and EN131 certified design has a maximum load-bearing capacity of up to 330 pounds with a host of features for a safe climbing experience.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
To begin with, the Suncoo Extension Ladder is made from thickened airplane-grade aluminum alloy for optimum strength and durability. Additionally, the clean-touch anodized finishing makes it waterproof and corrosion-resistant. For maintenance purposes, you can simply wipe it down with a soft and dry cloth to get rid of dirt and debris.
Furthermore, every rung has an independent locking mechanism that comprises two steel locking pins for manual locking. This also ensures anti-pinch technology since the steps can be adjusted individually. Besides, the extra-wide, textured rung surface keeps your feet stable even when the ladder is fully extended up to 12.5 feet.
The frame is finished off with a pair of non-slip rubber caps to maintain stability and friction on both indoor and outdoor surfaces. Last but not least, the heavy-duty, adjustable secure strap helps keep the ladder closed for storage purposes.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Despite having an anti-pinching retraction mechanism, we felt that the rungs tend to fall faster than some other models. Hence, we’d strongly recommend “closing” one step at a time by unlocking the pins. Also, make sure that you don’t have your fingers placed on the edge or the middle of the rung.
Before wrapping up the list, we’d like to talk about the Yvan Multi-Purpose Telescoping Ladder. One of the brand’s premium models, it’s engineered with ultimate user convenience in mind and doesn’t compromise on quality or versatility.
One Button Retraction: While guaranteeing the quality, our...
Why Did We Like It?
One of the first things that grabbed our attention was the oxidized-finished aluminum surface that accounts for both durability and appearance. Beyond that, the plastic parts are reinforced with nylon fiber for better wear resistance and load capacity. It can easily accommodate up to 330 pounds without flexing.
Each rung features an intelligent locking mechanism that’s marked by independent red locking buttons for securely locking the steps. The maximum height on offer is 17 feet, which is sufficient for accomplishing regular household tasks and DIY hobby projects. And with the angled, anti-skid rubber footing, you don’t have to worry about stability.
Thanks to the one-button retraction system, all the rungs collapse one after the other without user intervention. We loved the slow “falling speed,” which ensures that the steps don’t fall on the user’s hand to cause injuries.
Last but not least, the secure strap holds the “collapsed structure” for compact and convenient storage.
What Could’ve Been Better?
As we have already mentioned, this ladder is one of the premium models manufactured by the brand. Hence, the price may be a significant constraint for potential buyers. At the same time, we’re a bit disappointed that the design doesn’t include wheels, especially considering that some of the more affordable models have a wheeled base.
Pros
Stabilizing bar at the base with rubber padding
Simple and safe retraction
Secure locking mechanism
Plastic edges to prevent slipping and marks on the walls
Cons
Expensive
No wheels
Telescoping Ladder Buyer’s Guide
By now, you must have figured out that there are some features common to almost all telescoping ladders. However, making the right choice requires more than knowing just the advantages of the best options on the market. Unless you factor in your requirements, there’s a good chance of ending up with the wrong model despite spending a hefty sum of money.
So, we have curated this extensive buyer’s guide that will help you with all the information you need to know before making the purchase. Read on….
Height And Maximum Carrying Capacity
Without a doubt, the first thing to consider is the height of your preferred telescoping ladder. In this regard, we’d suggest going for one that can be extended at least up to 12.5 feet for daily household jobs. Likewise, you may opt for a higher model for intense DIY projects or using it in the workshop.
While at it, keep an eye on the working height, which is often not the same as the maximum height of a ladder. This is because most brands recommend users not to use the first two or three steps, thereby affecting the feasible height.
As far as the carrying capacity is concerned, always go for a ladder that can hold a minimum of 330 pounds.
Locking And Retraction Mechanisms
During height adjustment, users would want to make sure that the steps are locked securely to prevent the ladder from accidentally collapsing. That’s why all telescoping ladders have locking pins on each rung, which either get locked in automatically or have to be pushed manually. But we’d strongly recommend checking even the automatic locks to ensure complete safety.
In case of retraction, a lot of models have a one-button retraction, meaning all the rings will fall one after the one one the press of a button or tab located at the bottom. If you plan to buy such a ladder, go for a slow retraction speed so that even if the rungs fall on your hands, there won’t be any severe injuries.
Rubber Footing
Rubber capped feet are your best bet to ensure sufficient traction on different surfaces, ultimately resulting in better stability. You will also find many models that have an additional stability or balance bar that has extra rubber padding to reinforce stability.
Portability
The portability factor will largely depend on the build material. However, modern telescoping ladders have advanced construction so that even heavy-duty metal (like airplane-grade aluminum) bodies don’t strain your muscles when you carry them around. We’d advise getting one with auxiliary wheels to make portability an absolute breeze.
Rust Resistance
Since a majority of users would want to use their telescoping ladder both indoors and outdoors, a frame that resists rust and corrosion without requiring much maintenance is much sought after. Aluminum or aluminum alloy bodies with anodized finishing can be easily cleaned with a soft, dry cloth and are the ideal choice to prevent rust and corrosion.
Safety Strap
Finally, a safety strap is a good feature to hold the ladder once it’s retracted completely for hassle-free storage, especially in compact spaces.
Verdict
Now that you know about the best telescoping ladders, you can quit delaying replacing the ceiling lights. Just go ahead and pick one according to your needs and budget.
We hope our efforts will eventually lead you to your “perfect match.” But if you’re still in two minds about taking the right pick, then allow us to help you by naming our top three favorites from the list.
Just like a blank canvas, waiting for a splash of color, your living room walls can also be given a whimsical touch by mounting an attractive wall clock.
How often do we consider a wall clock to be fun, stylish as well as functional? Even though we look up at the clock several times a day, little do we notice how it personalizes the interiors of our home. While it complements the decor with elegance, it also adds color to even the dullest of walls.
Each model comes with a different design, material, and purpose. Depending on the size of your living room and its overall presentation, you can opt for the style statement that will suit your needs. The gold wall clock is a well-placed feature that enhances the visual appeal and quality of your living room.
We’ve curated some of the best gold wall clocks that are available, for adding a sense of elegance and charm to your living room. In the following guide, we’ve given an unbiased review for all the designs that will grab the attention of your guests.
The design of this clock is inspired by mid-century modern style. The overall design of the clock resembles a sea urchin. It comes with many metal spokes that are radiating from the center of the clock. It runs accurately, with the precise, slow quartz movement. Therefore, it doesn’t produce any ticking sound.
When you place this wall clock in your living room, you’ll be showered with plenty of compliments for its stylish design. And, it runs on 1AA battery, which is not included in this set.
You’ll get the option to choose between two colors- black and gold. And we have opted for the gold color, the first thing that stands out in this clock is its unique design. It complements our contemporary style home decor perfectly well. The color of this wall clock is such that you can place it with any wall decoration.
The diameter of this clock is around 19.3 inches, making it suitable for small to large size living room. We wanted to avoid getting a plastic frame wall clock, so we were looking at metal options. This is one of the best metal clocks that I have found for our crisp white living room. It has a sturdy built and is made of quality materials which ensure durability.
However, it’s a lightweight clock weighing around 1.65 pounds, so you won’t face any challenges while mounting it on your wall. You need to get a 1AA battery to operate this clock.
Pros
Stylish and modern design
Overall size is suitable for medium to large size living rooms
Slow quartz movement
Cons
Durability is questionable
Small dial
Design might not be preferred for a traditional style home
This is an oversized wall clock with a diameter of 24 inches. It has low energy consumption, and it runs on a single AA battery. The design is pretty modern, and the straight lines indicate 12,3,6 and 9 o'clock. The silent sweep movement ensures that it operates without causing any disturbance to the surrounding environment. This clock has a high demand for its vintage, retro metal finish.
OVERSIZED WALL CLOCK-Large metal clock with 23 3/5 Inches...
SILENT QUIET CLOCK- Silent sweep clock with no ticking noise...
Experience
We received this product within 7-8 days after placing an order for it. And since the time we got this wall clock mounted on our living room wall, it has been the center of attraction for many events at home. The design is such that it doesn’t disturb the overall decor of our house. It comes with a complete metal construction. And the hour and minute hands are artistically crafted.
This clock is slightly on the heavier side, weighing about 4.4 pounds but, you’ll be receiving three pins, and a metal screw which makes it easier to mount it on the wall. The size and structure of this clock make it a piece of exquisite decor. The tastefully designed rim adds glamour to the overall structure of this clock.
This wall clock has added a slight vintage touch to the living room, making it an integral part of our home decor. Thanks to the silent quartz movement, you won’t hear any ticking sound, which can otherwise be disturbing.
Pros
Easy maintenance
Big size makes it suitable for big living rooms
Sophisticated design makes it perfect for both traditional and modern homes
Cons
Not easy to read
Might not complement the walls of small living rooms with a lot of decorations
The Haoun modern clock has a conventional design, and the structure is best suited for living room walls. It doesn’t have any time markers, and the overall diamete is about 20 inches. It runs on a single AA battery and comes with a few screws to mount it on the wall. It looks like a heavy piece, but it weighs just about 1.65 pounds. This wall clock has easy maintenance, and it’s best for those who prefer antique and unique items.
MODERN WALL CLOCK: Creative modern style wall clock,...
QUARTZ MOVEMENT: Silent movement, non ticking, provide you a...
Experience
The metal casing of this wall clock comes with a modern design which is quite appealing. This antique handmade wall clock was perfect for our yellow-tinted living room walls. Therefore, we can say the design and metal finish will adorn modern homes. There is no maintenance required for this product, and you’ll have to change the battery maybe twice a year.
This is a quality product, and we find it easy to read the time from different angles. It has an excellent quality quartz movement which displays accurate time. The dial is pretty small, but the overall diameter of the clock is 20-inches, making it an ideal fit for your living room wall. It makes a slight sound, which is barely noticeable.
Overall, the stylish design is the main highlight of this piece. It has been built to satisfy the customer's preference for a modern design wall clock.
The classic design of the Kpin wall clock makes it suitable for living room decoration. It has a long hour and minute hands, which is covered by a clear lens that guarantees a good view from all directions. It is an analog clock with numerical time markers and a large display. It has an overall diameter of 20-inches, which is an ideal fit for small-to-medium sized living rooms.
The clock hands are made of aluminum, and it has been crafted with environment-friendly materials. It weighs approximately 1.57 pounds and is known for the conventional design and structure.
Quiet smooth continuous sweep second hand movement ensure a...
Bold clear numeric indicator at every hour and minute...
Experience
We wanted a wall clock with a simple yet classic design, and this elegant clock was the perfect fit for our requirements. It has a white plastic display that is easy on the eyes with a gold-colored metal frame. It comes with numerical time markers that make it easy to read the time. But, we can hear a weak ticking sound, especially at night when the house is quiet but it’s not very ominous.
The minimalist design of this clock makes it perfect for our traditional home decor, but we believe that it will complement modern homes too. This clock works on a single AA battery that you need to purchase separately. Plus, it comes with a one year warranty, and you also get a hassle-free 30-days return policy, which are some of the attractive perks we received with this clock.
This 12-inch wall clock features a minimalist and modern design. It comes with a white clock face and a gold metal frame. The numerals are also colored with a gold hue and it has bold time markers. It weighs about 2.99 pounds, and you also have another option of the same design with roman numbers. The silent sweep movement ensures that you’ll not be disturbed with a ticking sound.
For the contemporary decor of our living room, we wanted a simple wall clock to complement the light-colored walls. This piece has been one of the best wall clocks in our home. It requires very less maintenance as we need to wipe the glass surface at least once a month. It has three solid gold pointers that add a sense of elegance to the white background.
The second-hand works with a silent sweeping movement, and there is no ticking sound. We had to get an AA battery for this clock, however, avoid using a rechargeable battery to prevent damaging the clock movement. The gold color numerical time markers give a classy finish to the crystal white clock face. Our living room is about 600 sq feet, and this wall clock is quite suitable for our space.
However, if you have a bigger living room, then we don’t advise you to opt for this wall clock. And it might get difficult to read the time if you mount it on a brightly lit wall, as the glass starts reflecting the light.
Pros
Simple design which goes perfectly with any home decor
Made with quality materials
Second hand has a silent sweeping movement
Cons
Dial is quite small, making it less suitable for large living rooms
This metal frame wall clock can also be kept on a table in your living room, and it comes with a sturdy bracket. The inner frame is made of ABS material, making this a durable product. It’s around 8-inches in diameter and weighs approximately 3.31 pounds. The clock face is enclosed in a glass casing, so you need to wipe the glass to avoid dust or grime collection.
Silent non-ticking mechanism with sweeping movement . Enjoy...
Sturdy metal frame and glass lens make it easy to clean and...
Experience
The two-mode features of using this clock are the reason we got this piece. And I must say, this is one of the best wall clocks in our home. We received a sturdy bracket along with the clock that made it convenient to place the clock on the table. You need to place the bracket in the two holes at the back of the clock. It made things way easier before we decided to mount it on the wall.
The installation was pretty simple, it was a complete hassle-free task. However, we’re ordering for the same model to place it on the bedroom side table. The gold color frame and stick time markers make it a beautiful clock. This is a well-built wall clock, and it will last you for years to come, which makes it worth the dollars.
It doesn’t produce any ticking sound, so you’ll not be disturbed while studying or sleeping in the living room. It’s also quite simple to maintain, as we occasionally dust the glass case with a dry cloth, and nothing more is required. It runs on a single AA battery that we had to buy separately.
The company FortuneVin is known for making some stylish and fun wall clocks. This clock comes with a circumference of about 12-inches, and it has a superior quality metal frame. The small details on the clock face make this product stand out from the other wall clocks on this list. The materials that have been used for this product are safe and environment-friendly.
It weighs around 2.2 pounds and has an easy installation process. Also, the silent quartz movement helps to eliminate ticking sounds.
No products found.
Experience
This contemporary wall clock comes with a beautiful design in the borders of the clock face. The neutral color that is used for decorating this piece helps to enhance the overall decor of our living room. It’s made from quality materials, and it comes with a sturdy, aluminum frame which accentuates the curves of this round dial.
It’s approximately 12-inches in diameter and it is lightweight, which makes it easily mountable on the walls. This clock has a high-quality hand movement which displays accurate time as it works with precision. We find the stick time markers to be little challenging to read, especially when the living room is flooded with light. The size of this analog clock is suitable for small to medium-sized living rooms.
We have faced no issues with the maintenance part because all you need is to dust the glass frequently, and no other effort is required. And it runs on a AA battery, so we had to purchase that separately. Also, you will have to change the battery once a year.
Pros
Made of quality materials
Durable product
Stylish and contemporary design
Doesn’t produce any ticking sound
Cons
You might face difficulty in reading the time when the living room is well lit
This wall clock has a 12-inch diameter with white stick time markers. It's made of aluminum and has an ABS glass cover. The dial has an attractive blue color, and the hour, second, and minute hands are the same as the golden aluminum frame. It has a silent non-ticking mechanism, and it shows accurate time. The clock operates with a single AA battery which needs to be replaced every six months.
No products found.
Experience
For our small living room, we wanted a wall clock with a size of not more than 12-inches. And, this piece by Insun fits in perfectly with the other wall decor and art pieces on our living room wall. The color of this wall clock has been a conversation starter, many a time. The stick time markers are embossed in a lighter shade against the blue background, which makes it easier to read the time even from a distance.
It comes with a carbon battery, so we didn’t have to purchase one for the first six months. The back nail slot made it easier for us to hang the clock on the wall. You can find this model in different colors of clock face, but with the same golden frame. However, this unique shade of blue will stand out in every style of home decor. We have faced no issues in terms of inaccurate time being displayed, and the precise sweeping movement works pretty well.
Pros
Color combination of the blue background with gold-colored- frame and time markers
Silent quartz movement
Comes with a decorative look
Durable product
Cons
Might not complement dark wall colors
Only suitable for small and middle-sized living rooms
Best Gold Wall Clock Buyer’s Guide
Selecting a wall clock for the living room can get a little tricky, as this creative interior decoration piece adds to the overall decor of your home. It serves a dual purpose by grabbing the attention of your guests and creating an impression of your personality. The following section will discuss the different factors that you need to consider when choosing a wall clock.
1. Size
The size of the wall clock should coordinate with the living room size. Your wall clock should match the proportions of your wall. If you place a big clock in a small living room, it can make the place look clumsy. Similarly, if your walls have decorative pieces on them, a large wall clock can make your space look overdone.
2. Theme and decoration
Wall clocks come in different themes like the modern, antique, designer, etc. However, the theme of the wall clock should complement the furniture in your living room. For instance, if your living room has minimal decorations, a modern wall clock will be a perfect fit. On the other hand, an antique clock will match a house with countryside decorations and cozy furniture.
3. Color
You can find wall clocks in a variety of colors. The gold-monochrome colors set a classic tone in the living room. Try to select a contrasting shade of wall clock as compared to the color of your walls. For a light-colored wall, you can opt for a dark shade as they blend perfectly with one another. This also gives your living room an appealing and unique look.
4. Material
The wall clock material should also match the interiors and your taste. You can find a variety of options, as it comes in wood, brass, high-quality plastic, metal, etc. However, you should check the warranty of the frame, battery life, and other essential factors. Ensure that you opt for a durable material as we usually don’t purchase a wall clock frequently.
A wall clock is a timeless and valuable piece, which requires you to look into the details to pick the right one for your home.
5. Number display
The number display is another essential feature of a wall clock. You can get the ones with regular numbers, stick markers, roman numerals, or with no numbers at all. Overall, it should be the perfect timepiece for your living room with the right look and visibility.
Conclusion
Now that we’ve come to the end of our guide, it’s time for you to pick a design that has good functionality as well as aesthetics. However, you should weigh out the pros and cons carefully to find the right one that will complement the decor of your living room. We hope this list of the best gold wall clocks has been helpful for you.
Portable air conditioners use a fan to absorb hot air, while a refrigerant cools the air and blows it into your room. An exhaust hose drains the excess heat out with portable air conditioners available as single-hose or dual-hose models.
Portable air conditioners bring all the benefits of air conditioning in a compact, easy-to-move unit that eliminates the need to commit to a more permanent setup. These portable units are preferred by people who need the convenience of swift cooling in the hot summer months.
But how do portable air conditioners work? Today I’ll look at the parts and internal mechanism of a portable air conditioner to help you.
Components Of Portable Air Conditioners
1. Fan
A portable air conditioner fan pulls hot air into the unit but you might need clarification on how this happens, as we're not generally used to fans working this way. To you, a fan's primary function is to blow air directly at you, whether it's a table fan or a ceiling fan.
But imagine standing behind a table fan. In this case, the blades pull the air away from your surroundings, blowing all of it in one direction. This is how a portable AC fan works, except it blows the air from outside the unit into it.
The fan blades are bent in a specific shape, making it scoop the air and push it forward to the other side. As this air is scooped away, it creates a vacuum, and the surrounding air rushes in to fill up the vacant space.
Now the rotating fan blades pull in this air again. And this mechanism continues at high speeds so that your portable AC units constantly pull in the hot indoor air from your space, and more air fills the gap it left behind. As it keeps replacing the indoor air with cold winds, the overall temperature lowers further and further in a steady flow.
2. Compressor
A portable air conditioner compressor consists of the following parts.
Refrigerant tank
Valve
Motor
Pump
The compressor applies pressure to the coolant to reduce its volume. Meanwhile, the motor pushes the refrigerant fluid through the input valve and into the pump, with the compressor motion or mechanism reducing the amount of space in the pump. This decreases the coolant size, making it release heat and grow cold.
You must have seen water increase in volume and spill over the sides of a vessel when you boil it. Thus, increasing its volume makes it grow hotter and it draws in more energy from the air.
Conversely, squeezing the coolant into a tiny space makes its molecules lose all their energy so they can exist close to each other without colliding frequently. Thus, it turns frigid and after cooling the refrigerant, the compressor uses more valves to pass it into the condenser coil.
3. Condenser Coil
Your portable air conditioner condenser coil is made of a highly conductive material, which can be copper or aluminum, with the latter being more corrosion-resistant. However, conductivity is necessary because it needs to transfer heat from your room's air to the refrigerant without wasting too much of it.
The hot air blown into your unit by the fan is now passed over the condenser coil, which contains the coolant from before. Following the laws of heat transfer, the air cools down while the refrigerant heats back up.
Apart from being conductive, the condenser needs to have a large enough surface area to cool more air faster. This helps the portable AC units cool your room more quickly and effectively to a greater extent with lesser electric power.
Also, cooling air makes the vapor turn back to water, which collects on your condenser coil. If too much of it is present on your coil, it can lead to clogging and rust. So, portable air conditioners usually have some mechanism to collect it in an internal bucket or drain it.
4. Refrigerant
The refrigerant is a fluid (gas or liquid) that helps your portable air conditioner cool the indoor air. It has to be a chemical that can cool the most with the least pressure because that makes an air conditioner more efficient. It also improves the durability of the portable air conditioners because there is less mechanical stress on the interiors when the compression is less.
A coolant must be designed for maximum energy loss with minimum compression. In the past, air conditioner manufacturers thought chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) would be the solution. However, research revealed that the free ions released by these CFCs destroyed our ozone layer and increased the risk of skin cancer. They were subsequently outlawed in the 1990s.
Since then, scientists have manufactured various new coolants that are up to the job. Hydrochlorofluorocarbons or freons are less harmful to the ozone layer but they still lead to global warming. Furthermore, the goal is to eliminate ozone depletion completely and not just reduce it a little, so HCFCs are rare in newer and improved portable air conditioner models.
Nowadays, most portable air conditioners use hydrofluorocarbons or hydrocarbons. HFCs lack chlorine, are more sustainable, and they are the most common refrigerant you'll find in the market. Hydrocarbon coolants are a recent development and are utterly free of fluorine, but they have the disadvantage of being completely organic and highly flammable.
Choose wisely, especially if you live in an area prone to deadly voltage fluctuations.
5. Exhaust Hose
As mentioned before, the refrigerant releases as much heat as it cools down. This heat needs to be drawn away from your room or it'll warm up the air again and negate any cooling from the air conditioner. This is where the exhaust hose prove useful.
You'll understand the setup of the hose while installing your portable air conditioner. Typically, it's a wide pipe with one end connected to the interiors of your unit, close to the compression chamber. You have to direct the other end of the pipe out of the room so that it leads to the exterior of your building and doesn't leak air back into your room.
Also, you should ensure that this pipe isn't near flammable objects and doesn't blow hot air into another living space. Basically, you have to treat it like a drain pipe that should only lead out of your home or office.
Tip
The exhaust pipe can act as an AC ventfor hot air but cannot channel the heat out on its own. To do this, your portable air conditioner allows the heat to warm up the air already inside the large hose. Then, a fan or valve forces the exhaust air to flow through the hose before getting ejected outside your house.
How Do Single-Hose Portable Air Conditioners Work?
A single-hose portable air conditioner has all the above mentioned components, including a single, large exhaust hose. This makes it simple to manufacture and install, saving time and money during the initial steps.
Naturally, this type of portable air conditioner is the most in demand. Single-hose portable air conditioners pull in the warm air from your room, cool it, and exhaust the heat and condensed water outside.
However, the appliance only pulls in your room air to deliver the necessary cooling. This creates a lack of air in your room and a difference in air pressure with the surroundings, which is known as negative pressure.
To stabilize the negative pressure again, hot air from outside or the other rooms will flow in through the cracks around your windows or under your doors. This has an overall reduced impact on the cooling.
Also, the exhaust hose tends to heat up as it pushes the hot air outside, which makes your room heat up further. Children or pets risk burns if they get too close to your portable unit.
There are ways to counter these issues and you can seal the unnecessary gaps in your doors and windows to prevent hot airflow. However, this will require you to turn off your AC and ventilate your room a few times daily so that you don't feel suffocated.
You can even cover the exhaust hose with high-quality insulating material to prevent overheating, so the excess heat will just flow outside.
How Do Dual Hose Portable Air Conditioners Work?
As the name implies, a dual-hose portable air conditioner has two pipes attached. One of them pulls in hot air from the outside and cools it using the compressor and condenser coil inside the unit. Then, this cold air blows into your room while the heat flows through the exhaust hose.
Dual-hose portable air conditioners are more complicated, and they cost more as a result. They are also more challenging to set up, and you might go through a learning curve at the start. The two large pipes make the portable air conditioners bulkier, and you'll find fewer spaces in your building where it can fit.
However, these disadvantages are overcome by the massive energy efficiency of dual hose units. Since they use hot outdoor air, they provide your room with a healthier circulation of fresh air and avoid creating negative pressure.
Even if it's sunny outside or the room next to yours is hot, the warm air won't seep into your space through cracks because your room isn't losing any of its indoor air.
Since your air conditioner has to cool less, it saves electricity, and you can cool a larger space with a model having a lower British Thermal Units (BTU) rating. This gives such units an advantage over a single-hose air conditioner.
Moreover, this leads to the exhaust hose having less heat to transfer, eliminating overheating problems. Your room has a consistent supply of oxygen-rich fresh air from outside, which prevents headaches and stuffiness to improves the indoor air quality.
When Should You Choose A Portable Air Conditioner?
Now that you know how a portable air conditioner works, you can be more decisive about whether to get a portable air conditioner and how to heat your space in winter. However, other factors may affect your decision, and below are certain scenarios that may or may not apply to you.
A portable air conditioner will be best for your home or office if you relate to any of these.
1. You're Renting Or Sharing Your Space
Suppose you're moving into a new university dorm room, signing a contract with a strict landlord, or renting a local office for your small business. In such cases, you'd need air conditioning in the summer, but installing a unit in the walls or windows might not be up to you.
Split units, especially, require you to make changes to the walls, like drilling holes or making space for the external unit. Additionally, window air conditioners need proper permission, which may be an unpleasant experience for some.
If this applies to you, a portable air conditioner might be your best option. The only installation it needs is a drain hose space, and you can just keep it on your room floor.
2. You Have A Strict Homeowners Association
Some communities have a strict HOA that puts a lot of restrictions on what you can do to your house. For example, some scenic or historic tourism communities prevent you from hanging visible windows or split units on the exterior of your home because they affect the neighborhood's aesthetics.
Also, some condo communities have strict rules about changing the walls or windows because the residents tend to be temporary, and the owners don't want permanent changes to the buildings. Thus, installing a large air conditioner will be a stressful process that can be avoided by simply using a portable air conditioner.
3. Your Windows Aren't Up To The Mark
The windows in old houses weren't built with air conditioners in mind, so they are of inconvenient sizes and shapes. Further, they might not be structurally strong enough to support the weight of your unit.
Also, the windows might sometimes be placed too high or too close to your neighbors' windows. This makes the installation complicated, and your neighbors might complain about the noises or heat from your window air conditioner.
However, a portable air conditioner is worth it for all these cases because it just needs an outlet from its hose(s). Pipes are easier to install, and you can direct them away from other people's homes.
4. Your Occupation Makes You Shift Frequently
If you have a transferable job or need to travel often and for long durations, a split or window air conditioner might just increase the hassle. You'll need to get it dismantled, carried to a new location, and reinstalled every time you shift locations.
By design, a portable air conditioner is good for travel and frequent shifts. It's built to be compact and easy to carry from place to place, while installation is a breeze. You'll also save money on technical assistance every time you move.
How To Keep Portable Air Conditioners Clean And Functional
Choosing and installing a portable air conditioner is simple and quick, but you must maintain it regularly. This will help it function efficiently and stay in good condition for a long time while saving on your power consumption.
Below are some tips to properly maintain your portable air conditioner.
1. Keep The Filters Clean
You must already be aware that air conditioners of all types require you to clean their filters regularly. It can be weekly, bimonthly, or monthly, depending on the instructions for your specific portable air conditioner model.
Usually, modern portable air conditioners make it easy for you to remove the filters. Then, just hold it under gently running water and let the dirt and debris wash away before keeping your filter out to dry in a windy area. It only takes a few minutes, but it's essential to ensure the filters are completely dry before you fix them back into portable air conditioners.
2. Maintain The Exterior
Over time, the outer coating of your air conditioner gathers dirty stains and water deposits due to regular use and handling. Removing these occasionally will make your portable unit more durable in the long run and keep it functioning at optimum capacity.
For this, mix mild soap with room-temperature water and gently wipe down your portable air conditioner. It's best not to use warm water because the exterior is usually plastic and might not react well to the heat.
After washing it with soap, wipe it with a clean washcloth to remove the remaining marks. You can perform this cleaning once a month or whenever you see dust build up on the portable air conditioners.
3. Drain The Water
Portable air conditioners collect condensed humidity from the air. If your portable AC unit has an internal tank to collect this moisture, you should drain it regularly so that it doesn't spill over and damage the rest of your portable AC unit.
The standing water will also give off an unpleasant smell if you leave it in for too long. But how often you need to drain this tank depends on the particular model and your usage.
After using a new portable air conditioner for a few weeks, you'll get the hang of the portable air conditioner maintenance and be able to predict when to drain it. Certain newer models have inbuilt functions, like an evaporator, that reduce the times you need to perform manual drainage.
4. Keep An Eye On The Condenser Coil
Condenser coils are prone to gathering rust because they're responsible for moisture condensation. Even if your portable AC unit has specific mechanisms to drain moisture from the humid air, some will remain on the metal coil and collect on it over time.
You should check the condenser coil regularly and ensure it's clean, so consult your user manual to know where to find the coil. If you see water or dust has collected on it, use a soft brush or cloth to wipe the coil when the portable AC unit is switched off and unplugged.
5. Keep The Hose Clean And Safe
The drain hose is one part of your portable air conditioner you may forget to clean, and a lot of dirt and moisture can potentially collect in this component. Further, the hoses are likely to be hot when they function, which might cause problems, like foul smell, if dirt collects in there and burns with the heat.
You'll need to remove and clean the pipes at least once a month. A mixture of equal parts water and vinegar is the best solution because you can run it through the hose and let it dissolve the dirt. Also, it removes both dry and greasy dirt, so you don't have to brush the internal surface.
But remember that hoses are at risk of physical damage, so handle them carefully when you move your portable AC unit. You can find a good shock-absorbing, heat-resistant cover for the pipes, so wrap them in it for extra safety. You also need to ensure that excessive heat doesn't damage the material of the hose.
6. Insulate Your Space
If your room or office isn't properly insulated, your portable air conditioning units will constantly fight the outside heat and the hot air that seeps in. This will lead to higher monthly bills and reduce the lifespan of your unit by making it work overtime.
Seal all the air gaps between your room and its exteriors. If your doors have significant gaps that are difficult to close permanently, you can just add newspapers or bedsheets under them when the portable AC is running.
Also, get thick, insulating curtains and shades for your windows in the scorching summers. This will help your portable air conditioning units function at their maximum efficiency.
Final Thoughts
Portable air conditioning units use a fan and a coolant to draw in hot air, cool it, and then fill your space with cool air to achieve the desired temperature. Moreover, a portable AC is easy to install, detach, and carry from place to place.
But the unique design of portable AC units also lends them some disadvantages, like higher noise levels and proneness to overheating. Thus, you should only opt for such units if you're ready to overcome the cons and believe they won't bother you.
Overall, the design of portable AC units prioritizes ease of use and quick cooling. You can have efficient and convenient cooling anywhere and anytime with proper care and maintenance of your portable AC.
A BTU calculator helps calculate the temperature requirements of a room, allowing you to choose the right heating or cooling system. Several factors, including room size, ceiling height, type of room, and the number of people, affect BTU requirements.
British Thermal Unit, or BTU, is a measurement of heat that is used to classify an appliance's heating or cooling capacity. It is extensively used in the United States and the United Kingdom as a basic unit of measurement. A BTU calculator for air conditioners helps determine how much heat the AC unit can remove from a space.
AC BTU Calculator
AC BTU Calculator
Heating BTU Calculator
Heating BTU Calculator
What Is BTU?
British Thermal Unit (BTU) is a unit of energy measured as the heat required to heat one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit. 1 British Thermal Unit equals 252 calories, 1,055 joules, 0.293-watt hours, or the energy released by a burning match.
In other words, 1 watt is equal to 3,412 BTU per hour. This is important because knowing the British Thermal Unit value helps compare different fuels. But you might wonder how it is possible to relate BTU with fuel because these are physical objects quantified by barrels or volume.
However, I found that you can convert fuels to BTU based on the heat content or energy in each barrel. And given that all fuels are a source of energy due to their intrinsic properties, it’s much better to use BTU than a physical quantity. For instance, you can compare oil and natural gas better using British Thermal Units.
Another important application of BTU is the measure of the electrical energy generated by electrical appliances like air conditioners. If an air conditioning unit has a higher BTU, its cooling capacity will also be higher.
You should note that for air conditioners, BTU refers to the amount of heat an air conditioner can remove from the room.
What Is A BTU Calculator?
A BTU calculator helps determine the cooling needs of a room or house. So, this calculator will help you choose the right window air conditioner or central air conditioner needed for your home.
You must input the various values into a BTU calculator, including:
Size
Ceiling height of the room
Type of room
Number of people occupying the room
Sun exposure
Insulation condition
Climate
What Is The Purpose Of A BTU Calculator?
The basic purpose of a BTU calculator is to help you choose the right size air conditioner by determining the BTUs needed to cool or heat a room. You can calculate the desired temperature change by determining the increase/decrease from the outdoor temperature to achieve the necessary indoor temperature.
For instance, a home in Boston can experience temperatures as low as -5 degrees Fahrenheit in winter. To survive such harsh conditioners, you can use a heater BTU calculator to find a rough estimate for keeping your home warm. In most instances, indoor temperatures should be 75 degrees Fahrenheit, which means an overall increase of 80 degrees Fahrenheit.
What Are The Factors That Affect BTU?
In this section, I have shortlisted many factors that affect the results of a heater or air conditioner BTU calculator.
1. Insulation Condition
When objects are in a state of radiative influence of thermal contact, it may lead to lower heat transfer, known as thermal insulation. If you remember middle school science, heat always flows from a warmer to a cooler region until there’s no temperature difference between these areas.
Keeping in mind this principle, BTU requirements will be lower when heat loss is less, owing to proper insulation. Thanks to stricter building codes and state-of-the-art technology, modern homes have better insulation, while old homes suffer from poor insulation.
But that doesn’t mean you have to switch homes, as it’s possible to upgrade the insulation of the whole house and lower energy consumption. Most importantly, it increases the valuation of the entire house.
Note that every material has an R-value, which is the thermal resistance of the material to heat flow. How much heat transfer occurs in a material depends on the R-value; a higher value guarantees greater heat resistance.
So, when choosing insulation material for your home, opt for products with a higher R-value, even though they cost more because they will result in less energy transfer.
To determine how many BTUs you need, input a general value in the “insulation condition” field - good, bad, or average. Rooms with many windows have poor insulation because walls have a higher thermal resistance. So, you can install a double-glazed window to prevent heat loss.
2. Ceiling Height And Size
A larger room will require more BTUs to cool or heat compared to a smaller room. To calculate the BTU usage and the subsequent air conditioner size, simply figure out the volume of the space.
Based on the room size, this chart highlights the BTU range corresponding to the area (square feet) to help you choose what size heater or air conditioner you need.
Area (square feet) to be cooled
Capacity (BTUs per hour) needed
100-150
5,000
150-250
6,000
250-300
7,000
300-350
8,000
350-400
9,000
400-450
10,000
450-550
12,000
550-700
14,000
700-1,000
18,000
1,000-1,200
21,000
1,200-1,400
23,000
1,400-1,500
24,000
1,500-2,000
30,000
2,000-2,500
34,000
3. Desired Temperature
To enter the desired temperature increase /decrease into the calculator, find the difference between the target and outdoor temperatures. For me, a comfortable temperature range is between 70 and 80 degrees Fahrenheit.
Let me explain this further with an example. Winter temperatures in Atlanta can fall to 30 degrees Fahrenheit but on average, the mercury hovers around 45 degrees Fahrenheit. If you want to achieve a desired temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit, the required increase in temperature would be 75 - 30 = 45 degrees Fahrenheit.
BTU usage will be higher when homes are situated in areas with higher temperature fluctuations. So, you will need a unit with a higher BTU rating for heating or cooling a home in Alaska than a house in Honolulu.
Additional Points To Remember
Other factors that determine the BTUs needed for heating or cooling a single room or the entire house include:
1. Location Of The Cooling System Condenser
The position of the current air conditioner condenser is critical, and you should place it in a shady area, preferably toward the east or northern side of the house. When a condenser is exposed to direct sunlight, it works harder and uses more BTUs to efficiently cool a room because the surrounding air temperature is higher.
Moreover, placing the condenser in a shady area increases the lifespan of the unit, along with reducing the energy needed to cool a room. You can try planting shady trees surrounding the condenser, but that might hamper the airflow. In some cases, trees present in the vicinity choke the condenser and block airflow into the unit.
2. Ceiling Fan
Ceiling fans increase efficiency and make your home comfortable by improving air circulation and lowering BTU usage. Every room has areas with less airflow, known as dead spots, like a bathroom with no vent, the back of the couch, the back corner of the room, and the laundry room.
If the thermostats are placed in dead spots, you won’t have a comfortable temperature in the space. But using ceiling fans ensures the temperature is evenly distributed across a room.
3. Number Of People
The number of people in a room determines how much the AC needs to work to lower indoor temperatures. Since every individual dissipates body heat into the surrounding area, you will have to use a unit with more BTUs lower the temperature. On the flip side, you will need fewer BTUs to warm the room.
4. Air Conditioner Size
The air conditioner size is crucial for cooling a room or the entire home just as you want. If the air conditioning unit is too big, your home will cool rapidly, and the unit won’t run many of the intended cycles. Hence, this will reduce the longevity of the air conditioner.
But when you use a small air conditioner compared to the room size, it will run throughout the day. So, use an AC BTU calculator to choose the right size air conditioner.
5. Shape Of Your Home
A narrow house with more walls will face more heat loss than a square house with the same square foot area. So, it would help if you choose an air conditioner or heater depending on the shape of your home.
6. AC Unit Lifespan
When an air conditioning unit is nearing the end of its lifespan, efficiency will naturally go down. The lifespan of an air conditioner depends on several factors, including your property’s location, usage, maintenance, etc.
Moreover, when the amount of refrigerant in the unit is running low, an air conditioner might operate at 50% less capacity.
Relationship Between BTU and kW
As I have mentioned earlier, BTU/hr is used only in the US and UK. Other countries in Europe and around the world use kW to measure the cooling power of an air conditioner.
Kilowatt is a measure of the energy that an appliance consumes at any given time. In heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, Kilowatt measures the amount of heat the appliance gives out. For your mini split or window air conditioner, Kilowatt measures the cooling potential of the unit in an hour.
Note
I must add here that Kilowatt is actually a derivative of the watt, which is the standard unit of power as per the International System of Units (SI System). Thus, one Kilowatt is equal to 1,000 watts.
BTU to kW Air Conditioning Calculator
1 kWh is equal to 3412.14 BTU per hour, which is a figure you derive by entering the kWh value into the BTU calculator. Alternatively, one BTU is approximately equal to 0.00029307107 kWh. You can easily get the conversion of BTU to kW by multiplying your AC's BTU rating by this number, or by using our BTU to kW conversion calculator.
Tip
While you are trying to make these conversions, it is best to use a calculator. In fact, a calculator comes in handy when you are trying to understand the various aspects of your air conditioning unit.
For instance, the electrical current used by your HVAC system can be determined using a watt-to-amps calculator. Similarly, you can get a better understanding of the energy efficiency of your appliance by using a calculator for converting betweenEER and COP numbers.
Although you might ignore it, the color of the roof is crucial to keep your home cool or warm. A dark-colored roof will absorb more radiant energy than a light-colored surface. Plus, you must keep the roof clean because even a dirty, white roof is less effective than a cleaner surface.
Moreover, sun exposure, climate, and available insulation play a crucial role in determining the cooling capacity or heat output of the model. With a BTU calculator, you can also find out whether a mini-split AC would suffice or if you need a high-capacity air conditioning unit.
So, punch in the numbers and leave the rest to the calculator to use the right air conditioner!
The Goodman GSX140361 air conditioner can be the best option for people looking for an efficient central air conditioning unit on a budget. However, you can also consider the Lennox SL28XVC for its high SEER rating or the Goodman 3 Ton GPC1436H41 air conditioner if you need to cool down a large space.
A central air conditioner can be the much-needed update to make your residential or commercial space all the more comfortable and convenient to be at. However, choosing the right one can foil your plan of getting one.
That’s why I am here to help you by reviewing the top 9 options so that you can make a well-informed decision. From single-speed units to variable compressor units and the best HVAC systems- I have it all! So, grab a cup of coffee and dive in!
Due to Federal Guidelines this unit can NOT be sold in the...
What I like
Durable exterior
High-quality motor
True HEPA filter complaint
10-year warranty on installed parts
What I don't like
May not be very energy-efficient
Heavy
Goodman air conditioners are known to be some of the most budget-friendly central air conditioners on the market, and this unit is another example of that. With a SEER (Seasonal Energy-Efficiency Ratio) rating of 14, it’s equipped with 36,000 BTU of cooling power, meaning it can facilitate sufficient cooling for medium to small-sized spaces. And it’s powered by a high-quality single-stage compressor that’s equipped with an aluminum coil to prevent leaks and corrosion.
Being a single-stage central air conditioner, it will run at full power at all times, which may make it a little less desirable for people looking for something more energy-efficient. However, despite its “full power” operation, the 73 dB noise output comes across as reasonable.
Another thing I should mention about this unit is its compliance with True HEPA filters for clean air emission. Moreover, it has a factory-equipped filter drier for ease of maintenance. As for durability, the solid steel exterior promises to last for years to come, and the 10-year warranty on the installed parts provides extra peace of mind to users.
The compact design of this central air conditioning system makes it suitable for placement in small places and corners without taking up much space. But weighing just a little under 200 pounds, it may not be the most portable option out there.
SEER Rating: 14 | Speed: Non-variable | Total cooling capacity: 3-ton | Maximum sound output: 73 dB
Variable air compressor for optimum temperature control
Automatic response to changing air quality
What I don't like
Very expensive
The Lennox SL28XVC is a highly energy-efficient system that can help save money on your utility bill, thanks to its 28 SEER rating. It’s part of the brand’s Ultimate Comfort System line, which is said to combine Lennox’s best features. Although it’s among the premium units out there, savings on power bills, in the long run, can well make up for the upfront cost.
The first thing to note about this air conditioning system is the variable-speed compressor that gives you optimum control over the thermostat.
Moreover, it’s compatible with the brand’s ultra-smart thermostat to facilitate ease of operation from any corner of your home or office. Likewise, you can pair with other devices from the Comfort System line, such as the air purifier or air handler, to name a few.
Its sound output is even lower than that of the Goodman ac unit, measuring only a little over 50 dB. And the major reason behind its low sound output is the use of effective sound-dampening elements.
Aside from that, the system is equipped to automatically detect changes in the air quality and pollen level so that there’s no compromise on cool air emission. The unit also has the brand’s signature aluminum alloy quantum coil, which can protect it from harsh weather conditions as well as the wear and tear of daily use.
SEER Rating: Up to 28 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 3-ton | Maximum sound output: 59 dB
As I have mentioned before, Goodman is one of the best air conditioner brands for people on a budget. Hence, I had to include another model, this time a 3-ton model. With an adequate SEER rating of 14, this unit is equipped with a cooling power of 36,000 BTU, which can easily cool large rooms and spaces. Not only that, but it also uses a special R401 A refrigerant for optimal cooling.
At the heart of this unit lies an energy-efficient compressor with internal valve relief, in addition to a PSC blower motor. So, despite lacking variable fan speeds, you can rely on it to get the job done without much fuss. Besides, the quiet horizontal discharge won’t strain your eardrums, making it a good option for workspaces as well.
However, I should mention that it’s not among the most compact central air conditioners. Hence, you will have to carve out sufficient space to install it, and it may not be your go-to unit if you’re specifically looking for a unit to fit smaller spaces.
Although it’s not an HVAC system, you don’t have to worry about its maintenance, especially during the winters when the unit won’t be in use. The brand also claims that you don’t need to cover it during the winter, which is one job less to do!
SEER Rating: 14 | Speed: Non-variable | Total cooling capacity: 3-ton | Maximum sound output: 78 dB
Carrier is another popular name that cannot be ignored when talking about efficient central air conditioners. As such, my next pick is what the brand claims to be its “most advanced” model. With a high SEER rating of 26, this premium energy-star-rated energy-efficient unit aims to save hundreds of dollars on your electric bill. Moreover, the quiet operation keeps noise levels at a minimum.
Coming to the internal mechanism, this unit is powered by the brand’s Greenspeed Intelligence technology that combines adaptable speed with an infinity control system. Simply put, this mechanism enables the central AC unit to facilitate reinforced cooling with precise temperature control and fewer temperature fluctuations. Plus, it can remove more moisture from the indoor air compared to most standard central air conditioning units.
Unlike its predecessor, this unit has a variable-speed compressor, which adjusts the output according to the cooling needs of the space. It can gradually adjust the programmable thermostat with gradual increments between 25% and 100%, providing only the necessary cooling.
As a result, the AC can function for longer with unhindered stability and temperature control for years to come. Carrier also offers a 10-year limited warranty on the AC parts and a 10-year limited replacement warranty.
SEER Rating: Up to 26 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 2 to 5-ton | Maximum sound output: 51 dB
If you’re on the hunt for a variable-speed air conditioner that can help reduce energy consumption while ensuring clean indoor air, then this Trane model may be the one for you. Upon further testing, I found that this feature can be credited to the Trane CleanEffects component, which makes the unit capable of filtering dust and other contaminants from the air.
Apart from that, the TrueComfort variable-speed technology makes this central AC automatic in the sense that it can continuously adjust the operational speed. Hence, you can always get the cooling you need without experiencing sudden fluctuations, which also contributes to the overall power efficiency.
On that note, I should mention that Traven XV20i has a SEER rating of about 22, and the maximum sound output you can expect is about 75-decibel. So, it may not be the best option for your home office, toddler’s room, or any other space that needs to be quiet.
Traven has been a reliable central air conditioner brand for decades, and as such, it does the needful to ensure optimum peace of mind for buyers. That’s why all the parts used in this unit have been tested to confirm long-lasting performance.
SEER Rating: Up to 21.5 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 4-ton | Maximum sound output: 75 dB
Another budget-friendly model that cropped up during my research was the Rheem RA20 variable-speed model. This 4-ton unit can be operated at up to 20.5 SEER rating for adequate energy-efficiency. Moreover, it’s equipped with multiple modern technologies that make operating it a breeze.
For one, the Copeland Scroll variable-speed compressor runs on a modulating technology to offer better temperature and humidity control indoors. In fact, its overdrive feature supports a cooling load of up to 107 degrees so that you can counter the heat in most situations. However, it may be worth noting that this AC may not be suitable if you’re seeking seamless cooling in very high temperatures.
Talking about the noise output, the composite base pan, in tandem with the optimized fan opening, helps dampen the sound. However, I found it to still be quite loud for my liking, and I think a lot of users will agree with me on that!
The exterior has a powder-coated finish, which makes sense, considering it’s an outdoor unit. And the condenser coil can be easily accessed for easy maintenance. Last but not least, the brand offers a primary warranty of 10 years.
SEER Rating: Up to 20.5 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 4-ton | Maximum sound output: 76 dB
This 4 to 5-ton universal central heat pump split AC is one of the most popular products from the brand, and as such, finds a mention on my list today. It’s essentially an HVAC system that can be easily installed in most places, especially with the services of a qualified HVAC contractor.
What makes this possible is its compatibility with the no-vac quick connect line setup, which can reduce the installation time and effort. In hindsight, it eliminates the need for cutting, brazing or charging. But you can also opt for the usual installation.
Operation-wise, one of the first things I should mention is the variable-speed DC inverter (housed inside the compressor) that makes it versatile. This means that the unit can operate as a 4-ton or 5-ton AC, depending on the cooling needs of the space, to maximize efficiency.
Not only that, but it can also perform under extreme temperatures, rendering optimal cooling and heating as required. Although the 18 SEER rating may not be as high as some of its peers, it’s decently satisfactory considering it’s an HVAC unit.
SEER Rating: 18 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 4 to 5-ton | Maximum sound output: 55 dB
Speaking of HVAC systems, there’s one more unit I didn’t want to miss out on. The Amana ASXC18 features a two-stage scroll compressor and has a SEER rating of 19. But its highlight is the ComfortBridge technology, which ensures consistent performance in all weather conditions. This technology could initially be found in only select thermostats, but the brand has now installed this technology in all its heating and cooling devices.
Performance-wise, the two-stage compressor and dual-speed condenser fan motor combine energy-efficiency with uniform cooling. That’s why many users prefer installing it in large spaces measuring up to 2,800 square ft. Moreover, remote management through Wi-Fi connectivity and the brand’s CoolCloud application adds to user convenience.
It may be helpful to know that despite having a tower AC-like appearance, it isn’t the most compact unit out there, especially in terms of width. However, the durable body with a heavy-gauge galvanized steel enclosure has a special sound-control top design that reduces its sound output significantly.
SEER Rating: 18 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 4 to 5-ton | Maximum sound output: 51 dB
Daikin is one of the most reliable HVAC brands, and its DX20VC central AC can be considered a testimony of this reputation. With a high SEER rating of 24.5, it has a variable-speed compressor with a high-efficiency fan motor, much like its predecessor. As such, this unit can operate in the 2 to 5-ton range, making it quite versatile for different cooling needs.
Aside from that, it’s integrated with the brand’s property intelligence system, which monitors the unit throughout to “check and fix” problem areas. In other words, the unit can automatically troubleshoot itself to ensure consistent operation. At the same time, the durable copper tubing and aluminum fin condenser coil help minimize damages from regular use.
The brand also offers a 12-year limited warranty for the parts and the same for a complete unit replacement, so you can contact the brand in case of issues.
Furthermore, the smart thermostat technology enables two-way communication for precise and convenient temperature control. It’s also compatible with other Daikin HVAC systems, thereby enabling a brand ecosystem at home or office.
SEER Rating: 24.5 | Speed: Variable | Total cooling capacity: 2 to 5 ton | Maximum sound output: 70 dB
If you’re still confused about which unit to choose, I have something that may just help you make the right decision. Read on for an extensive buyer’s guide that will help you understand the key factors to keep in mind for making a worthy decision.
1. Type Of AC
When it comes to central air conditioners, there are two categories to choose from: split and packaged.
Split AC models are the commonly used type for residential and office spaces alike, comprising an outdoor component called the condenser. The refrigerant is carried back and forth from the condenser to the indoor unit (or indoor coil inside the air handler) using a line set. And this air handler can well be the furnace of the space.
Packaged central air conditioning units, on the other hand, are single outdoor unitscontaining the cooling component and the air handler. Such models are connected to the main ductwork of the space and are generally easier to install than split systems.
A common perception is that packaged units aren’t as efficient or long-lasting as their split counterparts. However, with improvements in technology and manufacturing practices, you can get packaged models with high SEER ratings just as easily.
You can also opt for a mini-split system, which can be installed without any ductworkand come in multi and single-zone models. These are typically recommended when there’s a sudden need for centralized cooling, but installing ductwork isn’t feasible. Moreover, these ACs are compatible with AC-specific and mini-split heat pumps.
2. BTU Rating
The BTU (British Thermal Units) rating of a central air conditioning unit is a direct representation of how much space (measured in square footage) it can cool effectively.
So, the more the BTU rating, the more area the AC can cool down without taking your electric bills through the roof. However, it won’t hurt to look for energy-efficiency features, especially an energy-efficient compressor or motor.
If you’re renovating your home or constructing a new home, I’d suggest taking special care to ensure proper insulation in areas like the attic, windows, and doors. This way, you can save money by choosing a lower BTU-rated unit.
3. Energy-Efficiency Rating
There’s no rocket science here- no matter how much or little you plan to spend on central air conditioning, you’d always want a unit that ensures optimal energy efficiency. And the best way to gauge the efficacy of your preferred model is to look at its SEER ratio.
Ideally, you should opt for a unit that has a SEER rating between 14 and 26. Anything less than 14 will be of no use if you want to save considerably on your power bills. But keep in mind that central ACs with high SEER ratings may cost more upfront, so plan your budget accordingly.
4. Single Vs Variable-speed
As you may have already figured out by now, central AC compressors are either single-speed or variable-speed. While single-speed ACs run at one only power level, variable-speed units can run at different speeds according to the required cooling. As such, these units may help you save more power.
That said, single-speed central air conditioning units equipped with proper energy-efficient properties can also lessen your energy consumption in the long run.
5. Programmable Thermostats
Programmable thermostats allow precise temperature control, and you can even set the cooling times for automatic switch-off. Furthermore, some ACs may facilitate remote control operation for easy temperature change and switch on/off from any corner of the house. Some units may be equipped with Wi-Fi-enabled remotes for reinforced convenience.
6. Buying Season
It’s no secret that central air conditioners cost more than the average electrical appliances in a standard home or office. Hence, you’d want to get the best deal to save money on the upfront price. That’s why I’d suggest purchasing central air conditioning units during the off-season, i.e., during the winter, spring, or fall, when prices are likely to be low.
7. Humidity Control
If you live in a high-humidity area (like Florida), it’d be a smart idea to invest in a model like the Carrier one, which can eliminate a significant amount of moisture from the indoor air.
Otherwise, prolonged exposure to high humidity can damage the internal parts of the unit, especially the metal ones. And these damages may not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, ultimately requiring hundreds or even thousands of dollars for repairs or replacements.
8. Brand Reputation
Finally, consider the brand reputation before purchasing a central AC. Look at the reviews, especially the ones about customer service, to understand if you’ll receive a prompt response in case of emergencies. From what I have seen, even budget brands like Goodman can provide you with reliable and fast customer service.
Central AC FAQs
How to ensure the best location for installing a central AC?
Firstly, make sure that the indoor unit is placed near a dedicated electrical outlet, so it can be wired into the circuit properly, and the circuit can handle the extra load. Moreover, it should be installed in a central location, like your basement or utility room, close to the ductwork.
As for the outdoor unit, it should be placed in a shaded area if possible to prevent overheating. As a rule of thumb, keep it at least 2 feet away from any obstruction (like walls) and install it on a flat surface.
Do central air conditioners come with an air-purifying function?
Some air conditioners may purify the air slightly, especially if they’re equipped with certain air filters like HEPA. However, this isn’t among the primary features of a central air conditioner, as its main job is cooling the air indoors. So, if air purification (along with air conditioning) is on your mind, it’s better to go for good-quality air purifiers.
However, it’s important to clean the filters to prevent dirt and debris from accumulating and spreading all across the room.
How to clean the air filters of your central air-con?
Start by switching off the power to the unit and gently remove the filter. Then, use a vacuum cleaner on the lowest setting to remove any solid debris from the filter. As an additional step, you can wash the filter soap and water or cleaning solution by gently scrubbing it with a soft toothbrush.
Once the filter is dry, place it back on the unit. And remember to follow the manufacturer’s instructions if you plan to use a cleaning solution.
Do all central ACs have a heat exchanger?
Yes, all central ACs have heat exchangers located in the outdoor compressor, which consists of refrigerant-filled coils. As the warm indoor air passes over these coils, the refrigerant traps the heat to cool down the air, which is then distributed in the room.
Meanwhile, the trapped heat travels to the outdoor unit and is released, which is why outdoor compressors release hot air.
What Are The Factors That Affect The Cost Of Installation Of A Central AC?
Apart from the brand, size, type, and energy efficiency of your preferred central air-con, many important factors can affect its cost, like:
Ductwork- ducted air conditioners typically cost more than the ductless models, as you have to bear the extra cost of installing the ductwork
Labor charges- additional steps (like installing ductwork) or cutting walls to make space for the unit or the compressor will cost more
Installation service- the best HVAC technicians usually charge more due to the quality of services provided
Final Verdict
For me, it’s the Goodman Air Conditioner that takes the first place on the podium. But if you’re looking for a variable-speed unit and budget isn’t an issue, then you may well consider the Lennox.
And before wrapping up, here’s a final tip- don’t try to install central air conditioning units on your own, as the process requires professional expertise. Even if you have the tools to install one, remember that even the slightest mistake can nullify the manufacturer’s warranty. So, it’s better to pay for installation costs instead of getting stuck with a damaged unit.
With that, I will now sign off. Keep a watch on this space for more such reads. Until next time, stay cool, and goodbye!
The most effective technique for reducing noise is to install an extra layer of acoustic drywall with an acoustic membrane between drywall layers and seal any openings with acoustic sealant. Other popular techniques include resilient channels, blown-in insulation, or covering the walls with soundproof blankets and curtains. All of these options can be used to reduce noise in both new and existing walls but do note that using simple sound absorbers is not enough, as they can’t stop sound waves entirely.
Living amidst noises, albeit a reality, can be inconvenient on more than one occasion. After all, you wouldn’t want to be bothered by unwanted sounds like that of nearby constructions or vehicles honking while watching your favorite TV show or working from home.
The good news is that you can employ different techniques to soundproof a wall, no matter if it’s old or new. Dive in to know how!
Learn How To Soundproof Walls
Why Should You Consider Soundproofing Walls?
Constant exposure to loud noise causes more than ear damage, annoyance, or lack of concentration. According to research, prolonged exposure to loud sounds can increase the risk of developing cardiovascular issues and high cholesterol.
Not only that, but it can also contribute to mental health problems such as depression, anxiety, and stress in adults and children alike. And this problem is especially prevalent in houses or apartments with thin walls that can’t block sounds; rather commonplace in cities today.
Hence, residential and commercial property owners are taking active steps to soundproof existing walls as well as build soundproofing walls.
Types Of Noises In Your Home
Broadly speaking, there are two types of noises in a general household- airborne sound and structure-borne sound.
As the name suggests, airborne sounds refer to sound waves transmitted by the air to reach your areas. Common examples of airborne noise include the sound of people talking or a TV playing in an adjacent room.
Structure-borne noises, on the other hand, result from objects hitting a surface to produce vibration, and these vibrations get transmitted via other surfaces in your home to reach your ears. For example, if you live in a multi-story building and hear the footsteps of a person walking above you, you’re hearing sound vibrations or structure-borne sounds.
In either case, you can deaden sounds or make the room soundproof with two noise-controlling strategies:
A. Absorption
This technique typically employs installing foam and acoustic foam panels on walls, among other things, for sound absorption. It’s usually used to lower sound levels in a room, and will absorb some amount of sound within the room itself. But it’ll not do much to stop transference of sound waves outside the room.
B. Reduction
Oftentimes, sound holes or gaps in the walls between rooms facilitate sound transmission. You may also find air gaps in other areas of the rooms, such as near the electrical outlets, switch boxes, light fixtures, or around the door frames and windows that cause sound leakage.
In such cases, you can use acoustical caulk or a sealant like green glue (not ordinary wall putty) to fill the gaps and solve the problem. The best use of these is behind sockets in walls. An alternative would be to use weatherproofing strips, especially around any door or window, to block sound while increasing the energy efficiency of the room by means of thermal insulation. After all, saving on power bills never hurts anyone!
How To Soundproof An Existing Wall
It’s possible to create a soundproof wall and block unwanted noise without performing any invasive procedures. Some of the most popular non-invasive soundproofing methods include:
1. Hanging Acoustic Panels And Soundproof Curtains
As mentioned above, acoustic panels can help absorb sounds, but they don’t guarantee stopping sounds entirely.
Generally, acoustic panels are made of timber, and these have a layer of mineral wool insulation behind the wood, which works to absorb sound. Besides, you don’t have to worry about these panels spoiling the look of your room, as they come wrapped in decorative fabrics. You may also find acoustic panel wall art pieces that will get the job done while enhancing the interior décor like nothing else.
Alternatively, you can opt for acoustic curtains for soundproofing both windows and walls, as these will help absorb the sound. Remember that the thicker the material and folds on the curtain, the more will be its sound-absorbing capacity.
Well, before anything, let me tell you that by increasing wall mass, I’m not asking you to rebuild a wall! You can soundproof a wall by simply adding a structure to it, such as a cabinet, preferably extending from the ceiling to the floor.
This noise control method can work extremely well for thin walls that facilitate sound transfer between adjacent rooms. Aside from that, consider adding a soundproof drywall made from viscoelastic polymer and gypsum to reduce noise. Or, you can add one or more layers to an existing drywall.
Although standard drywall isn’t as effective as soundproofing drywall, it’s cheaper than the latter. Hence, many people prefer installing multiple layers of the same to block out noise.
You can even install more soundproofing materials, especially something like mass-loaded vinyl (MLV), on any interior wall to reduce sound transfer. This is a popular method used to soundproof shared walls between cubicles or similar structures. Likewise, adding MLVlto the additional layers of drywall can aid in the noise reductionof interior walls.
I’ll talk about installing MLVs on walls in a later section.
Another easy DIY wall soundproofing method involves painting the walls of your room with soundproofing paint. Such paints are generally thicker than the standard wall paints on the market, which make them a suitable sound barrier for blocking out low-frequency noises.
However, you may need to pair this technique with some other method in case there’s more noise.
4. Using White Noise Machines
Now, white noise machines don’t work directly to minimize or block noise transfer, but they make you less sensitive to changing sound frequencies. Simply put, these machines emit “white noise,” or all human-audible sound frequencies ranging between 20 to 20,000 hertz and “mask” unwanted sounds.
Each frequency is distributed equally for sound masking purposes, meaning you won’t hear any more sound entering the room. White noise machines can also help you fall asleep quickly in a noisy room or environment.
Do note that when it comes to soundproofing existing walls, this is just scratching the surface. If you really want to know more about the topic, please read my detailed guide on how tosoundproof existing walls.
How To Install MLV?
As promised, let me now take you through the process of installing mass-loaded vinyl on existing walls. You will need the following materials:
Mass-loaded vinyl rolls
Pencil or chalk
Ruler or measuring tape
Roofing nails or fasteners
Utility knife
Start by detecting the location of the noise leak and mark the wall studs (the columns in the frame to which the wall is attached) in that area with a pencil or chalk. Make sure you mark a perimeter (in any shape) covering the location of the noise leak. Now, measure this area and note down the measurements.
Lay the MLV roll on a flat surface and draw an outline with the measurements taken earlier. Using a utility knife, carefully cut out the material and keep it aside.
For the next step, you’d need someone to help you out. Ask the person to place one end of the vinyl on the stud and secure it with a roofing nail (fastener). From here, hold the vinyl so that it maintains a straight edge and secure it with more roofing nails. Do this for all sides. I’d also suggest sealing the edges with barrier tape to prevent the vinyl from coming off.
Tip
If you end up covering any power outlets or electrical boxes during the process, simply cut the vinyl to expose the fixture behind. You can use an acoustical sealant near the perimeter of these fixtures so that the vinyl doesn’t come off from that area.
How To Stop Sound From Echoing In A Room?
Sometimes, the reason for a noisy room is not faulty wall construction but the echo within the space that can amplify even the slightest noise into a loud sound. This is primarily caused by the absence of adequate objects to absorb or reduce sound. As a result, the sound keeps reverting or bouncing off the walls before it eventually dies down.
In such cases, the best thing to do is introduce more furnishings like a thick carpet and curtains and furniture pieces to the room and place them near the walls. Remember that although this step may not prevent the entry of exterior noises into the room, it can dampen the reverberations to make the room quieter.
If you’re building or renovating your home, it’s the perfect opportunity for you to soundproof the walls from within using decoupling and sound absorption techniques. Although this is a job best left to the professionals, it may still be helpful to have a general idea about these procedures.
1. Decoupling
Simply put, decoupling is the process of separating two walls to restrict the transmission of sound vibrations between them. And this can be achieved by framing the studs in 3 different ways.
A. Double Studs
Double studs involve the construction of two stud frames with some gap between them and attaching drywall to the exterior of either side of the frame. But keep in mind that such a construction will take up extra space and may not be suitable for smaller rooms.
B. Staggered Studs
Builders typically install a wide sill plate at the bottom of the wall to be soundproofed and follow it up by placing narrow studs. While one stud is attached to the right end of the plate, the other one is attached to the left so that there’s some space between them. This way, each stud will be attached to one drywall sheet without reaching the other side.
C. Resilient Channels
A resilient channel is a flexible attachment that can expand to absorb any sound vibration or noise coming through thin walls, existing sheetrock, or new layers of drywall sheets. Resilient channels are compatible with any standard stud framing (construction)- builders generally attach them to one side of the frame, which also makes for a compact structure.
2. Sound Absorption
Insulated rolls and slabs made of minerals or molten rock (or a combination of both) can be installed between studs for effective sound reduction. Another method would be to install standard fiberglass slabs or panels on the stud frame.
A pro tip
keep an eye on the sound transmission class (STC) rating of the sound insulationmaterial you plan to use. STC rating is measured in decibels, and it’s used to gauge the efficacy of the material in minimizing unwanted noise transfer.
For instance, a soundproof wall with an STC rating of 20 dB will facilitate the transfer of even low noises, meaning you may hear someone speaking softly in the next room. However, a soundproofed wall with an STC rating of 60 dB or more can effectively stop noise transfer. Long story short, the more the STC rating, the better the wall soundproofing will be.
How To Soundproof Walls Conclusion
Many factors, such as your budget, the urgency of the situation, the sound quality, and the time you can spare, will determine the right way for you to soundproof walls.
For example, adding furniture or acoustical panels to the wall can be a quick, effective, and budget-friendly solution if you’re bothered by low-frequency noises. However, you may need to rebuild the wall or install a soundproofing drywall if you’re constantly exposed to loud noises.
I’d suggest contacting a professional soundproofing service to locate the exact spot and causes of the sound leak and taking the right steps toward implementing effective wall soundproofing methods.
For any art lover, a pack of good-quality art supplies is a must to ensure they’re able to express their ideas just the way they want.
However, choosing a gift for them requires more than just picking some colored pencils or paintbrushes. In fact, zeroing in on a good product can be challenging, given that there are a plethora of art supplies out there. Plus, there are loads of brands to choose from, so figuring out a reliable one only adds to the confusion.
That’s why we’re here to help you out. In this guide, we’ve reviewed the ten best art supplies from Derwent. This century-old brand is trusted worldwide for its varied range of quality art supplies, so it has something for every art lover out there. As a bonus, we’ve included a buyer’s guide to help you make a well-informed decision.
For a seasoned artist who loves to create detailed sketches of professional standard, this gift set is no less than a match made in heaven! It can help them draw portraits and recreate landscapes with the ultimate precision and would provide a significant boost to their creativity.
STURDY PRECISION – With a hexagonal barrel, you gain...
BROAD RANGE – Choose the pencil that works for you....
Why Did We Like It?
First and foremost, each pencil in the set comes in an efficient design to enable better accuracy for all your drawings. While the hexagonal barrel shape facilitates smooth drawing, the core of each piece is made differently to suit different drawing needs.
Notably, hard degree (H) pencils with a 2.2mm core are ideal for drawing sharp lines. But those with a 3.5mm soft degree(S) core are better suited for drawing softer lines.
Furthermore, this set contains a combination of hard and soft pencils of 12 different degrees to express your artistic vision in your own way. That’s why they’ll work equally well for shading, blending, or various kinds of illustrations.
You can even sharpen the core to a fine and long-lasting point to emphasize the smaller details precisely. So, you’ll never have to worry about the core breaking apart as with ordinary pencils.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The tin enclosing these pencils might arrive a bit damaged sometimes owing to the use of poor-quality packaging material. Note that this makes the contents prone to damage during delivery, which is why you must check the product carefully soon after receiving it.
Looking for a pencil set that provides the same accuracy but offers several color choices to unleash the creativity of your little ones? Then this pack of colored drawing pencils will be an ideal pick. It’s also equally suitable for adults, which is why it will be a great Christmas present for a friend who has an artistic streak.
The perfect medium for sweeping landscapes to detailed...
8mm diameter pencils have soft, creamy round 5mm leads
Why Did We Like It?
The best thing about these colored pencils is the characteristic creamy consistency, which lends a soft velvety finish to your artwork. Adding to this is a soft, round, thick core with high pigmentation to create dense color for all illustrations.
These qualities make it perfect for creating vibrant and detailed wildlife paintings and sweeping landscapes. Moreover, art students can also use it for their portraiture and nature studies.
Coming to the specifications, each pencil has an 8-mm barrel and a thick 5-mm core that are ideal for ensuring lightfast drawings for all your projects. These wax-based pencils are also quite durable and can be used with equal efficiency in both water-soluble and dry mediums.
Last but not least, identifying the core color of each piece is effortless since the pencil top is colored in the same shade.
What Could’ve Been Better?
A slight drawback of these pencils is that they might not fit in all sharpeners, especially the manual ones. However, you can deal with this issue by using an Exacto knife for the purpose, and this method is also quite easy.
Another great pick is this set of colored pencils that can help graphite art enthusiasts effectively introduce some color to their drawings. Coming in a comprehensive range of 24 appealing colors, this fine-point pencil set comes in a secure and sturdy metal tin. To know more about this product, move on to the next few sections.
Graphitint Pencils appeal to artists looking to add...
Soft and smooth and can be blended to produce an endless...
Why Did We Like It?
Interestingly, when you use these Graphitint pencils in their dry form, they provide a subtle colorful touch to the painting. This is especially useful for adding dimension to any graphite drawing. On the other hand, if you wish to use dense and vibrant colors in any artwork, adding water can help you achieve the hue with utmost perfection.
These pencils are also quite smooth and soft, which is why you can blend them effortlessly to create a beautiful array of soft shades.
Plus, you can remove or modify the colors by just using clean water and an eraser. This is why you can correct slight smudges or drawing mistakes quite easily.
They even come in a perfect size, that is, with an 8 mm barrel and a 4 mm core that together provide appreciable precision in all your graphite drawings. Additionally, these pencils are available in a set of 12 pieces.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Some customers pointed out that the color tabs on the top of the pencils seemed slightly confusing, making it difficult to identify the colors correctly. Thus, in case you face a similar problem, it will be best to use the colors on a rough sheet first so that you can be sure about the shade.
Next up, we have this water-soluble ink pencil set that’s perfect for creating a translucent effect in your drawings. Users can also combine them with other media once they’ve dried out. In fact, these pencils can provide endless possibilities for exploring your creativity.
Pure, vibrant watersoluble ink pencils that combine the...
Use them to create strong vivid tones then wash over with...
Why Did We Like It?
Artists who are fascinated by the intense hues of traditional ink pens will surely be in awe after using these pencils. After all, they offer a very similar visual appeal while blending easily and can be smoothly applied over a large area. That’s why this pencil set can be great for those looking to recreate bright visuals on the canvas.
Washing the colors with some water also adds a translucent look aside from intensifying the shades. And like some of our other recommendations, this one comes with a durable 8mm round barrel and 4-mm core to facilitate efficient usage.
Even the wax content of the core is on point, which makes sharpening these pencils much easier than average products. Plus, the colors are easy to identify as the color tabs on the top match the core perfectly.
What Could’ve Been Better?
You won’t get many lighter shades in this watercolor pencil set. So, if that’s what you require, you may have to use another set of colors or paints. You might even have to blend quite a few colors to get the exact shade needed.
Halfway through our list, we’ve picked this set of six drawing pencils and a sharpener that can help art lovers create expressive and loose tonal drawings with ease. In fact, they can use it to recreate anything on their canvas ranging from nature and wildlife to portraits and landscapes.
Perfect medium for wildlife and nature studies, as well as...
Round 8mm cedar barrel is stained rich brown
Why Did We Like It?
We loved the classic design of these pencils, especially the external structure painted in earthy red that beautifully represents the feel of the entire set. Even the colors displayed at the bottom portion of the pencil are easy to identify, so the users are least likely to land in confusion.
Coupled with the appealing design is the efficient round barrel of 8mm that makes drawing the different tones effortless and minimizes the chance of mistakes. Plus, the 5-mm thick core can effectively handle the pressure exerted while drawing so that you can make narrow or broad sweeps smoothly.
As for the color range, it consists of brown ochre, chocolate, Chinese white, sanguine, sepia red, and ivory back. All these colors can work well to lend an earthy feel to the illustrations, which makes them perfect for artists focussing on nature studies.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Some customers complained that the metal tin housing the pencils is a bit flimsy, which makes it more prone to damage due to regular use. But apart from that, most of them were quite satisfied with the quality of the pencils and the color selection.
Another dependable option for adding vibrant color to any illustration is this colored pencil set consisting of 72 different shades. Its pencils are designed to provide professional-grade perfection to any artwork that requires using a variety of colors. With this set at their disposal, artists can even create different effects in their drawings.
REVOLUTIONARY CORE – The core is resistant to prolonged...
Why Did We Like It?
The single biggest advantage of these pencils is their oil-based core that helps artists produce rich colors effortlessly on paper. Also, the core is highly resistant to color change over time, ensuring that your artwork doesn’t fade away. It even comes with a long-lasting point suitable for the heavily detailed drawings or layering work.
Adding to the efficiency of these pencils is their strong and durable round barrel that facilitates 100% lightfast drawing. The colors even have a very creamy texture which allows you to blend them on the page to create an effect similar to paint, which is ideal for still-life illustrations.
Speaking of the color laydown in the set, the range of opaque colors can be used to create different kinds of bold and expressive drawings.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Like one of our previous recommendations, the packaging material used for this set is much weaker, which is why the package might arrive damaged sometimes. In some cases, it might cause one or more pencils to break on the way. As such, you must check the product carefully soon after it’s delivered to ensure it’s in perfect condition.
This small set of pencils is specially designed for blending and burnishing any artwork to create a smoother look for a paint-like appearance. As such, you can combine it with any other set of colored pencils to create illustrations that require blending a variety of rich colors with utmost perfection.
The blender pencil is soft and colorless and allows you to...
Includes 2 blender pencils, 2 burnisher pencils, plastic...
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, this set consists of two pairs of colorless blender and burnisher pencils along with a plastic sharpener and an eraser. While the blender pencils have a soft core that lets you blend two colors easily and effectively, the burnishers provide a glossy and rich finish.
You can use these variants to create different effects such as layers, streak-free areas of a single color, or a very strong shade in a part of the artwork.
As for the two included accessories, they also work with the desired efficiency so that you can keep the pencils adequately sharp and correct any mistakes easily. Together, such features make this set a great alternative to blending tortillons and stumps.
This set even comes at an affordable rate, so you can complete your collection of art supplies cost-effectively.
What Could’ve Been Better?
A point of caution is that sometimes these pencils might smear if you try applying water over them. Keep in mind that this especially happens while working on watercolor paper. That’s why it’s best to use these pencils on other varieties of paper in case you plan to use water to amplify the paint-like effect.
Watercolor paints that can deliver the right color intensity in any artwork are a rarity these days. And this Inktense paint pan from the brand is among the few that fit the bill perfectly. Its unique formulation allows artists to express their ideas just the way they desire. As such, it has been appreciated by art lovers across the country.
COLOR CREATION -Make custom shades by mixing colors together...
VIBRANT SHADES -The highly pigmented color produces a...
Why Did We Like It?
What we liked the most about this product was the high pigmentation of the colors, which guarantees a vibrant finish in every artwork. And this color stays fixed after it dries up to ensure your creation retains its charm in the long term.
Another great advantage is that the pigments are designed for quick drying once they are washed out and become permanent after drying. This lets you place or layer the contrasting colors next to one another without having to worry about color bleeding.
This property even makes the paint suitable for a variety of surfaces, including silk, clay, vellum, and parchment. As such, art lovers who are fond of everything DIY can use this paint pan to design DIY gifts for their friends.
We also found the design of this set to be really convenient to use as it includes a durable mini water brush, five mixing palettes, and a sponge.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The range of colors provided in the palette is somewhat limited. That's why you might require more mixing and matching to create different shades as per your needs. Naturally, this can seem a bit of a hassle to all art lovers. But quality-wise, we have no complaints about this product.
Towards the end, here’s a durable and versatile pencil set that combines the control of pencils with the beauty and vibrancy of watercolors. Both these properties can together help art lovers achieve the precision that they want in their paintings. Read on to know more about all its features.
STURDY PRECISION – Easy to sharpen, break-resistant...
WATER SOLUBLE – Combine the control of a pencil with the...
Why Did We Like It?
The most noteworthy feature of these Derwent watercolor pencils is their efficient, break-resistant structure that’s ideal for hours of extensive use. Plus, features such as the hexagonal barrel and the 3.4mm core facilitate the much-desired accuracy for detailed illustrations.
Even the water solubility of these pencils is on point, providing artists the versatility they desire without affecting the quality of the paintings. Thus, they can easily create textured lines with their wetted tips or use damp paper to achieve bright colors with soft edges.
The core colors also have a softer formulation, which helps create layers and blends easily. As such, they help create a variety of effects ranging from delicate watercolor washes to bold colors. Another advantage is that the shades can be adjusted by adding water as per the need since the colors aren’t permanent.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We were a bit disappointed to find that these pencils lost their sharpness faster than other products. As such, users will have to sharpen them more frequently. But apart from that, we feel it’s a fairly reliable choice considering the durability and precision offered throughout.
We’ve also included this small set of charcoal pencils that can be used to create intriguing pieces of charcoal art effortlessly. These offer the right balance of convenience, durability, and precision, ensuring all your paintings turn out just the way you want.
Easier to sharpen than traditional charcoal sticks
Tone is similar to graphite
Why Did We Like It?
Made using a super-effective combination of fine clays and charcoal particles, these charcoal pencils can provide the right tonal value to any drawing. Plus, the rich and smoothly textured core helps make the strokes effortlessly, thereby facilitating greater accuracy for all projects.
In comparison to the traditional charcoal sticks, these pencils are also much easier to sharpen and ensure reduced mess. Even the sharpener provided in the set functions smoothly to enable fast and smooth sharpening.
Apart from this, the pencil set can easily be used to blend different colors and comes in a smooth laydown that’s suitable for most drawings. Note that the set includes one light, two medium, two dark, and one white or tinted charcoal pencil.
Among these, the tinted charcoal variety can be of great help in adding dimension and depth to detailed drawings.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Several customers pointed out that this pencil set came with some pieces damaged, which made them difficult to use. That said, a few of them expressed their relief over the prompt and efficient customer service offered as it ensured the box was replaced within a few days.
Pros
Provides the right tonal value
Facilitates greater accuracy
Helps in easy blending
Adds dimension and depth
Cons
Few pieces might be damaged in the tin
Derwent Gift Sets Buying Guide
To choose a set of good-quality art supplies, you’ll need to consider some common characteristics of these products that will determine their effectiveness in the long run.
As such, going through the specifications of the leading options on the market won’t suffice. That’s why we’ve compiled this guide to the key factors you must keep in mind before making a choice.
1. Type
Products used for artwork can be of different types, including drawing pencils, paints, colored pastel pencils, graphite pencils, blenders and burnishers, and many others. Some types, such as paints and drawing pencils, come in various color intensities, color ranges, and variants.
Now, as you’re purchasing the art supplies set as a gift for a close one, you must have an idea about their preferences with regard to such products. That’s why one of the primary considerations is to determine the type of art supplies suitable for that person.
For instance, a person who’s fond of sketching landscapes or portraits will like a set of drawing or charcoal pencils more than watercolor paints or pastel pencils. But if they’re fond of experimenting with their artwork, a set of blending and burnishing pencils will provide them with great scope to explore their creativity.
So, make sure you go through the product details thoroughly and read through some customer reviews, too. That way, you’ll be able to know about its applications and overall quality.
2. Pencil Specifications
If you’re planning to buy a pack of drawing or colored pencils, it’s a must to check the specifications of the product. Among these, the most important ones are the barrel size and shape and the core texture and size. While the core is the part generally made from graphite and used to draw or write, the barrel or shaft is the wooden casing surrounding the core.
Now, keep in mind that a wider barrel and a thinner core will help users make smoother and sharper strokes effortlessly. But in case the core is thicker and softer, the pencil will be more suited for making lighter strokes.
Additionally, in the case of drawing pencils, the core texture will determine whether the pencil is suited for lighter or darker strokes, that is, the degree of the pencil. And since you'll have to use both light and dark strokes for most sketching projects, it will be best to buy a set that includes pencils of different degrees.
3. Quality Of Watercolors
To purchase a set of watercolor paints or pencils, you’ll have to consider the intensity and water solubility of the constituent colors. And for that, you’ll need to go through some customer reviews of the product you’re considering.
This will help you understand whether the colors are suitable for making vibrant illustrations and experimenting with different kinds of artwork. For instance, colors that are easy to blend or burnish can be used to create different effects in any artwork.
4. Accessories
The availability of good-quality art accessories such as erasers and sharpeners in a set of art supplies will naturally make it more valuable to an artist. That’s why it’s important to check whether the set comes with such accessories and they’re of the desired quality. Again, you’ll have to go through the customer reviews to be sure about their quality.
Derwent Gift Sets Verdict
On that note, it’s a wrap for today.
We hope you enjoyed reading about the best art supplies on the market as much as we enjoyed reviewing them. Now, you’ll surely be able to decide on the present you’ve been planning all this while for that art enthusiast friend. So, go ahead and make your pick!
But before we bring down the curtains, let us quickly take you through our favorites from the list. The Graphic Drawing Pencils Set is perfect for people fond of sketching whatever they see around them.
On the other hand, the Colored Drawing Pencils Set is ideal for art enthusiasts interested in nature studies who love to add a touch of color to their paintings.
With that, we’ll call it a day. But watch out for this space, as we’ll be back soon with more interesting guides.
High humidity is detrimental to your home construction, insulation, moisture-sensitive equipment, and even your overall well-being. Running an air conditioner during hot and humid weather can help reduce humidity levels in your home and improve air quality to tackle these issues.
In simple terms, air conditioning is the process of creating and maintaining certain temperature levels, relative humidity, and air quality indoors. It removes excess heat and moisture by taking the warm air into the system and disperse cold air. This is why it is important to install air conditioning in homes and offices since increased levels of moisture lead to mold growth and pollute indoor air.
So, I've curated a guide to help you understand how an air conditioning system can hemp reduce humidity. Read on.
Understanding Humidity
Humidity, often referred to as relative humidity, is the concentration of water vapor present in the air. Water vapor, in scientific terms, is water in its gaseous form, which is invisible to the human eye, yet we feel in terms of how ‘sweaty’ we are or how ‘wet’ the climate feels.
While mild humidity is mostly harmless except for the discomfort it causes, excess humidity can be detrimental to people with respiratory illnesses like asthma, bronchitis, COPD, pneumonia, etc.
We usually use relative humidity (a ratio of absolute humidity to maximum humidity present in the air, measured in percentage) to determine the weather and chances of precipitation. When relative humidity exceeds 50%, moisture-related issues such as poor insulation and mold growth may occur. Especially in winter, you should ensure humidity levels are low to prevent condensation and damage to the construction and insulation of your home.
Factors That Affect Humidity
Two main factors affect the relative humidity in the air: temperature and pressure of the system of interest. As the temperature rises, the moisture levels in the air also increase. Likewise, the relative humidity drastically reduces in cold temperatures as the moisture condenses.
Moreover, relative humidity is indirectly proportional to the air pressure. So, when there’s an increase in air pressure, the moisture levels decrease gradually. That’s why it’s more difficult to keep your upper floors cooler on a hot day since the air pressure decreases with elevation.
Effects Of High Humidity
High humidity levels can harm the human body and air conditioning systems more than dry air. Some of its effects are as follows:
1. Overheating Of The Body
Surprisingly, excess humidity fools the body into thinking the temperature is high. This makes your body produce excess sweat to cool down and may often lead to heat exhaustion or stroke. That’s why many medical practitioners recommend not staying outdoors for prolonged periods in summer and having a dehumidifier or AC unit with a dehumidification feature at home.
2. Asthma And Allergy Symptoms
If the indoor humidity of your home is high, your existing respiratory illnesses will worsen. You’ll likely experience symptoms like difficulty breathing, panic attacks, headaches, violent coughs, sinus infections, etc. But putting the air conditioner on when there’s extra moisture in the air can help prevent this.
3. Excessive Sweating
As mentioned before, high humidity will trigger your body to produce sweat. At the same time, the increased levels can prevent efficient moisture evaporation, so the sweat will remain on your body, making you feel uncomfortable.
4. Damaged Equipment
Excess moisture is known to cause damage to mechanical equipment and temperature-sensitive materials. Anything that runs on motors, pistons, or any movable technology can be affected by moisture - this is especially true when it comes to an AC system. HVAC specialists also agree that high humidity can affect the efficiency of air conditioners and increase energy bills even though they can remove humidity.
5. Mold Growth
If you have high indoor humidity levels, there is a high chance that your home will develop mold and mildew. Indoor mold growth canaffect your home’s insulation and absorb cool air, making it difficult for your cooling system to achieve the set temperature. This is why energy bills run high in places with excess heat and humidity, even if the frequency of AC operation is relatively lower.
Moreover, areas like the bathroom and kitchen are more susceptible to mold growth, as they have higher relative humidity.
Signs of High Humidity
There are common signs that will help you determine whether your indoor humidity is high:
Condensation on windows in the form of water droplets or fog
Excess mildew in the bathroom, kitchen, ceilings, or walls
Mold growing on surfaces like closets and basements
Cracking, blistering, or peeling paint on the exterior or interior of the house
Dust mite population, which causes dust allergies and respiratory problems
Musty or moldy smells in your home
Having an air conditioning system running is, therefore, extremely important in areas with high humidity. Even though air conditioners need to work longer to reduce humidity, they can go a long way in preventing damage to your home’s structure, material, and insulation.
So, investing a little more in your energy bills on hot, humid days can actually save you renovation expenses in the long run! Further, there’s no point in compromising indoor air quality since it can directly affect your physical well-being.
How Does An Air Conditioner Work?
Before trying to understand how an air conditioner removes humidity in your home, it is important to understand how it actually works.
An air conditioner lowers the temperature, right? But how does it do it? Well, the warm, indoor air from the room is first sucked through the grilles located on the lower side of the machine. This air moves through chiller pipes filled with a refrigerant that helps to cool it down.
The air then passes over an evaporator coil which contains a cooling agent circulating throughout the air conditioning system, changing from its liquid to gaseous form or vice versa when required. When the air passes over it, this cooling agent absorbs the heat and moisture - this is where a heat transfer takes place. After this absorption is complete, the excess condensation drips onto the condensate pan beneath the coil.
Tip
Remember to clean out the condensate pan frequently to avoid the chances of the moisture evaporating and going back into the indoor air.
Then, this air passes over a heating element, which, when turned up during winter, produces more hot air, making the AC unit act as a heater. However, this feature might not be available in all portable AC units, so check the product description if you’re going for this type.
Then, an AC fan blasts this air into the room through another grille or duct. If the heating element is turned down, the incoming air is much cooler, and the cooling cycles are more efficient. Similarly, the higher the set fan speed, the faster the incoming air will be projected into the room. Thus, the fan speed determines how fast the room will be cooled down or heated.
So, as you can easily understand, an air conditioner can both cool and remove humidity in your home, thereby improving indoor air quality.
Does AC Reduce Humidity?
As already discussed, air conditioners lower humidity using their evaporator and condenser coils. The refrigerant that cycles between indoors and outdoors facilitates the functioning of an air conditioner; however, its main function is to cool the indoor air while the fan cycles it into the room. And the fact that air conditioners lower humidity is rather a side-effect of the condensation process.
Since the indoor coils are very cold, more moisture from the indoor air condenses on them. The moisture then condenses into water, which is expelled through a drainage hose, condensation tank, or air exhaust hose (depending on the air conditioner type). This cycle continues for some time and effectively lowers the indoor humidity levels in your home.
How Much Humidity Can Air Conditioners Remove?
An air conditioner is mostly purchased for heating, ventilation, and air conditioning; however, it can also control humidity levels. This feature is known as dehumidification, and you can check the ‘dehumidification rating’ on the specifications sheet of an air conditioner. Expressed in Pints per hour (Pt/h) on the specs sheet, it tells you how much humidity your AC unit can extract from the air per hour.
For example, if a 1400 BTU AC unit has a maximum dehumidification rate of 4.0 pt/hr, then your unit can, in ideal conditions, extract more than 100 pints (or 15 gallons) of water from the air per day. Long story short, you can avoid purchasing a separate whole-house dehumidifier if you invest in a high-quality AC system.
Benefits Of Reducing Humidity
A. Improved Indoor Air Quality
Since humidity constitutes condensed water vapors, it allows dust and debris to cling to the water droplets, thereby lowering indoor air quality. What’s more, high humidity levels can absorb harmful chemicals from home appliances and materials, increasing pollution.
Running an air conditioner in dehumidification mode can help reduce humidity and eliminate these pollutants. This will also make your home environment unfavorable for pests like cockroaches, silverfish, spiders, etc. So, besides reducing mold and mildew formation on your walls and providing cool air, low humidity can reduce the chances of pest infestations and damage to your home insulation.
B. Health Benefits
The various health issues that come with high humidity are the number one reason I prefer to run my air conditioning system to remove moisture, even if it’s cold outside.
Low humidity levels will help you cope with several respiratory diseases, including asthma, COPD, pneumonia, etc. Since a designated dehumidifier or AC removes humidity and prevents mold and bacteria, there’ll be fewer triggers in your home that can worsen these symptoms.
Moreover, lowering the humidity level can help manage skin diseases such as acne, eczema, and psoriasis, which are easily triggered in hot and humid conditions. All in all, a balanced humidity level has several health benefits.
Tip
If your air conditioner has a clogged filter, its dehumidification capacity and ability to remove impurities from the air reduces significantly. That’s why I recommend cleaning the AC filter thoroughly at least once a month to maintain good indoor air quality.
C. Increased comfort
Of course, if the indoor air is clean and you reap health benefits from it, your comfort levels will also increase. Not having to deal with pest infestations and moldy walls can eliminate a lot of hassle regarding pest control and renovations. Moreover, having low humidity levels can make your home more comfortable for children and pets.
Generally, your home will feel more comfortable at humidity levels ranging from 30 to 50% . You can measure this level using a thermostat with humidity control to help set the AC at the right temperature or setting.
Other Ways To Reduce Humidity
Running the air conditioner is usually sufficient to bring down the humidity levels below 50% in humid climates. However, if the cooling system still seems to be insufficient in case of extreme humidity, here are some other ways through which you can tackle the problem.
1. Proper Ventilation
Running the exhaust fan when you shower, clean, or cook in the kitchen, bathroom, or laundry is important to ensure proper air circulation. Spot ventilationwill tackle humidity at its root by reducing moisture in those particular areas. If there's pleasant weather in your area, consider opening all the windows instead to save electricity.
2. Wipe Off Any Standing Water
Any water vapor accumulation on surfaces can contribute to high humidity levels. So, if you see water on kitchen counters, shower tiles, or floors, quickly wipe it off until completely dry to prevent mold and mildew.
3. Adjust the AC Fan
It takes time for your air conditioner to expel the condensation from the evaporator coils - that’s why running the AC fan continuously can direct moisture back into your home. The best way to avoid this is to set the AC fan to ‘auto’ so that it runs only during the cooling cycles.
4. Change the AC Filter
HVAC specialists recommend changing the air filter at least once every month to reduce humidity and maintain indoor air quality. A clogged filter traps dust and debris and often harbors mold and bacteria, if it remains wet for prolonged periods. This, in turn, blows mold spores and humidity into your room, increasing your discomfort.
5. Clean The Evaporator Coil
If your air conditioner is having difficulties reaching the set temperature and dehumidifying properly, the evaporator coil probably needs cleaning. A dirty coil prevents efficient cooling and traps moisture within its system, so it’s essential to clean it regularly. However, don’t try cleaning it yourself and call a professional as any improper handling can lead to mechanical malfunction or compressor failure.
6. Upgrade Your AC System
If your air conditioner is not able to remove humidity efficiently, it’s time for a replacement. And when purchasing a new AC system, look for advanced features, like a thermal expansion valve (TXV), variable fan motor, dehumidifier settings, etc. While a TXV delivers a specific amount of refrigerant depending on the set temperature, the variable motor facilitates adjusting the fan speed. Both features help improve cooling and dehumidification.
Final Thoughts
Air conditioning is really important to control humidity and maintain optimal temperatures for comfortable living. Besides these obvious functions, using an air conditioner to reduce humidity has several benefits, including mold and mildew prevention, increased comfort, and alleviation of respiratory diseases.
Even in extremely hot and humid climates, ACs can successfully eliminate excess moisture in the air. However, if an air conditioner is not working for you, there might be some problem with its mechanical parts or air filter. In this case, follow the simple techniques that I’ve mentioned above.
With that, it’s time for me to wrap up. See you next time!
A regular 20-inch box fan uses between 50-100 watts of electricity per hour when operated at its highest speed setting. This equates to between 1.2 and 2.4 kilowatt-hours of electricity per day if used continuously for 24 hours.
In today’s world, when electricity has become a necessity, it is important to understand how much electricity is being consumed by various household appliances.
Knowing the energy usage of appliances can help you make informed decisions about your energy consumption and help you save money on electricity bills. That said, a box fan is a common device used for cooling purposes during hot weather. They are affordable, energy-efficient alternatives to air conditioners.
However, it is essential to know how much electricity a box fan uses to determine its energy efficiency and operating costs. This knowledge can help in comparing different models and choosing the right one for your home.
So, in this article, I’ll take a closer look at how much electricity a box fan uses. I’ll also offer some tips to minimize your energy consumption and enjoy a cool and breezy summer!
How Much Electricity Does A Box Fan Use?
A watt is a unit of measuring electricity consumption (economics). This unit of electrical power equals one ampere under the pressure of one volt. A small box fan will require a lower watt, while a bigger box fan will require more wattage. Consequently, the higher Watt appliance will consume more electricity as it needs more power to operate.
Before you use a box fan, you should know how much power it can consume. Typically, the average watts of a box fan is 73W at full speed. However, the box fan's size can change the watts as well. With smaller box fans, the average is 27W, while a 20-inch box fan may consume as high as 86.5W at full speed as it is a bigger box fan.
Furthermore, the box fan speed will also determine the watts level, so a lower speed will consume lower watts of electricity. On average low speed will consume 47.3W of power, and at medium speed, it can go up to 59.5W. All of these will determine your electricity bill as well.
Other than the speed of a box fan, factors like setting and motor efficiency can also determine the watts consumption. For instance, AC motors are more powerful than DC motors and will consume more power as well.
Also, factors like auto setting are an important part of a box fan's use as you can automatically turn it on and off when you are not using it. Check if the box fan comes with a remote control, as that can be helpful in turning it on and off as you leave the room.
Calculating The Cost Of Running Box Fans
A Watt is the unit of power required to run a specific appliance; against that, a Kilowatt-hour (kWh) measures how much electricity an appliance consumes per hour. You can calculate the kWh of a box fan by multiplying the power usage (Watt) by the amount of time used per hour and dividing that by 1000.
Once you know the kWh of the box fan, you can calculate how much electricity is consumed in a given time. With that, you can make an estimate of your electric bill and find ways to reduce the cost. Here is a step-by-step guide to determine how much it costs to run a box fan.
Step 1
If your typical box fan runs at 73W, and you run it for 8 hours per day, calculate the power consumption with the formula: watt x Hours/1000.
Step 2
You can calculate the kWh by multiplying 73 (Watt) by 8 (hrs) and then dividing it by 1000, giving you 0.58 kWh. A higher kWh will result in higher box fan electricity costs.
Step 3
Based on that calculation, you can then make an estimate of the cost of running a box fan according to local electricity prices.
Step 4
In order to make it easier, you can also install an automated electric meter along with the box fan, which can calculate all these automatically and give you the result.
Step 5
You can also input all these data into a computer and, using an online calculator, get all the required information.
Once you determine the per-hour consumption of your box fan, you can regulate the amount of time to keep the fan running at a reduced cost. So, follow these steps and know how much electric power your box fan consumes. Then you can take the necessary steps to reduce your electric bill and be more energy efficient.
Some Tips For Reducing Box Fan Electricity Usage
Now that you know how to calculate the cost of running a box fan, you should also know how to reduce the electricity usage of a box fan. It is the first step towards living a more energy-efficient life. As such, I have gathered some tips and information on how to achieve that.
1. Reduce The Speed
As already mentioned above, the speed of the fan will determine the amount of power it will consume. Therefore, if you want to reduce the electric energy consumption of a box fan, all you have to do is use the fan at the lowest speed settings. Only use high speed when it is unnaturally hot in the room. Remember to buy a box fan with a speed setting so you can manipulate speed from time to time.
If your room is small, you should not use a high-power motor with high-speed capacity as it will consume more energy. Also, see if the box fan comes with a remote to control it so that you can easily turn it on and off as you leave or enter the room.
2. Use Judiciously
Another way to reduce the cost of running a box fan is by using it less and only when it is necessary. See the temperature of the room and use it only if the room is humid and warm. Also, remember to turn it off when you leave the room and are not in use. Along with that, you can use a timer to turn off your bedroom fan when you are about to sleep. This will prevent it from running all night long and reduce the cost.
3. Opt For Smaller Box Fans
You can also reduce the cost of a box if you use a more efficient type of box fan. To do that, you must check the CFM (cubic feet per minute), as it shows how much air a fan can move. A smaller fan may have lower CFM in comparison to bigger fans like a 20-inch box fan.
Thus, a smaller or an efficient box fan will distribute more air into the room without consuming a high amount of electricity.
4. Use Sustainable Energy
Besides the above tips, you can power your box fan with a solar panel for more efficient energy use. While that may not reduce the energy consumption of the box fan, it can reduce your overall cost as you do not have to pay for solar energy generated at home. Thus, you can have more freedom when you use the fan as well.
Solar panels, if used properly, can power most of the electrical appliances in your house. Therefore, it will drastically bring down your energy consumption and reduce the cost of electricity pricing. So make the change to sustainable energy and live an eco-friendly life contributing to keeping our planet safe.
5. Use The Night Rate Electricity Plan
There are some electricity providers that offer a reduced nighttime price of electricity. You can switch to these plans to reduce the cost of running box fans. You will also have more freedom to run your box fan longer during the night, with the average price of electricity being reduced. So check for electricity plans that offer lower prices at off-peak hours and reduce your power consumption.
Switch to these plans if your current electricity plan does not offer such night prices. It will be more efficient in the long run despite the hassle of changing plans.
Warning
Do not keep your box fan running for the whole night, as it will increase your electric bill despite the low night plan. Also, doing so will waste energy unnecessarily, which is not an eco-friendly practice.
6. Other Methods
Some other ways to reduce the running costs of a box fan is to utilize other natural cooling systems. For instance, you can keep the windows open in order to let cool air inside the room instead of increasing your power consumption with a box fan. The box fan model you choose will also determine the running cost, so energy-efficient box fans can help reduce electricity costs.
There is also the factor of size; compared to most fans, small fans will require less power and will cost less to run.
Final Words
Those were some ways to calculate the running cost of a box fan and how to reduce the cost of the electric bill. A box fan is one of the most efficient ways of cooling your room, besides appliances like ceiling fans or air conditioners.
Moreover, using a box fan is one way to reduce your carbon footprint, as it requires less energy in comparison to appliances like ceiling fans, tower fans, and air conditioners. You can further use “green” energy like solar panels to power the box fan in your home.
So, wait no longer and find out how much electricity a box fan uses so that you can be more efficient with your power consumption.
An air exchanger is an HVAC system that replaces stale air inside your house with fresh air from outside. Its heat exchanger technology can improve heating, ventilation, and air conditioning by reducing excess humidity, heat, moisture, and air pressure.
Even the best air conditioners cool and heat the same stale indoor air, thereby filling your home with various allergy stimuli and pollutants, like dust, pet dander, bad odor, etc. And with the advent of building insulation in home construction, the moist air inside your home cannot escape.
According to the United States Environmental Protection Agency, this can lead to mold growth and higher air condensation, increasing the risk of respiratory disease. But an AC air exchanger can help, and I will tell you how.
How Does An AC Air Exchanger Work?
For several years, I’ve been noticing excess moisture and stagnant air in my home despite installing very efficient air conditioners. However, after hours of research, I discovered that installing an air exchanger is the safest way to ensure good air quality. So, if you’re breathing toxic, stale air daily, I recommend buying an air exchanger. But before you do that, let me tell you how they function.
To put it simply, an air exchanger is a box with two input and two output ports through which stale air is eliminated and fresh outdoor air is brought in. Inside the box, there are two fans–one that helps suck in the fresh air, and the other that blows indoor air out of the exhaust ports. If you look at it as a whole, it resembles the average battery-powered AC unit, more so because it uses ductwork installed in the walls and ceiling to function.
Coming to its indoor components, a ducted air exchange system has two ends–a fresh air distribution grille and a stale air exhaust grille. The former is usually located in every room of the house, close to the location of the furnace, especially in the kitchen, bedroom, living areas, etc. Meanwhile, the exhaust grilles are installed higher, usually close to the ceiling, where hot air, high humidity levels, debris, and other pollutants accumulate.
Some air exchangers use the existing heating and cooling system and pass enough fresh air through the air conditioning ducts. They also facilitate portable AC units to reduce heating and cooling costs, especially if they’re ventless.
Tip
It’s best to look for heat exchangers that are compatible with your existing central air conditioning; otherwise, you will need a dedicated ductwork installation. And this separate installation will further increase the overall cost of the unit.
How Does Heat Exchange Take Place Through Air Exchangers?
Typically, air exchangers work to replace the warm air indoors with cold air from outside for energy-efficient ventilation. Air conditioning experts accomplish this by installing a concentric steel cylinder that is connected to the ducts running through the whole house.
The warm air and accumulated heat from the rooms pass through the indoor cylinder installed along with the air exchanger, leading to a heat exchange. During this process, the heat transfers to the outdoor cylinder, which is simultaneously bringing in outside air into the house. Some heat exchangers also use plate-and-fin structures like window AC unitsto achieve better ventilation.
What’s more, the same exchanger systems can act as heat recovery ventilators during winter by storing the heat and transferring it to the fresh, incoming air. This way, the air exchanger does the job of an air filter and reduces indoor air pollution and its possible health consequences.
Heat exchangers are generally classified into various models based on how the air moves. For instance, counter-flow exchangers facilitate hot and cold air entering and flowing parallel to each other in opposite directions. On the contrary, the interior and exterior air move perpendicularly in cross-flow units. However, some axial flow units use a large wheel with a heat pipe unit, which is powered by a refrigerant like R-22.
Benefits Of Air Exchangers
Air exchangers not only provide fresh air but also eliminate various pollutants such as smoke, radon gas, off-gassing from carpets, etc., while reducing cooling and heating costs. Besides air exchangers can:
Help provide an odor-free space with efficient fan and air filters
Act as a dehumidifier to reduce moisture in the air, thereby reducing chances of allergy and respiratory illnesses
Function as energy recovery ventilators to speed up the air exchanging process for efficient energy use
Decrease mold and mildew growth by reducing humidity
Reshuffle the air around the house for a drier environment to live in
Prevent window condensation by bringing in the cool air
Prevent interior paint from deteriorating due to excess air pressure which makes dust particles stick to the paint
Most new homes don’t have an air or heat exchanger; however, its varied features and benefits call for an installation. Besides generating new air through vents, it can help improve the overall health of your family by eliminating harmful pollutants from your living rooms. However, air exchangers alone cannot address severe ventilation and air pollution issues, even though they provide support to your evaporative coolers.
So, it’s best to consult licensed home conditioning experts if you notice too much humidity and debris build up in your indoor air. Until next time, take care!
Air conditioners are better suited for basement bedrooms in moderate or low-humidity environments, while dehumidifiers work better in a high-humidity living space. Both can be run simultaneously for best results if the bedroom is hot and extremely humid.
Basements can be hot and damp places desperately in need of significant cooling, particularly during the summer months.
Not only does this make the basement an uncomfortable place to be in, but it also poses a health risk in the form of allergens. This is where an air conditioner or a dehumidifier can help you out. But the trouble is, it can be difficult to know which one to use for cooling a basement bedroom.
Wondering what is better for a basement bedroom: air conditioner or dehumidifier? Let’s look at the merits of each Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system and how well they work in a basement bedroom.
How A Dehumidifier Works
The primary purpose of a dehumidifier is to remove moisture from the air. Of course, this doesn’t cause the air to cool down, but the resulting dryness of the air can make your room feel a little cooler.
A dehumidifier achieves this by pulling in moist air and cooling it down enough for all the moisture to condense and separate from the air. The condensed moisture is then collected in a removable bucket or tray, which has to be cleaned periodically.
You can place a dehumidifier in a room without any external vents since the device doesn’t expel any hot air into the room. And since there is no external unit associated with dehumidifiers, the device can simply be placed in a room without any additional installation requirements.
Now, the dehumidification process works in one of three different ways, and this process is what determines the cost and effectiveness of a dehumidifier. What follows is a brief summary of each type of dehumidifier and how they work.
1. Desiccant Dehumidifiers
If you’ve ever purchased electronic equipment, you may have seen packets of silica gel. The purpose of these pouches is to absorb moisture from the box they are placed in, creating a dry environment for the device. And the material used in these pouches is known as a desiccant.
A desiccant dehumidifier works on the same principle, using a desiccant wheel for drying the surrounding air. Air passes through the wheel as it rotates, allowing the desiccant to absorb the moisture and expel dry air. And the condensed moisture is then collected in a tray or expelled from the device through a hose.
Tip
Desiccant humidifiers can operate at temperatures that are much lower than what most basement dehumidifiers can handle. Meaning, you can reliably use a desiccant humidifier to remove moisture from your basement bedroom during winters and warm summer months alike.
2. Refrigerant Dehumidifiers
As the name suggests, refrigerant dehumidifiers make use of refrigerant for the dehumidification process, similar to refrigeration technology used in fridges. These devices cool down a metal plate, upon which the moisture from the air condenses. And to direct air toward this metal plate, the dehumidifier uses a high-speed fan. Once the moisture condenses, it drips down the metal plate into a dedicated water tank.
Typically, a refrigerant dehumidifier is best used at room temperature. Its performance will drop significantly when the temperature lowers, making it ill-suited for cooler climates. However, in temperate regions, this type of dehumidifier can be quite effective at lowering the uncomfortable humidity levels in your basement bedroom.
3. Whole-House Ventilation Dehumidifiers
Whole-house ventilating dehumidifiers can be one of the most effective ways of removing moisture from your entire house. Being more economically efficient than most plug-in dehumidifiers, you can leave the system on and let it do the rest.
The system is placed in the loft space, from where it pushes dry air to your basement bedroom through a grill that is often unnoticeable. It works by constantly replacing damp air from your rooms and replacing them with cleaner, drier air. As a result, your basement bedroom will see less moisture and condensation buildup..
How An Air Conditioner Works
The primary function of anair conditioner is to lower the ambient temperature and reduce the relative humidity levels. It achieves this through the combination of several working components, namely the evaporator, the compressor, the condenser, and the expansion valve. Naturally, this makes air conditioning a complex affair from a technical standpoint.
The gist of the workings of an air conditioner is that the device makes use of a refrigerant as its primary coolant. This process begins with the device cooling the refrigerant down, after which the fluid is run through the evaporator coils. The fans behind the evaporator coils direct the cold air into the room, and lastly, the heat present in the room is absorbed by the refrigerant.
Next, the now-gaseous refrigerant is sent to the compressor, where it is then compressed into a high-pressure gas. The refrigerant then flows through the condenser coils, after which fans blow over it to reduce its heat. Once cooled down, the refrigerant returns to its natural liquid state and is ready to be reused again.
The trouble with ACs is that basements typically don’t have a window or any ventilation for ample air circulation. Unless your basement bedroom has an opening big enough to install an air conditioner, it’s better to look at options dedicated to basements instead. Window ACsand Evaporative ACs are not ideal for basements for these reasons.
There are four kinds of ACs, however, that can function well in a basement. These are wall-hung split air conditioners, ducted air conditioners, and portable air conditioners.
1. Wall-Hung Split Air Conditioners
A wall-hung split air conditioner comprises two units, with one placed in your desired room and the other installed outside. These are mounted high up on the wall and are connected to the external unit through a couple of tubes.
Split air conditioner models are one of the better options for cooling your basement bedroom. The external unit is the noisiest part of the AC, and since it is placed outside, there won’t be any echoes inside. And while they cost more than other AC unit types upfront, their overall running costs are quite low. You can opt for an air conditioner that comes with an inverterto further lower the running cost.
2. Ducted Air Conditioning
Also known as central air conditioning, ducted air conditioning is one of the cheapest ways of cooling your home. It involves a network of ducts installed all over your home, which can lead to extensive modification to the home structure. Thus, the upfront cost of these units is among the highest.
The main cooling unit is placed away from the rooms it cools, which is often on the roof. And other than the visually understated vents and controls, there are no signs of an air conditioning unit inside the home.
Ducted air conditioning units may very well be the optimal way of cooling your basement bedroom, as it works similarly to whole-house ventilation dehumidifiers.
3. Portable Air Conditioners
Portable air conditioners are highly mobile cooling devices that can regulate the temperature in small rooms effectively. These are easy to install and take up little floor space, which can be convenient for when you don’t use them. You can find battery-powered AC unitsas well if your basement doesn’t have a power outlet nearby or if you want an energy-efficient option.
For most basements, your options will be narrowed down considerably, as most of these requirements to be placed near a window to work well. Even so, there are ventless modelson the market that can work with just a hose, without requiring a window.
Dehumidifiers And ACs: Where They Overlap And Differ
Air conditioners do reduce the humidity level in a given space to some extent, which is where they overlap in functionality with dehumidifiers. Both devices are a way to offer ventilation in a room where there isn’t enough of it. Additionally, they come with an air filter that can keep dust mites and mold growth away from your room, resolving indoor air quality problems as a result.
The key difference here is the purpose they are meant to fulfill. In theory, you can use an air conditioner as a dehumidifier, but the results won’t be as effective as the latter. And the converse is also true, as a portable dehumidifier offers little in the way of temperature control. These differences are enough to be the deciding factor of which device suits your needs the best.
Something that can throw a wrench in this clear-cut decision is the fact that modern air conditioner units come with a dry setting. While not as effective as a dedicated dehumidifier, you can make do with an air conditioner as your dehumidification device in a moderate humidity level. ACs remove excess moisture while pushing cool air, after all.
Dry settings in modern ACs can be a bit finicky to get right, as it largely depends on the size of your unit. If your unit is appropriately sized or a little smaller, the dry setting will work perfectly well. However, if the air conditioner is larger than necessary, you’ll find that the room has cooled down well before the AC unit can begin dehumidifying.
With all that in mind, a dehumidifier is a way to go if the relative humidity or moisture levels surpass 60% in your locale.
Running Both Simultaneously
If you live in a temperate or highly humid climate, running an AC unit and a dehumidifier may very well be the solution your basement bedroom needs. With fewer moisture levels in the air, air conditioners work more efficiently, making the dehumidifier-AC combo quite good at ambient atmosphere regulation.
The primary aim of using this combo is that the air conditioner has to expend extra electricity to reduce the humidity levels in the air. But if a dehumidifier is used beforehand, the AC unit will bring the room temperature to the desired level in an energy-efficient manner. It can also help reduce the electric bill.
The energy consumption of dehumidifiers is significantly lesser than what an air conditioner alone consumes in an environment with humid air. Additionally, running the two devices together will help add years to the lifespan of your AC unit due to the extra load taken off.
Conclusion
The answer to the conundrum of choosing a dehumidifier or air conditioner for a basement bedroom is three-fold. And the correct option depends largely on where you live and what kind of an environment is in your basement bedroom.
You can safely choose an air conditioner if the humidity levels in your locale never exceed 60%. Air conditioners are capable of reducing excess humidity well while regulating temperature significantly.
And if you live in an area that faces high rainfall with high humidity levels, a dehumidifier is the way to go. Not only will this make your bedroom more comfortable, but lowered humidity levels are also beneficial for your health.
Lastly, if you live in a humid environment that is also extremely hot, consider running both devices together. The combination of dehumidification and air conditioning will keep your basement bedroom comfortable and within healthy humidity levels.
Dual inverter air conditioners use two inverters that work in a complementary pattern, as opposed to traditional air conditioners, which use only one inverter. The twin inverters work in tandem to provide more speedy and consistent cooling on a lower electricity budget.
If you're in the market for a new air conditioner or just someone who keeps up with the latest tech, you must have heard the words "dual inverter system" get thrown around by brands advertising their latest models.
Therefore, you're curious about what this means and whether it's actually an improvement on the previous AC models. To help you understand that, I've detailed the regular functioning of an inverter AC and explained how dual inverter AC technology modifies it.
So, let's understand how a dual inverter AC unit functions in your home appliance and whether you should opt for it.
Components Of An Inverter Compressor
Before you understand the functioning of a dual inverter system, let's first understand how an inverter works using its various components.
Compressor
A compressor is a device that shrinks a gas's volume by squeezing it into a space smaller than its usual area.
Compressors are of several types, including scroll, piston, and rotary compressors. Of these, rotary compressors have the most efficient energy use, but they also make the loudest sound.
A rotation or scroll compressor is made of two spirals or scrolls woven into each other. Of these, one spiral is fixed to a support, while the other is free to rotate in any direction without being entangled from the first scroll.
Therefore, the rotating scroll can shrink or expand the space between the two scrolls, depending on its position. Gas in the space between the scrolls is compressed in this manner.
Shrinking a gas increases its pressure, and I'll explain how that helps when I elaborate more on an inverter's function.
Drive
A drive is also known by its technical term, Variable Frequency Drive (VFD.) It consists of an electric motor, interface, and controller.
The drive controller consists of an AC-DC or AC-AC converter that causes the periodic motions of the Brushless DC Electric Motor. Meanwhile, a programmable language controller acts as an interface and helps control the motor. Finally, the three-phase motor changes its speed according to the user's intention, which drives the rotation of the scroll compressor.
According to your AC’s specs, this drive can be powered by the direct current from your household electricity or a battery-powered AC with arechargeable option.
Coolant
The refrigerant or coolant is a specific gas that needs to absorb the most amount of heat with the slightest compression. This makes the AC more efficient and reduces the space it needs to store the coolant.
Initially, the refrigerant used most widely in all inverter ACs was known as R-22. It was also called Freon and made of Hydrochlorofluorocarbon (HCFC). However, this gas emitted free ions into the atmosphere, and the ions broke Ozone apart into oxygen molecules. You must have heard about ozone depletion - this coolant was the primary reason for the hole in our ozone layer.
To combat this destruction, the Montreal Protocol urged companies to look for greener refrigerants, and an alternative was found. Most AC manufacturers today use R-410-A, which cools your room or basement efficiently without significantly impacting the ozone hole.
How Does An Inverter AC Work?
Now that you know about the power inverter AC components, I'll explain how the device works inside your air conditioner.
In an inverter AC, the single or twin rotary compressor periodically squeezes the coolant gas, which decreases its volume and lowers the temperature of the surroundings. Also, it passes over the condenser coils as it cools.
Have you noticed that water shrinks when you cool it and spills over the sides of the saucepan when you heat it? This happens because of thermodynamic laws. An inverter AC uses the opposite mechanism on a gas - It shrinks the gas, which makes it absorb heat from the air and become warm. Since the air around it loses heat, your room cools down.
Other than inverters, some ACs may use evaporative cooling to control the temperature of your room.
Dual Inverter Air Conditioner
Dual inverter air conditioners differ from ordinary air conditioners because they use twin rotary compressor chambers. Thus, they are faster and have more energy efficient than regular air conditioners.
These ACs were developed in light of the hotter summers. Because of global warming, more people need air conditioners now than ever before. However, inflation makes it difficult for them to keep up with the electricity bill increase that comes with installing a new AC and using it for longer durations.
These troubles are alleviated by the dual inverter AC system, which soothes you quickly on an exhausting afternoon while having maximum power efficiency.
Mechanism Of A Dual Inverter Air Conditioner
In a dual inverter AC, twin rotary compressors move periodically and have a 180-degree phase difference between their time periods.
A 180-degree phase difference basically means that the movement of the chambers is in the inverse phase. When one is at the peak of its motion, the other is at the lowest point. However, they meet in the middle.
Recall the functioning of the dual inverter compressors - the free spiral turns in an orbit while being weaved into the fixed spiral. Thus, the gas is squeezed to the highest pressure when the scrolls are closest to each other, and they're most relaxed when the spirals are far apart.
In dual inverter air conditioners, one compressor is at maximum pressure while the other is at its minimum. This means some refrigerant portion is constantly being used, leading to faster and more continuous air conditioning.
Dual inverter compressors have a specific frequency because the external drive moves them at a certain speed. When they change their speed, the amount of refrigerant being used also changes.
Thus, the time period of these compressors may vary anywhere from 720 to 90,000 revolutions per minute. This is the mechanism behind the AC changing its settings when you lower or raise the temperature. More refrigerant leads to more cooling and vice versa.
Thus, you can see how powering twin compressors can speed up your AC. When you want a lower temperature, the compressors will work in tandem and make the temperature change substantially faster.
Also, it has more energy efficiency because more cooling is achieved by using the same amount of energy to move two compressors instead of one. Thus, they use almost half the electricity single inverter systems of the same specifications would require.
How Do Dual Inverter Air Conditioners Produce Variable Tonnage?
First, let's learn about what tonnage refers to.
When purchasing an air conditioner, you must have noticed the tonnage rating. It determines the room size that a unit can cool because the tons, in this case, refer to the amount of electricity an AC needs to cool by a certain fraction per hour.
In mathematical terms, running a 1-ton air conditioner for an hour can cool a room by 12,000 BTU. In this context, BTU refers to British Thermal Units. Now, if we approximate that to the typical size and heat of people's homes, a 1-ton AC is suitable for a room smaller than 1000 square feet.
Thus, a higher tonnage means that the air conditioner drains more power and cools a larger space in the same duration as a lower-tonnage AC cools a small room.
This is why a dual inverter AC is a game-changer. Unlike regular inverter air conditioners, it doesn’t have a fixed tonnage per unit. Instead, it customizes the unit according to your room's needs.
Thus, if you buy an 8-ton dual inverter AC, it'll function at its full capacity of 8 tons during hot summer afternoons and use up more power. However, when you leave it on at night, your room will be cooler, and using more power would be a waste. In this case, your AC will function at 4 tons and cool the room adequately while saving electricity.
Benefits Of A Dual Inverter AC
You've probably seen advertisements praising the multiple benefits of switching to a dual inverter air conditioner. From the mechanisms and working principle above, you can deduce how it saves energy. However, if you're still doubtful about the other flashy advantages, I'll explain how they come to be.
1. Durable
Dual inverter air conditioners are durable because they can reach efficient cooling by doing much less work. Since two compressors move at once, they do it more easily than a solitary inverter would have.
Thus, your AC undergoes less wear and tear than a regular air conditioner. It means you can use it for years without noticing a decrease in performance or speed.
Also, these air conditioners need only a bit of maintenance. Since two compressors share the burden, there's a lesser chance of damage. Thus, you don't need to call your mechanic for frequent repairs or worry about whether your warranty covers the latest failure.
2. Quiet
Are you tired of the constant background hum of an AC every time you turn it on? Dual inverters can reduce this noise pollution in your home because they cool your room quickly and then turn off when they're not needed.
Thus, you'll only notice an occasional hum when your room heats up. Once it reaches the desired room temperature, you can go back to relaxing in the quiet.
Also, since the rotary compressors work in opposite directions, they create lesser jerky motions on the AC. This torque cancellation leads to minimize vibration and lower noise.
Therefore, dual inverter ACs are ideal for light sleepers. Additionally, they function great in office buildings or conference halls, where silence reduces distractions and enhances productivity.
Disadvantages Of A Dual Inverter AC
Like every new technology, dual inverter technology comes with some disadvantages. Thus, if you're considering a dual inverter air conditioner for your home or office, you can read through the points I've detailed below to judge if it's worth it for you.
1. Expensive
Since it's a recent and innovative development, its price is in a higher range than regular air conditioners.
However, the higher purchase costs also correspond to a higher value. You're getting an AC that has half the cost and electric energy consumption to provide almost double the cooling capacity. Therefore, it not only has better performance features but also saves you money every month.
However, the repair and maintenance cost for these inverters is also high. Since it's relatively new, you'll find fewer technicians skilled at working with it without using guesswork or unsafe methods. Thus, they'll charge more for their work because of the low availability and high demand.
2. Voltage Stabilizer Required
The electricity can fluctuate in numbers ranging from 150 to 300 volts for most people's homes. However, a dual inverter air conditioner needs a steady voltage to function without mechanical damage or loss of efficiency.
However, this may not always be the case. For example, some areas maintain a steady voltage of 250 volts at all times of the day. Thus, you can ask an electrician about the electricity fluctuation in your area and decide accordingly.
Despite this, installing a voltage regulator is always wise because you never know what will happen. Even if your house has been receiving a consistent voltage level, you might have a sudden fluctuation tomorrow because your power supply lines are being renovated or changed. Thus, a stabilizer will safeguard your AC and ensure stable operation.
Availability Of Dual Inverter Air Conditioners
Currently, the major brands distributing dual inverter air conditioners are LG, the Whirlpool Corporation, Hitachi, Midea, Freidrich, Senville, and a few others.
Additionally, the energy star ratings of the dual inverter ACs may vary, depending on the basic dual inverter compressor types used. For example, an LG dual inverter AC uses around 850 Watts, while a regular LG Corporation air conditioner uses around 5000 Watts when both cool the same room. Models with an inbuilt thermostat are also available.
Thus, if you buy a dual inverter AC, you should have a suitable choice of models from well-known brands. Also, both split and window air conditioners are currently available. The split dual inverter air conditioner was invented first, and the window or portable installation variety was more recently invented because customers had a need for it. Also, you can look for ventless varieties.
Should You Get A Regular Or Dual Inverter Air Conditioner?
Now, after learning the advantages and disadvantages of a dual inverter air conditioner, you might be wondering whether you should buy one. Below, I've jotted down a quick comparison to help you choose the product that's right for you.
Dual inverter ACs tend to have higher upfront charges than regular ACs.
Regular air conditioners generate much higher energy costs than dual inverter units.
A dual inverter AC has higher repair costs.
Regular AC inverters break down more frequently than dual inverter units, resulting in frequent repairs.
A dual inverter AC lasts longer on the same refrigerant amount.
A regular AC produces noise at around 60-80 decibels, while a dual inverter air conditioner stays within 50-55 decibels.
You'll find a regular AC very easily, but you need to do more searching and comparing prices to find a suitable dual inverter AC.
Tip
If you're considering a new AC model but are unsure about whether it is a dual inverter AC, there's a quick way to find out. This relatively new technology will make people's lives a lot easier, which is why any brand that sells it is eager to advertise it. Thus, if you're viewing a product catalog or description, you'll find "Dual Inverter" or "Dual inverter AC" displayed quite prominently at the beginning.
Of course, you should always read the rest of the information thoroughly to know whether the product is right for you. But if you're looking for a dual inverter AC specifically, the first part of the product description is usually a dead giveaway. If you don't find it at a glance, chances are that this model is a single-inverter, and you should consider a different option.
Summing Up
Now, we're at the end of my brief guide to inverter technology and how the dual inverter AC is an improvement upon previous models. If you're eager to invest in higher upfront and repair costs to save a ton of electricity in the long run, you should look into these ACs.
A dual inverter AC unit comes with its benefits and drawbacks, and you can read my explanations to figure out if you want one. A general rule of thumb is to write down what's important to you and choose according to these guidelines.
For example, if you just want a small AC that cools your tiny dorm to your desired temperature, you're probably not too bothered about the electricity bill and looking for a cheaper option. On the other hand, you might live with your family and have a transferable job that leads to you changing your bedroom sizes over the years.
As a result, I would advise you to avoid a dual inverter AC in the first situation and go for it in the second. So, know your needs and make the best choice.
In theory, you should not recharge your AC as the unit is not using the Freon in the cooling process. This being said, most units require a refrigerant charge once every 2-5 years, the lower the number the bigger need to replace the AC unit, as with refrigerant leaks comes great environmental responsibility, and danger to health because Freon (refrigerant) is a toxic substance. Plus, recharging your home AC is just a temporary fix, as your unit may eventually leak again.
For most homeowners, an air conditioner is the only saving grace when the temperatures are soaring.
But what if it gives up on you on a sultry hot afternoon? Absolute horror!
That’s when you may wonder if you need to recharge the air conditioner unit. Accordingly, you may also want to know how often the cooling system is recharged.
To help you with that, I have curated this brief yet informative guide discussing when and how often to recharge your AC unit.
How Often Do You Need To Recharge Your Air Conditioning System?
You might be surprised to know this, but you don’t need to recharge your AC unit. Even if a technician says that your AC needs more Freon (refrigerant), it doesn't mean the substance gets used up like gas in a car. Rather, the refrigerant absorbs heat from the surroundings and expels it from your house. So, it transforms from liquid to gas and back to liquid form but never diminishes during the cooling process.
Besides, most air conditioners only need to be recharged once every 2-5 years unless you face a refrigerant leak. In case of a leaking refrigerant, the AC system will cease to function efficiently. So, you may notice a dip in its cooling capacity or hear the compressor operating more frequently than it usually would.
Now, if your central air conditioning unit is low on refrigerant, know that you shouldn’t recharge it yourself. The reason is that AC refrigerant is a hazardous substance.
Warning
If you’re not trained to handle refrigerant lines, you shouldn’t handle any related repairs since direct contact with Freon may cause lung damage or even sudden death.
Not to forget, recharging the refrigerant levels is only a temporary solution, as it is bound to leak again. So, you’ll only have to recharge the AC unit more often, which will obviously cost more money.
Lastly, recharging your central air conditioner after a refrigerant leak will void your manufacturer’s warranty. Hence, to be on the safer side, it is best to consult a licensed technician to handle the job.
How To Detect A Refrigerant Leak
The most common problem homeowners face with their AC unitsis a refrigerant leak. Even the best air conditioners from brands like LG, Hitachi, or Whirlpool Corporation are bound to face cooling, voltage, or other electric issues.
Hence, below are some of the tell-tale signs of a leaking refrigerant.
1. Frozen Evaporator Coils
A refrigerant leak usually occurs on the evaporator coil, causing it to freeze or develop ice buildup. A professional should address this immediately to prevent any health issues among people exposed to the leak.
2. Compressor Runs More Frequently
As mentioned earlier, when the central air conditioner requires more refrigerant, it means that the system is not able to cool the air as it should. Consequently, you will notice the inverter compressor working harder and may even produce more noise and vibration.
3. Inefficient Cooling Capacity
One of the obvious signs of a refrigerant leak is the lack of cooling in the surroundings. However, a low refrigerant charge may not be the only culprit behind a malfunctioning AC.
For instance, your AC unit may have a dirty air filter or a faulty thermostat preventing you from enjoying a cool and comfortable room temperature.
But regardless of the issue, you must consult a licensed service technician to check the AC unit as soon as you notice the aforementioned signs. Especially in the case of a refrigerant leak, it is best to take quick action since if left unchecked, it can eventually damage the unit. And the worst part is that you may end up with high energy bills, even though your AC is not working optimally.
What To Do If Your Air Conditioning System Has Low Refrigerant Levels
Turn off the air conditioning system from the breaker box
Call a professional technician as soon as possible
Check the exteriors of your AC for any visible signs of damage
If you have an outdoor unit, remove the cover to look for any problems
Inspect inside your house for visible signs of water damage
Switch on your air conditioning system and ensure there are no unusual smells and sounds in the vicinity
Always check your monthly electric energy consumption for any discrepancies
How Does An AC Technician Perform A Refrigerant Charge
1. Assessing The AC
First, the technician may check the air filter and thermostat to determine whether the AC is malfunctioning due to a leak or not. Thereafter, they may proceed to check the indoor unit as well as the outdoor unit to detect any AC problems.
All these steps are taken to determine the reason behind low refrigerant levels. Accordingly, they will be able to decide if their leak readings are correct or not.
2. Explain The Issue And Suggest Solutions
In case of a refrigerant line leak, the technician may inform you about what is causing the leak and how to fix it. They may suggest any one of the following two methods…
A. Fixing The Refrigerant Leak
Fixing the leak requires electronic equipment along with UV dye or a bubbling agent. Using these materials, the technician can detect the location of the leak. Accordingly, they will drain the cooling system, fix the leak, and recharge your central air conditioner.
To be on the safer side, make sure that they test the system before leaving.
B. Recharging The AC Without Fixing The Leak
If this is the first time you’ve experienced a refrigerant leak, simply recharging the AC may do the job without fixing the root cause of the problem. However, I recommend doing so only if you plan to get a new unit soon.
Recharge Home AC Conclusion
That’s all for today, folks! With these simple tips, you can increase the efficiency of your conditioner while ensuring the safety of your loved ones. So, while it may be tempting to DIY certain electrical fixes and save some money, it’s best to let the experts handle it.
For more information on heating, ventilation, and air conditioning, I suggest reading my latest article, “What is a MERV rating?” And if you want to practice efficient energy consumption, I suggest checking another one of my informative guides, “What is a Dual Inverter Air Conditioner?”
MERV stands for Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value, which is used to predict the efficacy of air filters in removing contaminants from indoor air. As such, a filter with a high MERV rating can filter out finer contaminants better than one with a lower MERV rating.
Understanding your air filter’s effectiveness is a crucial first step in ensuring clean, allergen-free indoor air to breathe in. And its MERV rating is one such factor that can help you in this regard.
But what is a MERV rating, and what are its implications in the long run? Dive in to learn about it all!
What Is A MERV Rating?
MERV, an acronym for minimum efficiency reporting value, is a rating system first developed by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) in the 1980s. Simply put, this rating system was established to help people gauge the efficacy of the air filters used in a building’s HVAC system.
A higher MERV rating of an air filter enhances its ability to trap and remove contaminants like dust, pollen, smoke, and other airborne particles. This also means that a filer with a high MERV rating is more efficient at trapping finer particulate matter than one with a low MERV rating. In hindsight, a higher MERV rating can help improve your indoor air quality drastically.
The MERV Rating Chart
MERV filter ratings are industry standard, meaning you can use them to compare filters irrespective of their size and brands. Moreover, these ratings typically appear in a numerical chart from 1-20, but for the sake of convenience, they are often grouped together.
So, in the following section, I will quickly take you through the different groups and how each of them is suitable for different situations.
1. MERV 1-4
An air filter with a MERV rating between 1 and 4 can efficiently remove particles measuring up to 10 microns. Although they aren’t the best for filtering tiny particles, they can still be used to remove dust mites, textile or carpet fibers, and sanding dust, among other things. As a result, these MERV filters are generally preferred for installation in places where people are prone to dust allergies.
Air filters rated between MERV 1 and 4 are considered more suitable as furnace filters in residential furnace (central heating) systems, window-mounted ACs, as well as pre-filters in commercial spaces.
2. MERV 5-8
Air filters with MERV ratings from 5 to 8 are better at removing smaller particles measuring between 3 and 10 microns. These air filters can be used in spaces like industrial workplaces and paint booth inlets, which are usually susceptible to mold, spores, dust lint, and cement dust, in addition to the pollutants mentioned above.
Not only that, but MERV 5 to 8 air filters can also help improve indoor air quality of commercial and residential buildings. Or, you can use them as pre or final filters.
3. MERV 9-12
Designed to filter out dust particles measuring between 1 and 3-micron, these air filters can remove both large and small particles, like pollen, house mites, and even Legionella bacteria. Besides, they can be used to filter out different types of dust particles, like:
Cement dust
Lead dust
Sanding dust
Humidifier dust
Coal dust
Nebulizer dust
These air filters are largely considered the threshold of high-efficiency particulate air filters and find widespread use in big residential and commercial buildings, hospital labs, and as pre and final filters.
4. MERV 13-16
MERV filters rated between 13 and 16 can remove more than pollen, dust mites, and sand, as they can trap particulates measuring between 0.3 and 1 micron in size. As such, they are employed as final filters in surgery rooms, smoking lounges, inpatient care rooms, and commercial buildings equipped with multiple heating and cooling machines.
These high MERV-rated air filters can efficiently remove:
Tobacco smoke
Pet dander and lint
Copier toner discharge
Insecticide dust and fumes
Sneeze nuclei
Hair spray
Powder makeup particles like face powder or setting powder
5. MERV 17-20
As you may have already understood, air filters with a MERV rating between 17 and 20 are considered the best of the lot, as they can remove small particles to the tee. To give you a better idea about their efficacy, these filters are used in air conditionersand HVAC systems to eliminate:
Combustion smoke
Radon progeny
Microscopic allergen particles
Carbon dust
Virus carriers
Other contaminants measuring less than .30 microns in size
What Are Pre And Final Filters?
Pre-filters facilitate the initial stages of filtration, capturing the contaminants before the air reaches the expensive final filters. This method is generally used for multi-filtration level HVAC systems to protect the final filters from wear and tear and extend their service life.
Final filters, on the other hand, constitute the last stage of filtration in both single and multi-filtration systems. When used in the former, they serve as the primary stage of filtration. They can also be combined with multiple pre-filters to reinforce the efficacy of the HVAC unit.
How To Choose The Best Filter For Your Home Or Office?
You may be thinking that understanding the MERV scale alone will help you pick the right air filter for your needs. However, this isn’t the case, as there are a few other factors to consider.
Aside from indicating filtration efficacy in removing contaminants, your filter’s rating can help you figure out its power consumption in the long run. From what I have seen over the years, higher MERV ratings almost always translate to higher energy bills.
This is because a higher MERV-rated filter will trap more particles, putting more strain on your HVAC or ventilation system, thereby increasing your energy consumption. Long story short, the highest MERV-rated filter may not always be the solution to your problem.
For best results on energy efficiency, you should check the CEER rating of your AC as well. However, people who need only occasional cooling without intensive air filtration needs often choose battery-powered units. You can learn more about these portable versions in my other readers.
So, how to select the right filter rating for your needs? The recommended MERV rating for residential use is generally between 8 and 13. However, since industrial settings produce more contaminants than most households, you can opt for a higher rating between 14 and 20.
The same is true for establishments like a hospital laboratory or surgical room, which can produce toxic air contaminants not usually found in residential spaces or offices.
Mid to Lower MERV Rating [8-13]
Pros
Less restricted airflow
can be cleaned/ changed less often
Cons
Smaller particles are not filtered
more particles circulate in your air causing you to breathe them repeatedly
more dust and dirt will go into your HVAC unit, which can lead to needed repairs
Higher MERV Ratings [14+]
Pros
Higher level of ventilation and protection from contaminants
Cons
More restricted airflow, which can worsen air quality
higher possibility of damage to your furnace fan or AC system
need to be cleaned/changed more frequently
Do HEPA Filters Come With MERV Ratings?
Yes, HEPA (high-efficiency particulate absorbing) filters come with MERV ratings, just like standard filters used in heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems (including portable units). In fact, HEPA filters with the best MERV rating are designed to remove very small contaminants from indoor air (measuring 0.3 microns).
Hence, HEPA home air purifiers have become extremely popular for removing dust, pollen, smoke, and other particles that can cause allergies or any respiratory disease like asthma. You will also find air conditioners compatible with HEPA filters for the same reason. However, it’s important to note that these filters won’t last for eternity and should be changed regularly.
Tip
If your HVAC or air conditioning system is making unusual noises or taking more time to produce cool air, it may be time to change the filter. Contact an HVAC technician to diagnose the issue and fix it at the earliest.
Final Words
Honestly, the MERV rating is just one aspect to ensure the energy efficiency of your air filters. Unless you’re maintaining them properly and replacing them when needed, the filters will be exposed to undue pressure, which can cause the energy bills to rise exponentially.
So, if you’re experiencing restricted airflow from your HVAC or ventilation system, it’s making unusual noises, or there’s sudden indoor air pollution, then it may be time to change the filters. I’d strongly recommend availing the services of a qualified and licensed professional to get the job done. Otherwise, you may end up damaging the filters or the overall system irreparably.
Moreover, it’s important to ensure regular maintenance of your ACs and ventilation systems so that they have a prolonged service life.
R22 or chlorodifluoromethane is an air conditioning refrigerant that was once extensively used in air conditioners, car AC systems, heat pumps, and other refrigeration devices to absorb and remove heat. However, in recent years, it has been declared as a global environmental hazard.
If your cooling systems were installed in or before 2010, they likely use R22, also known as Freon. This greenhouse gas, which goes by the chemical name of hydrochlorofluorocarbon 22 (HCFC-22), has become a cause of serious concern as it results in global warming and depletion of the ozone layer.
So, if your HVAC units use an R22 refrigerant, this article is for you. Here’s your complete guide on this coolant.
Why Do You Need A Refrigerant?
Before I delve into details, I’m sure some of you are wondering what the purpose of a refrigerant is. Well, let me tell you more about it.
A refrigerant is a chemical inside the HVAC unit’s compressor that changes from gaseous to liquid form and vice versa. It is responsible for the heating and cooling which occurs in your heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems.
R22 Freon has been one of the most popular refrigerant options, used extensively in central air conditioners and heating systems. However, as of January 2020, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) banned the production and import of this substance as it was found to be detrimental to the Earth’s ozone layer.
Companies that repair units containing R22 were asked to use only repurposed or recycled ones to maintain the AC unit. Without refrigerants, your HVAC systems wouldn’t function properly. So, if there is any problem with your refrigerant, it is best to let an EPA-certified HVAC technician handle it.
Why Was R22 Banned From The United States?
In 1987, several global agencies around the world, including the United States Environmental Protection Agency, created the Montreal Protocol. According to the terms of the agreement, a timeline was established to phase out the production and import of harmful chemicals.
This was done to protect the ozone layer, which forms a barrier between harmful UV radiation and the Earth. The rise in greenhouse gases combined with ozone depletion spells danger for the planet, as it can result in skin cancer, reduce agricultural productivity, and disrupt marine life.
R22 Freon is considered highly toxic and if it leaks, it can damage the environment. As a result, from 2010 onwards, there was a ban on using R22 as a refrigerant in any heat or air conditioning system.
Thus, to protect the ozone layer and mitigate the adverse impact of global climate change, the import and manufacture of R22 has become entirely illegal.
Is R22 Still Available?
The Montreal Protocol and the Clean Air Act (United States) have prohibited companies from manufacturing R22. Hence, R22 is available today only in reused and recycled form.
However, homeowners have not been asked to discard their systems containing R22. The presence of R22 in air conditioning units is not a problem in itself. But, the problem arises in case of a leak since this refrigerant is released into the environment.
So, homeowners are advised to service existing air conditioners and hire experienced EPA-certified technicians for repairs if the system malfunctions.
How To Find Out Whether Your HVAC System Uses R22?
Now that you know what is R22 and why it is so dangerous for the environment, it is time to check whether your air conditioning system uses this refrigerant. How? I’ll tell you all about it.
1. Check The Owner’s Manual
Look around in the cupboard for your device’s manual, which usually carries all the information. If the R22 refrigerant is used in the unit, it will be labeled as HCFC-22.
2. Inspect The Unit
The outdoor unit or compressor of the air conditioner will have a nameplate with all the details about it. So, check it out.
3. Hire A Technician
An experienced HVAC technician will inspect your unit and figure out whether it uses R22. The best part about hiring a technician is that they can answer all your questions about the refrigerant used in your existing equipment and how it carries global warming potential.
What To Do If Your System Uses R22?
If your existing system uses R22, it may be a cause of concern, given the Freon ban. However, let me ease your worries. A typical air conditioner is a closed system and the refrigerant passes through a well-secured loop. It doesn’t deplete like gas depletes when the car runs. As a result, you won’t need a new R22 refrigerant at regular intervals.
That being said, if there is a refrigerant leak in your HVAC system, it can lead to a bit of trouble. If your air conditioner or heat pump is not functioning properly and you consistently incur high energy bills, it is a sure-shot sign of a refrigerant leak.
Generally speaking, you will have two available options in case of a leak:
Buy a new air conditioner
Add R22 to the existing system
What Are The Alternatives To R22?
If you look at some of the best air conditioners manufactured after 2010, you will realize that they use a relatively safer alternative to R22. These environmentally friendly refrigerants do not have ozone-depleting properties and are not detrimental to the environment.
Let me take you through some of them.
1. R-410A
R-410A is used in the cooling system of residential areas. It has all the specs of R22 refrigerants and is EPA-certified. It is also a top refrigerant option for portable air conditioners.
2. R407C
R407C is also among the acceptable refrigerants. It is a blend of 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane, pentafluoroethane, and difluoromethane. It can be used in new equipment or may be used to replace R22 used in existing HVAC units.
What Is Retrofitting?
In retrofitting, your HVAC unit is retrofitted to use a new refrigerant. So, you can replace the R22 refrigerant in your refrigeration equipment with a more environment-friendly option.
This process involves replacing certain primary components of your HVAC system with newer ones that are compatible with the safer refrigerant. However, the replacement must be carried out by an experienced technician because if it is not done properly, it can damage your system and also compromise any warranty you may have on it.
Warning: Although replacing R22 with an EPA-approved refrigerant is possible, it is an expensive and long-drawn-out process. This is because your AC system is designed to work with only a particular refrigerant type, and replacing it will require you to replace several other parts of the machine. As such, it is best to invest in a new device altogether.
Environment-Friendly Alternatives To Air Conditioners
If you are looking to replace your R22 system or want to do away with the hassle of replacing the refrigerant in case of leakage, there are some eco-friendly alternatives to air conditioners available. Let’s check the others out.
1. Evaporative Cooler
Evaporative coolers cool the air in the house with the help of a pump instead of a refrigerant. They contain water-saturated pads over which hot air from outside is passed. These units work best in areas that do not experience a very hot temperatures.
2. AC Air Exchanger
Let me briefly tell you what an AC Air Exchanger is. The air exchanger uses a vent and fan system to suck out the stale air from inside your house and replace it with fresh outside air.
Its purpose is not to cool the house but ensure a continuous supply of fresh air. Perhaps the only disadvantage is that these systems must run at all times.
3. Battery-Powered Units
You can also opt for a ventless portable air conditioner or a battery-powered AC unit, both of which do not use refrigerants. While portable air conditioners use water instead, battery-powered AC units operate with the help of batteries.
Final Words
Nothing compares to the sheer relief an air conditioner brings on a scorching summer day. I get it!
If you plan to buy a window air conditioner, understanding the CEER ratingis important. CEER is an acronym for combined energy-efficiency ratio. It understands the energy efficiency of a window air conditioner, both in standby mode and when the unit is running. As such, the higher the rating, the better the system and the fewer units it will consume.
But, let’s be honest, an AC unit comes with its share of troubles. If your existing HVAC system contains the R22 refrigerant, consider investing in a new unit. A system replacement may be expensive, but it provides a long-term solution and saves you from high-priced repair costs in the future.
A central air conditioning unit is a sensible yet expensive addition to spacious homes, because it can cool your whole home via duct systems. Meanwhile, floor-mounted or wall-mounted ACs, portable ACs, and window ACs are worthwhile options for cooling small spaces.
Sitting under a shade or diving into a pool can help you remain cool, but an air conditioner is a necessity to beat the heat.
There are a plethora of options, like ductless mini split systems, portable air conditioners, and central air conditioning units, so how’d you know which one is the right pick? That’s what this guide is all about, as I explore the ins and outs of each type of air conditioner.
Types Of Air Conditioners
No matter the type of air conditioner you choose, every unit has two sets of metal coils– one coil absorbs heat while the other disperses it outdoors. The key component of air conditioning systems is the refrigerant– a liquid mix that transmits heat between the coils.
On this basis, air conditioners are divided into two categories:
Split-system AC units
Stand-alone AC units
5 Different Types Of Split-System Air Conditioning Units
1. Central Air Conditioners – A Wholesome Solution For Luxurious Homes
A central air conditioner, though luxurious, is the most common air conditioning unit found in a variety of homes in the United States. One of the reasons contributing to its popularity is that it is a duct system air conditioner, meaning it can cool the entire apartment or home easily and quietly.
Consisting of two units, the central air conditioning system has an evaporative unit nestled beside the furnace and a condensing unit housed outside. In central air conditioners, refrigerant tubing connects the evaporative unit with the condensing one.
The condensing unit of the central air conditioner produces cool air that is pushed to the evaporative unit. Later, the evaporative unit propels the cool air throughout the space via air ducts, similar to a furnace.
Although central air conditioning units are regulated by a thermostat, they can be equipped with smart capabilities. Therefore, users can turn it on or off, set cooling cycles, and adjust the temperature as per their needs.
Note that installing a central air conditioner is bothersome, although it’s safe to say that it is an easy-to-operate system. Installation alone can cost as much as $10,000 because the ceilings and walls are torn down to install ductwork.
Obviously, it isn’t a DIY task that you can pull off with ease, so hiring an expert engineer beforehand will be the best bet.
Advantages Of A Central Air Conditioner
Easy to operate
Requires less maintenance
Highly efficient
Relatively quiet operation
Programmable thermostats help save on electricity bills
Disadvantages Of A Central Air Conditioner
High installation cost
2. Floor Mounted Air Conditioners – Stronger Yet Quiet Split-System AC
Prefer split systems air conditioners but are short on space? Floor-mounted air conditioners would be the best bet for your spacious apartment.
The portable unit sits indoors on the floor, so the evaporator fans work to remove the moisture formed inside the unit. Meanwhile, the outdoor unit can be fitted without any ductwork or major preparations.
A floor-mounted AC is a single self-contained unit that can be moved from one space to another with ease. Its portability is what makes it a viable option for buildings constructed with glass or other fragile materials. Portable units are also an excellent option for spaces with tilted walls, such as attics.
As for the installation, floor-mounted air conditioners can either be kept on the floor or installed up to 6 inches higher on the wall. Through a small hole in the wall, floor-mounted units are linked to the outdoor unit.
Irrespective of whether you place it on the floor or install it on the wall, checking the air filters of such air conditioners is easy. Another advantage of a floor-mounted air conditioner is that it cools a space quicker than wall-mounted ACs, as the unit blows air directly.
Nevertheless, floor-mounted air conditioners need free space to function efficiently; otherwise, they won’t be able to circulate air properly. And more than one portable unit can be connected to a single outdoor AC shell, i.e., a generator with a compressor and ventilator.
Advantages Of A Floor-Mounted Air Conditioner
Easy to install
Ideal for small and compact spaces as it doesn’t occupy much space
Doubles up as a dehumidifier
Built-in ionizer
Disadvantages Of A Floor-Mounted Air Conditioner
The outdoor unit generates a lot of noise
3. Mini-Split System Ductless Air Conditioners – Better Efficiency Ductless AC
Not every residence has large duct systems for dispensing cool or warm air through the space. In certain homes, expansions are done, or guest rooms are built after installing a heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system.
Either way, a mini-split system ductless air conditioner would be a valuable addition. These types of air conditioners are a fusion of one or more indoor units and an outdoor unit with a condenser (heat transfer) and compressor.
Equipped with air blowers, the indoor unit is installed on a wall and is connected to the outdoor unit via tubing that carries the refrigerant. As the traditional units are compact, they can heat or cool small spaces, but not too many rooms. That is why they are more common among people looking for a permanent alternative to window air conditioners.
A mini-split air conditioner is much more efficient than other types of air conditioners in terms of energy consumption. However, if you intend to install it in every room of your home, it will be heavy on the pockets.
Although mini-split air conditioners come with remote control, you can pair them with a smart AC controller and operate them from anywhere at the push of a button.
Advantages Of A Ductless Mini-Split Air Conditioner
Installation is a breeze as it doesn’t require ductwork
Compatible with smart AC controller
Energy-efficient
Doesn’t produce too much noise
Disadvantages Of A Ductless Mini-Split Air Conditioner
Not meant for cooling large spaces
4. Ceiling-Mounted Air Conditioners – High-Capacity Units Make Them Ideal For Offices
As the name suggests, ceiling-mounted air conditioners are installed on the ceiling, including suspended ones, so they are considered appropriate for commercial spaces. These types of air conditioners are cassette-like units that are attached to the air pipes of a building.
Two reasons why ceiling-mounted air conditioners are much sought-after are power and aesthetics. Speaking of power, the airflow of this type of air conditioner is connected to the central airflow. That means it can replace up to 7 portable air conditioners and 5 window AC units.
Coming to aesthetics, these air conditioners boast a modern-looking design, meaning they do not stick out of the ceiling. In this system, the only thing that protrudes from the ceiling is the 4 outlet louvers.
As they are installed on the ceiling, it’s understandable that air flows vertically instead of horizontally. However, they can be mounted on the walls for a ‘sideways breeze.’
But ceiling-mounted air conditioners are expensive, so installing them in residential spaces won’t be a sound decision.
Advantages Of A Ceiling-Mounted Air Conditioner
Distributes air evenly
Saves a lot of space
Relatively quiet operation
Room temperature can be adjusted
Disadvantages Of A Ceiling-Mounted Air Conditioner
Expensive
5. Air Source Heat Pumps – Effective In Mild Climates
The air source heat pump is a cooling solution worth considering for homes with ductwork because of its low maintenance. Like a central air conditioning system, air source heat pumps use electricity instead of fuel to dispense cold and warm air across a space.
During the winter months, this system draws in concentrated warm air circulating outdoors and transports it into your home. Conversely, it absorbs the warm air from your home and throws it outside to keep your space cool during summer.
Unlike other home air conditioners, air source heat pumps are energy-efficient and a viable cooling solution for places with mild climates. But I wouldn’t suggest installing these devices in Minnesota because its winters and summers are anything but mild.
If you still wish to install one of these systems in your homes, I suggest using it in tandem with your existing system (air conditioner) to increase its efficiency.
Advantages Of Air Source Heat Pump
Doesn’t turn off and on frequently like a gas furnace
Economical option for places with milder climates
Distributes heat and cool air evenly throughout the entire house
Energy-efficient
Disadvantages Of Air Source Heat Pump
Installation can be costly
Types Of Stand-Alone AC Units
1. Portable Air Conditioners – Ideal For Single-Room Cooling
Of late, portable air conditioners have become a popular pick among homeowners and why not? You need not mount them on walls or ceilings like other types of AC units. Instead, they come with wheels, so they can be moved from one room to another without fuss like a vacuum cleaner.
Unlike other air conditioners, portable units are small and their capacity ranges between 5,000 BTU (British Thermal Unit) and 14,000 BTU. As per the EnergyStar BTU chart, a 10,000 BTU portable air conditioner will be suitable for a 400 to 450 square feet single-room ceiling space.
The only drawback of a portable air conditioner is the air pipe (fluid conveyance) also needs to be moved along with the unit, so that’s a hefty task. Also, every portable air conditioner comes with a long exhaust system (hose), which could range between 4” and 6” in diameter.
Whichever space you put it in, you must make sure that there is a casement window or a sliding door. That’s because you will have to place the other end outdoors to release hot air. Despite that, I’d say that a portable air conditioner is a practical addition to small spaces because you can get a good one for as little as $500.
Advantages Of A Portable Air Conditioner
Ideal for small spaces
Comes with built-in wheels for easy portability
Easy on the pockets
Doesn’t require frequent maintenance
Piping and plumbing aren’t required to install it
Disadvantages Of A Portable Air Conditioner
Low-capacity compressor
2. Window Air Conditioners – European ‘Through-The-Wall’ Air Conditioners
A cost-effective alternative to central air conditioners is a window air conditioner, which is quite popular in Europe. Compact yet powerful, window air conditioners are self-contained units that are designed for windows with the front portion indoors and the rear outdoors. Although you can drill a hole to install this air conditioner, I advise you to mount it on a window to be on the safe side.
On top of that, a window AC unit is equipped with a fan to release heat and condensation outside while pushing cold air into the space. What I particularly like about window units is they can be used with wireless devices and remote controls, provided they have smart system capabilities.
Compared to a central air conditioning unit, the air output of a window air conditioner is limited. So, you will either have to go for a large unit, install several ACs in your commercial space, or run the AC alongside multiple fans to cool the space effectively.
Although most people try to DIY install window air conditioners, I would suggest calling for professionals. That’s because these units can fall out if they aren’t mounted properly, injuring individuals passing below.
With window air conditioners, the thickness of the wall also plays an important role in determining their efficient energy use. So, before you start with the installations, make sure to check if your wall is thicker than 9” or not. If you mount them on walls thicker than 9”, the airflow will be hindered and the unit will become energy inefficient.
A few advanced models of window air conditioner units can also be used for heating the room. So, you can go for them if you don’t mind spending a tad bit on ACs.
Types Of Window Air Conditioners
Designed for single-level homes and apartments, window air conditioners are manufactured in a variety of sizes. So, finding a large window air conditioner for your spacious bedroom or living room won’t be a problem.
As for the style, window air conditioners are available in multiple varieties:
Saddle over-the-sill window air conditioners – They are placed over the windowsill, although the majority of the unit is fixed beneath it.
Low-profile window air conditioners – They are no more than 14 to 15 inches long.
Vertical or casement air conditioners – They are designed for narrow windows.
Advantages Of A Window Air Conditioner
Low upfront cost
Multiple options
Easy to install
Energy efficient
Disadvantages Of A Window Air Conditioner
A bit noisy
3. Wall-Mounted Air Conditioners – Ideal For Older Buildings
Do you reside in older buildings that get scorching hot in summer? A wall-mounted air conditioner will save you from the burning heat by releasing cold air into your home.
These air-conditioning units come with strong supporters; hence, you can mount the air conditioner on the wall without any difficulty. After installing the air conditioner, you will have to mount 2 air pipes at the back of the unit through the wall so that hot air can be released outside.
Since the installation isn’t as straightforward as with other air conditioning systems, like portable air conditioners, hiring professionals will be a sensible decision. This air conditioning system is also bigger than other air conditioner types, which is another reason I suggest refraining from DIY installations.
Note that if you run this cooling system regularly, the wall can get quite hot; even the air pipes meant for dispersing heat will warm up.
Wall-mounted air conditioners also come with a heating system, although you will have to fork out a few dollars to get your hands on them. One benefit of investing in them is that the unit will circulate hot air throughout the room and keep you warm during the winter months.
Advantages Of A Wall-Mounted Air Conditioning System
Better cooling capacity than window air conditioners
Energy-efficient
Relatively quiet air conditioning system
Improves indoor air quality by minimizing allergens
Easy to maintain
Disadvantages Of A Wall-Mounted Air Conditioning System
An excellent alternative to a central air conditioning unit is a geothermal air conditioner for large homes. Cool air is transferred via the existing ducts of the home to lower the temperature so that it becomes cool.
Geothermal air conditioners also doubles as a heater and insulate your home during colder months. Compared to a central air conditioning system or a standard furnace (central heating), such a system consumes less energy, so the energy cost is less. The installation costs, however, are significantly more than that of other systems, ranging between $15,000 and $35,000.
The operations of geothermal air conditioners are fairly simple– they circulate water underground. Therefore, in the summer months, the water transports heat from the house and disperses it deep into the earth (acting as a heat sink).
During winter, heat is absorbed by the cold water from the earth at a depth of about 10 feet. Later, where a compressor and heat pump raise the temperature of the air before letting it out into your home.
Advantages Of A Geothermal Air Conditioner
Longer life expectancy
Improved efficiency reduces cooling costs
Cools the entire space via the duct (flow) system
Usable all year round, no matter the weather
Disadvantages Of A Geothermal Air Conditioner
Unfit for condos, apartments or properties with small yards
Smart air conditioners are more or less similar to regular air conditioners, except they can be operated using a tablet or a smartphone. Via a mobile app, you can switch your AC on and off at a particular time of the day, even when you’re away from home. You can also adjust the room temperature or create a cooling schedule at the click of a button or with voice commands.
To adjust the settings to your preference, the only thing needed is a stable internet connection (Wi-Fi) on your smart device.
Today, smart features are added to the majority of air conditioners, from portable air conditioners to window units. Typically, smart air conditioners range between $200 and $8,000, depending on the model and brand you opt for.
Often referred to as a swamp air conditioner, an evaporative air conditioner is yet another option that homeowners must consider for cooling their space. Evaporative air conditioners are one of the oldest units, relying on ice and water instead of refrigerant to supply cool air within a space, which separates them from regular ACs.
Pads soaked in cold water or tubs of ice are placed in front of these ACs, which convert warm air into cool air before blowing it across the room.
Yes, a whole-home evaporative air conditioner system is expensive, but finding one for your small space wouldn’t be a problem. That’s because they are available at prices as low as $100 to as high as $7,000 or above.
One major drawback of such AC units is they function only when filled with ice or cold water. So, if you’re planning to go for this system, keep in mind that you have to keep tabs on the unit and refill it every now and then.
Also, evaporative AC units are known to increase the humidity levels of a space. Keeping that in mind, I suggest you refrain from going for it if high humidity is a persistent issue.
Advantages Of An Evaporative Air Conditioner
Doesn’t rely on ozone-depleting substances like Freon for cooling
A dual-fuel air conditioner, also known as hybrid AC, integrates an electric-source heat pump with a gas furnace for efficient yet cost-effective performance.
Interestingly, such systems switch between electricity and fossil fuels automatically depending on the weather outside. All you have to do is program the range at which the unit switches from the furnace to the heat pump and vice versa. You can even change over from gas to pump manually, which I like about this unit.
In summer, the unit works as it is supposed to– pulls hot air and expels it outdoors. And when winter arrives, the process is reversed, as warm air is dispersed indoors.
Advantages Of A Dual Fuel Air Conditioner
Low carbon footprint
Makes space cozy and comfortable in all seasons
Helps you save on utility bills
Disadvantages Of A Dual Fuel Air Conditioner
Initial setup cost is high
Tip
When using an AC, consider two things: budget and energy efficiency rating (EER). Portable ACs and window ACs are the cheapest ones you will come across Mini-split systems or ductless ACs are dependable, cost-effective options for cooling more than one room at a time. Meanwhile, central air conditioning units are quite expensive; however, they are covered with a generous warranty and last long.
Final Thoughts
As you can see, there are multiple air conditioners, each suitable for use in different scenarios. However, before you get one for your home, there are a few important factors you need to consider, like the energy efficiency rating, cooling capacity, maintenance, and, budget.
While a central air conditioner would be a worthy option for cooling the entire home simultaneously, keep in mind it isn’t easy on the pockets. If you’re looking for an AC unit that doesn’t cost a bomb and is cost-effective, you can go for air-source heat pumps or window air conditioners.
An AC isn’t a home appliance that you upgrade every year, so opt for premium brands, even if that means overspending a tad bit because they don’t compromise on quality. Also, be sure to check SEER (seasonal energy efficiency ratio) ratings and customer reviews to ensure you spend money on the right appliance.
While tower AC units have a higher cooling capacity to cool a large space and even larger rooms, portable ACs are known for their compactness and low electricity consumption. Both have pros and cons; however, the choice mostly depends on individual needs and budget.
Most people rely on air conditioners for heating, venting, and air conditioning, so there are various options to choose from, including window air conditioners, mini splits, portable units, tower ACs, etc. But towers and portable air conditioners are now in vogue as they are energy efficient and convenient to maintain.
That’s why I will walk you through these two types of air conditioning and its benefits and shortcomings to equip you with enough knowledge to make an informed decision. Let’s dive in!
What Are Tower Air Conditioners?
Since the invention of air conditioners, tower ACs have been largely overshadowed by window air conditioners and split ACs. And even though they are quite the underrated AC units, they can effectively cool larger rooms at a low electric energy consumption. Similar to split ACs, they have an internal unit and an external compressor to circulate the refrigerant to the condenser.
But how does a tower air conditioner really work? Much like splits, they use refrigerants that run through a condenser coil to produce cool air and blow the air using a built-in fan. But since the internal and external units are connected via ducts in a tower air conditioner, it is difficult to move it around.
However, since it is a floor unit, you can conveniently change the angles of the grilles through which the cool breeze comes out to achieve a comfortable temperature. Besides, a tower air conditioning system is equipped with high cooling outputs, such as 2 or 4 tons.
What Are Portable Air Conditioners?
A portable air conditioner is a popular air conditioning solution for temporary cooling in home and office spaces. Unlike traditional window AC units that need to be fixed on double-hung windows, a portable unit is a freestanding appliance that you can set up anywhere in your home.
Plus, portable units remain indoors entirely as they don't have an external compressor–all one comes with is a hose and a window kit for installation.
Besides being easily portable, these AC units offer various features that help maintain temperature and moisture levels even in bad weather. These include digital controls, customizable timers, carbon filters, turbo fans, and many more. Facilitated by these features, a portable AC unit takes the hot air from your home, cools it, and then circulates it.
Some expensive portable air conditioners have two hoses–one pulls in fresh air from outside, and the other discards excess humidity and warm air from the room. Moreover, a portable air conditioner can benefit those with multiple rooms but aren’t keen on buying multiple split or window units.
So, if you're looking for an air conditioner for occasional use or a large portable AC that you can swing back and forth between different rooms, consider opting for a portable unit.
Tower AC VS Portable AC
Now that I have highlighted some of the defining features and distinguishing traits of a tower and portable air conditioner, it’s time I delve deeper. For your benefit, I’m going to compare some key factors in both tower and portable AC units and see who has it better!
1. Cooling Capacity
Tower AC
Even though tower ACs are larger in size, they can maintain the room temperature in an energy-efficient way by circulating cool air throughout the room. Unlike traditional air conditioners, tower ACs have less electric energy consumption as their compact internal components circulate the air faster. Moreover, the various features a tower AC unit offers, including timers and speed settings, help you further navigate its energy efficiency abilities.
Portable AC
Portable air conditioners are as energy efficient as tower ACs, if not more. They work with a similar technology as a window unit, drawing hot air from the room and circulating it through chilled condenser coils.
By doing so, the hot air is cooled down and blown into the space as fresh, cool air. This process is very energy efficient and can help maintain an optimal temperature in extreme weather.
A portable unit also has various features to help you navigate its cooling power– from programmable timers to the digital and remote control– there’s plenty to choose from.
2. Electricity Consumption
Besides checking an air conditioner’s cooling power in terms of British Thermal Units (BTU), most people are also concerned about its power consumption. Both of these factors contribute to energy bills, and knowing about them properly can give you an idea of their running costs.
Tower AC
Although tower air conditioners are becoming increasingly popular because of their cooling capacity, style, and functionality, they are high on power consumption.
Generally speaking, tower ACs use twice as much electricity as compared to other units, such as portable and window ones. Since tower ACs generate large amounts of cold air simultaneously, they usually lead to higher costs in terms of energy bills.
They place a significant electric load and consume more energy; however, tower ACs are still more energy-efficient than many other cooling solutions. If you learn to use it more judiciously, you can reduce electrical consumption and save money.
Portable AC
Ideal for cooling a small space like a bedroom or office room, portable air conditioners also use a significant amount of energy, depending on their BTU rating. Since a portable unit can put some strain on your home’s electrical system, you should consider installing some blow fuses or triple circuit breakers if you go for these units.
However, a good trick to ensure your portable units are energy efficient is by checking the SEER and BTU ratings before purchasing. If you manage to find one with a good rating, you’ll be able to save money on energy and utility bills.
3. Space Saving
Tower AC
A tower AC usually has a considerable size and weight, and on top of that, it will have ducts running throughout the room, so it’s not exactly very space-saving.
These ACs are usually popular for their elegant and substantial exterior, so opt for tower units if you want to show off your AC in a living space or hall. But it might not save you much floor space, given it’s installed on the floor itself.
However, the best tower air conditioners are portable if the ducts connected to the units have enough leverage.
Portable AC
If you want space-saving features, portable air conditioners definitely top the list. They are compact and lightweight options that you can easily move to different rooms as and when needed. Its portability also saves you a lot of money, as you no longer need to buy multiple AC units–just bring the portable AC unit into the room you’re in and enjoy the fresh air! Plus, you can put it inside a storage shelf or cupboard to save floor space when not in use.
4. Price
Tower AC
Of course, like most household appliances, the price of tower ACs increases with more accessible features, energy efficiency, installation and placement options. What’s more, you’ll find freestanding and mounted window AC versions at different price ranges. However, despite the various benefits and options, tower units are usually more expensive than other cooling units.
Such a higher price range is usually due to the advanced technology, higher cooling capacity, digital control panel, and self-cleaning programs.
Portable AC
Although portable air conditioners are usually more affordable than tower units, their price greatly varies depending on several important factors. The size and cooling capacity determine its price range, so larger and more powerful units will cost more than the compact ones. This is also because a larger portable air conditioner is better at controlling temperature and humidity.
Other factors like the brand, design, special features, and accessibility contribute to different price tags, so it's best to do your research and choose only those features you need to stay within budget.
5. Maintenance
Tower AC
Tower units require regular maintenance- from cleaning the air filters to checking the condenser lines–so it is a frequent, time-consuming investment. However, it is very easy to clean the filters yourself to ensure that there’s no dirt and debris build-up blocking the air path. But when it comes to checking other mechanical parts, it's probably best to hire a professional.
Moreover, checking and taking proper care of the turbo fans and valves are very important to help the tower unit function efficiently. But, keep in mind, it can be quite expensive to hire professional maintenance services all the time.
Portable AC
A portable air conditioner is comparatively easier to maintain on your own, mainly because the internal mechanism isn’t very hard to figure out. You just need to clean the unit inside out, replace the air filters or empty them regularly, and check the air vents, so nothing is blocking the airflow.
Tip
Try using a chemical substance like isopropyl alcohol to remove the dirt from the vents to prevent any build-up. You can also purchase a degreaser if you find grease accumulating in the grilles.
However, if you’d rather not clean the vents regularly, opt for ventless portable units that remove a lot of maintenance needs your way. Simply follow the basic maintenance steps, and you can enjoy cold air all summer!
Portable & Tower AC FAQs
Can You Move A Tower AC?
Tower ACs are movable and comprise of two components – an external and internal unit. While the internal unit can be placed anywhere in the room or house, the external unit has to be fixed at a particular place outdoors. So, simply speaking, tower ACs are more movable than mini splits and window ACs, but they aren’t as dynamic as portable ones.
Are Tower ACs Better Than Mini Splits?
Both the AC units are quite similar to one another: both have two distinct units where one is installed outdoors to vent the warm refrigerant gas. However, tower ACs occupy floor space unlike mini splits that are affixed on the wall. Moreover, mini splits are usually more energy efficient, but tower ACs are preferred for their aesthetic value and movability.
What Are The Disadvantages Of A Portable AC Unit?
Even though portable ACs are compact and easy to use, they often use more energy to cool the same square foot area compared to other units. This is because most portable ACs do not have a high energy efficiency rating or an Energy Star certification. So, if you’re looking for an AC that will keep your utility bills under budget, then consider opting for other types.
How Long Can Portable ACs Run?
Similar to other AC units, a portable unit doesn’t have any limitations related to its running time. However, many products have shut-off mechanisms or automatic thermostats that turn off the AC when the ideal temperature has been reached to reduce energy usage. If your portable AC doesn’t have such settings, consider switching it off once the room feels comfortable.
How Good Is The Coverage Of A Tower AC?
Tower ACs have a significantly wider coverage since their air outlets blow out cold air at a 90-degree angle. This, combined with the longer height of their blower fan, helps tower ACs cover a much wider area in less time.
To Sum It Up
Tower and portable ACs have quite a few pros and cons that require careful consideration. Both can be energy efficient and offer smart cooling; however, they differ in installation, portability, and running costs. If you’re willing to invest in a unit that will quickly cool larger rooms but have higher running costs, a tower AC might work for you.
However, if you have smaller rooms requiring more floor space but would rather not buy multiple cooling solutions, consider portable units. Another thing to consider is noise level- tower ACs have low noise levels, but portable ones are notorious for making louder noise while generating cold air.
That brings me to the end of my detailed comparison- just tick the factors that most affect you and decide which one suits your cooling needs best.
Until next time!
Replacing the evaporator coil of your air conditioner can cost you between $400 and $2,000 on average. However, the actual replacement cost may vary based on several factors, such as the type, refrigerant, size, coil style, labor, location, and SEER ratings.
As a homeowner, you can purchase different types of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems for your home.
From evaporative coolers to furnace heaters, each system has its own use case. In this regard, air conditioners are possibly the most common HVAC systems today.
But in order to get the best use out of your AC, you need to look after it. And replacing the evaporator coil is one of the most crucial maintenance tasks for an air conditioner.
So, if you want to know how much it costs to get this component replaced, then keep reading!
What Is An AC Evaporator Coil?
As you already know, an air conditioner is a fairly complex piece of equipment. There are several components inside this appliance, such as the fan, air handler, heat exchanger, compressor, condenser, air filter, and so on. All of these components work together to provide cooling or heating inside the room. And one of these components is the evaporator coil, which plays a crucial role in the functioning of your AC.
Simply put, the evaporator coil absorbs the heat from the air to lower the room temperature. Because of this reason, it is also known as the cooling coil of the AC unit. It works alongside the condenser coil of your AC to complete the heat exchange process, thereby conditioning the air inside your home.
Therefore, it is absolutely essential to replace this part if it breaks or starts to malfunction. If you don’t, your AC will fail to provide sufficient cooling (or heating), which will defeat the entire purpose of the machine.
Factors That Affect AC Evaporator Coil Replacement Costs
When it comes to replacing the evaporator coil of an AC, there is no fixed price point that can be specified. This is because the actual cost of replacement depends on a variety of factors. For your convenience, I have discussed each of these factors in detail below.
1. Type Of HVAC System
The biggest factor that influences the replacement cost of an evaporator coil is the type. There are several types of air conditioning systems available today, with each type having a different arrangement of evaporator coils. That is the primary reason behind the replacement cost differences.
On that note, the four types of ACs which are the most common for residential usage are mini-split, window, portable, and central air conditioner units. The other types of HVAC systems that are not as commonly used are geothermal, through-the-wall, and smart air conditioners.
You will notice that window and portable ACs are relatively cheaper. This means that you won’t have to spend a lot of money on replacing their evaporator coils. On the other hand, mini-split or central AC units are expensive, which means the evaporator coil replacement will be costlier in those cases.
Advice
Here, you should keep in mind that other types of HVAC systems - such as furnaces and heat pumps - may come with evaporator coils too. A typical heat pump or furnace supplies warm air instead of cold air, which makes it better suited for those living in colder climates.
2. Type Of Refrigerant Liquid
Besides the AC type, the refrigerant type influences the cost of evaporator coil replacement as well. That is because the evaporator coils need to be filled with these refrigerants to function properly. These refrigerants are available in different types based on the constituent chemicals that have been used to make them.
The R-22 chlorodifluoromethane refrigerant (also known as Freon) is the most expensive to purchase. Fortunately, most modern ACs use the R410A refrigerant, which is a bit cheaper and more eco-friendly.
Typically, it will cost you around $150 to $300 to replace your evaporator coils after refilling them with a suitable refrigerant. However, older models of air conditioners use outdated refrigerants, which are generally harder to find. As a result, the replacement process might be a little more expensive in this situation.
3. Size Of The AC Unit
The size of the AC is another key factor that affects the cost of evaporator coil replacements. Normally, the sizes of air conditioning systems are represented in tons. The tonnage of an AC is usually measured in BTU (British thermal unit), and it refers to how much air the machine can process in an hour.
An air conditioner of one ton has a cooling capacity of 12,000 BTU per hour. Thus, an AC unit that has a higher tonnage will have a considerably high BTU rating. As such, it will be able to cool a large space more effectively than an AC unit that has a lower tonnage.
In this regard, the tonnage of the AC is dependent on the size of a room as well. For instance, if you have a small room, you can use a small-sized AC of 1.5 tons without any issues. But if your room is a large one, you will need an AC that has a size of 2.5 tons or higher.
Needless to say, a large-sized AC will have a larger and more complex system of evaporator coils. So, the cost of replacing them will naturally be higher.
4. Evaporator Coil Style
The style of evaporator coil used in the machine also influences the cost of replacement. By style, I am referring to the overall shape of the coil. In that context, there are five different coil styles commonly used in AC units today. These are the A-coils, Z-coils, N-coils, slab coils, and uncased coils.
As you can guess, the A, N, and Z coils are shaped like the corresponding letters of the alphabet, and they support both vertical and horizontal airflow. Conversely, slab coils are designed to support only horizontal airflow. Regardless of that, all of these coils have an outer casing that protects them from damage.
Uncased evaporator coils, on the other hand, do not come with an outer casing (hence the name). However, they can be used in both horizontal and vertical configurations. And in terms of cost, they are cheaper to purchase than the previous coil styles. But be advised - the lack of an outer casing makes them vulnerable to damage.
5. Labor
When replacing the evaporator coil in an AC system, you need to consider the labor costs too. On average, professionals involved with HVAC system repairs and installations charge around $50 to $150 per hour. The better their reputation, the higher their charges will be.
In general, replacing the evaporator coil takes around three to four hours. Based on that, the average cost of labor can be calculated to be between $150 and $600.
6. Unit Location
This is another factor that affects the AC coil replacement cost. If your air conditioner unit is located in an area that is difficult to access, then the cost of replacement will go up. This is because the technician will have to put in more effort to access the unit, which will increase the cost of labor.
7. SEER Rating
The seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER) rating also needs to be considered when getting a new evaporator coil for your AC. All HVAC systems, ranging from swamp coolers to heat pumps, come with a SEER rating, which determines how much energy the unit consumes. A high SEER rating implies that the unit is more energy efficient and vice versa.
One thing you should keep in mind is that the quality of the components used in the air conditioner influences its SEER rating. So, if you do not want your AC’s energy consumption to increase, you will need to find an evaporator coil that is compatible with the SEER rating of the AC. Obviously, more efficient coils will come at a higher price, so you need to keep that in mind.
Average Cost Of AC Evaporator Coil Replacement
Now that you have familiarized yourself with the factors that affect evaporator coil replacement cost, it is time to discuss the specifics. That is what I have dealt with in this section, so I’d suggest that you read on.
1. How Much Do You Need To Spend On Replacing An Air Conditioner’s Evaporator Coil?
Based on my observations and the discussion I have provided above, I’d say that it costs between $400 and $2,000 to get this whole job done. This price range includes the cost of labor, materials, equipment, and everything else that is related to this task.
The coil itself will cost you around $150 to $1,600 to purchase. All things considered, the average price that you need to pay to purchase an evaporator coil in the United States is around $1,350.
As for the remaining amount, it will be spent on labor costs, the range of which I have already mentioned. Although, if you feel confident about taking a do-it-yourself approach, the total cost will be considerably less.
2. Evaporator Coil Replacement Costs By Size
The size is possibly the most prominent factor that affects the evaporator coil cost. That’s why I have shed some more light on this aspect here.
On average, replacing the coil of a 1.5-ton or 2-ton AC will cost you around $400 to $1,600. Similarly, it costs between $500 and $1,500 to replace the coils of a 2.5-ton or 3-ton AC unit.
For ACs that are 3.5 tons and higher, you will need to spend between $750 and $2,000 on average. Keep in mind that the above costs are inclusive of labor charges, meaning that they can be lowered if you take a DIY approach.
3. Evaporator Coil Costs By Style
Here, I have discussed the average costs for the different coil styles in a bit more detail. Uncased coils typically have the lowest average price, which is around $800. On the contrary, the prices for most cased coils start from $1,000.
Slab coils are usually a bit cheaper, given that you can get them at an average price of $1,200. Subsequently, the average prices for A-coils are around $1,300, and those for N and Z coils are approximately $1,500.
Signs That You Need An AC Evaporator Coil Replacement
A faulty or old evaporator coil is accompanied by several signs, as I listed below. If you notice one or more of these signs, then you should immediately replace the old coil with a new one.
There is a drop in the indoor air quality
The AC unit is pumping out hot air
Odd sounds are coming from inside the unit
The cooling efficiency has reduced noticeably
There are visible signs of a refrigerant or water leak
The moisture level of the air is high
You have difficulty turning on the unit
Evaporator Coil FAQs
What Is The Difference Between An Evaporator Coil And A Condenser Coil?
Simply put, the evaporator coil removes the heat from the air inside your room, while the condenser coil expels this heat to the outside.
When the refrigerant liquid flows through the evaporator coils, it absorbs the excess heat from the air via the process of heat transfer. This warm refrigerant is then circulated to the condenser coils, which use the same process as above to expel this heat to the outside. On that note, these coils also help to remove moisture through the process of condensation.
Are There Any Warranties Or Guarantees Included With Evaporator Coils?
Whether or not your AC’s evaporator coil comes with a warranty or guarantee depends entirely on the brand. Some manufacturers include a home warranty on most components, including the evaporator coil. In that situation, you can seek free replacements and service in case of any manufacturing defects.
However, there are some brands that provide limited or no warranties on evaporator coils. In that case, you will have to spend out of your own pocket to replace this component.
How Often Do Evaporator Coils Need To Be Replaced?
The evaporator coils used in modern air conditioners can last anywhere between 10 and 15 years, which is almost the same as the lifespan of the AC. Thus, you will need to replace the coil at the above intervals, provided the rest of the unit is still in working condition. If not, then it’s a good idea to replace the whole thing altogether.
That said, if you maintain your AC unit properly, you can extend its lifespan by a few more years. Fail to do that, and your coils will need to be replaced at shorter intervals.
Do Evaporative Coolers Come With Evaporator Coils?
An evaporative cooler is different from an air conditioner, both in design and mode of operation. This particular HVAC system uses the process of water evaporation to cool the air inside a room. In contrast, an air conditioner uses refrigerants to do the same.
Therefore, evaporative coolers do not have any evaporator coils that need to be replaced. And purchasing this appliance is a lot more affordable than purchasing a conventional air conditioner.
Conclusion
That brings me to the end of this detailed guide. I hope that you will find the information provided here helpful in preparing a suitable budget for this task.
Here, I should emphasize the need for proper monitoring and maintenance since that will save you a lot of money in the long run. If you clean the air conditioner from time to time, you can keep the evaporator coil (and the AC) in top working condition for a long time.
In that context, if your coil needs some minor repairs after a while, you can get it done at a relatively lower cost than a full replacement. Still, replacing your coil will eventually become necessary, and that is when this guide will become useful.
Air conditioning systems are usable in arid and humid subtropical climates, whereas evaporative cooling systems do not work well in places with excess humidity. However, evaporative coolers are more affordable than air conditioners, owing to less energy-consumption and proving environment-friendly.
Excessively hot or cold spaces cause feelings of sluggishness or drowsiness. Hence, temperature regulation is a necessity; otherwise, it will take a toll on productivity and human health.
To beat the heat, air conditioners, and evaporative cooling systems are considered to be the most effective cooling solutions. But which one you should go for is a question that troubles many. Today, I’ll discuss the two systems in detail to help you decide.
Air Conditioning System: What Is It And How Does It Work?
A traditional air conditioner system is a unit that supplies cool air to an enclosed space while expelling warm air outside. All air conditioning units are equipped with refrigerant, a specialized chemical substance that facilitates this heat exchange.
While working in tandem, these 3 components turn the refrigerant into a liquid. The compressor increases the temperature and pressure of the chemical (refrigerant) before sending it to the condenser coil, where it’s converted into liquid.
This refrigerant enters the evaporator coil by flowing inside, where it evaporates and cools down the coil. Indoor air is circulated above the cold evaporator coil, and hot air in the space is absorbed by the refrigerant.
Consequently, the cooled air is released indoors, whereas the heated evaporated gas is returned to the compressor. As soon as the refrigerant gas is converted into liquid, heat is discharged into the outside air.
Until your space reaches the desired temperature, this cycle continues.
Different Types Of Air Conditioners
This age-old cooling system is available in various types and I’ve touched upon a few popular variants in this section.
1. Split System Air Conditioner
Among all the variants, a split system air conditioner is much sought-after because of its compact size. In spaces with small or no windows, this unit makes for an excellent option as it can be installed high on one of the walls.
Furthermore, it’s an energy-efficient unit, so you can stay cool without burning a hole in your pocket.
2. Reverse Cycle Air Conditioner
Usable all year round, reverse cycle air conditioners are heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems which can supply hot and cold air to whichever space you install them in.
The multi-functionality of such units is what has contributed to its popularity among homeowners, especially those on a stringent budget. What’s even better is they do not consume much electricity, as they are energy efficient.
3. Wall Or Window Air Conditioner
Such air conditioning units are installed on the walls or windows and can cool up to 530 square feet of space efficiently. Compared to a split system air conditioner, they are ideal only for small spaces.
4. Portable Air Conditioner
Coming with a wheeled base and a free-standing body, portable air conditioners can be used to cool a small to medium-sized space. Unlike other air conditioners, they come with a hose to exhaust heat via a door or a window, which makes these air conditioning systems suitable for rented spaces.
Advantages Of Air Conditioning System
1. Improving Indoor Air Quality
Poor indoor air quality can lead to or aggravate respiratory issues and trigger an allergic reaction in people suffering from allergic rhinitis. Air conditioning systems trap pollutants from the air to improve air quality, reducing the detrimental effects of bacteria, allergens or airborne particles.
2. Reducing Humidity
Homes with high humidity are breeding grounds for mold and mildew.
Although dehumidifiers dehumidify a space well, they are expensive. Instead, an air conditioning system is a cost-effective solution to reduce moisture levels while staying cool and comfy.
3. Cycles Out Odors
Fumes and odors like chemicals are kept at bay by air conditioning systems. Air conditioners basically cycle out obnoxious smells so that you’re be surrounded by clean, healthy, and fresh air.
Air Conditioning Evaporative Cooling Systems: What Is It And How Does It Work?
Evaporative coolers, otherwise known as swamp coolers, cool air by moving hot outside air over cooling pads.
Where air conditioners rely on vapor compression or absorption refrigeration cycles, evaporative coolers rely on the principle of evaporation. At the base is a container where water is filled and transported to the cooling pads.
As soon as they are moistened, the fan blower absorbs heat or warm outside air, filters it, and moves it across the dampened pads. After this, the heated air is converted into cold air and distributed across the space via the vent or ducts to reduce the humidity of the space.
Types Of Evaporative Coolers
1. Direct Evaporative Cooler
Direct evaporative coolers deliver affordable temperature regulation by cooling the outside air and passing it over a moistened membrane. These portable evaporative coolers are low-maintenance and easy to set up. But even though such an evaporative system provides efficient cooling, they increase the humidity of the space.
2. Indirect Evaporative Cooler
An indirect evaporative air cooler cools a space efficiently by separating the cooled air from the warm and humid inside air. Such an evaporative cooler works by moving the air across a set of dampened pipes.
Experts recommend such evaporative cooling units for humid spaces because they don’t add to the humidity.
Advantages Of Evaporative Cooling System
1. Eco-Friendly
As evaporative cooling systems aren’t equipped with refrigerants and do not cause any damage to the environment.
2. Easy Maintenance
Another benefit of an evaporative cooler is that it’s easy to maintain and you won’t have to hire professionals to clean the unit.
3. Quiet Operation
Evaporative coolers are relatively quiet, meaning they don’t generate as much noise as other cooling solutions. That means you can enjoy sound sleep without disturbance.
Evaporative Cooling Vs Air Conditioning System: A Comparison
1. Performance
In terms of performance, air conditioning systems have better cooling capacity than an evaporative cooling system. The main reason is that the latter relies on hot outside air to cool a space, whereas the former is a refrigerant unit that operates independently.
That’s why air conditioners cool a room better than evaporative coolers. However, evaporative cooling systems function well in dry and hot climates, precisely in places where humidity levels are below 25%.
2. Energy Efficiency Or Efficient Energy Use
Evaporative cooling systems make use of a water pump and fan to supply cool air to a space, so they consume less energy. On the other hand, the compressor of the air conditioning system consumes a lot of power to maintain the temperature of the room.
So, it’s safe to say that evaporative coolers are energy-efficient, whereas air conditioners consume more energy.
3. Environmental Issues
Where air conditioners rely on toxic gasses to cool a room, evaporative coolers use only water and a fan to provide a cooling effect.
So, evaporative cooling systems minimize carbon dioxide emissions to a great extent. Unlike air conditioning systems, they don’t contribute to air pollution or greenhouse gas emissions. Despite the fact that modern-day refrigerants are safer than those used a few years ago, they are still chock-full of toxic chemicals.
Anyone who wishes to reduce their carbon footprint must go for evaporative coolers because they are environment-friendly.
4. Upfront Price
When compared, air conditioners are more expensive than evaporative coolers, and why not? They are highly efficient in cooling spaces of all sizes– small or large. Furthermore, air conditioning systems allow you to customize cooling as per your preferences.
You can set the temperature, adjust the fan speeds, switch to ‘sleep’ mode, set a programmable timer, and do a lot more. Conversely, evaporative cooling systems are considered the most economical cooling solutions because they are relatively inexpensive. But remember, you cannot customize the unit to your needs.
Air Conditioning And Evaporative Cooling Related FAQs
Can air conditioning or evaporative cooling improve indoor air quality?
Yes, both popular cooling solutions improve indoor air quality, but air conditioners are best for people with allergies. That’s because evaporative coolers are open plan systems, meaning they work only when the doors and windows are open. Thus, pollen and particulate matter will blow in with the air.
How often does air conditioning need to be serviced compared to evaporative cooling?
While you’ll have to clean an evaporative unit once every month, air conditioning systems require servicing once or twice every year. So, air conditioning systems are easy to maintain compared to evaporative coolers.
Tip
Evaporative coolers generally work well in places with hot and dry climates, so people living in wet climates mustn’t use them. Another thing I’d like to bring to your attention is that evaporative coolers cool a room based on the humidity and ambient temperature.
Conclusion
Evaporative cooling vs. air conditioning system– which of the 2 cooling systems is the best?
To sum it up, air conditioning systems cool a space quickly and efficiently, filter indoor air, and cycle out odor, but they are slightly expensive. Meanwhile, evaporative coolers are easy to set up, are environment-friendly, and do not generate a lot of noise when running. But though affordable, they require frequent maintenance, and some units make the space more humid.
People who don’t mind spending more should go for air conditioners. In contrast, evaporative coolers would be the best bet for climate-conscious individuals or people looking for temporary cooling solutions.
A device that draws in hot air from the outside, cools it by passing it over evaporative pads and releases it indoors is known as a swamp cooler. Such units are capable of reducing air temperature by 15°F to 40°F.
Running central air conditioners to beat the summer heat will skyrocket your utility bills, straining your finances. An excellent alternative to traditional air conditioners is a swamp cooler– a small and portable unit to cool a space using moisture.
But, will a swamp cooler be ideal for cooling small spaces? To figure this out, you need to understand what swamp coolers are and how they operate, so my guide explains just that.
What Is A Swamp Cooler?
Also known as an evaporative cooler, a swamp cooler is a device that relies on a fan to recirculate the air within a room via wet evaporative cooler pads. A while later, the unit releases the moist air back into the space, thereby providing a cooling effect.
How Does A Swamp Cooler Work?
Despite being around for centuries, not many know how swamp coolers work.
Evaporative coolers are quite different from traditional air conditioning systems, which relies on absorption refrigeration cycles or vapor compression to cool the air of the space. Based on the time-honored and age-old process, swamp coolers rely on the evaporative cooling process to cool the warm air inside a space.
In an evaporative air conditioner, water is filled at the base and the water supply valve keeps filling it up until the float touches the predetermined level. As soon as it’s filled with water, the water pump of the swamp cooler transports the water to the evaporative cooling pads through distribution lines.
When the evaporative pads are dampened, the blower motor draws the warm outside air, filters, and cools it by passing it over the wet swamp cooler pads. Subsequently, the warm air is turned into cool air via the evaporative cooling process, which is then forced through the ductwork or vent. This way, a swamp cooler works to lower the relative humidity of the space, thereby cooling it.
Although it doesn’t rely on refrigerant gasses or chemical processes to supply cool air, you will have to keep your door and windows open. Or regulating the flow of cooler air will become challenging.
Even opening a window partially will do the trick, and it will provide more effective cooling than your DIY air conditioners.
Where central air conditioners are closed systems, evaporative coolers are open systems. What that means is they need a steady flow of clean outside air in order to supply cold air indoors. Also, shutting down doors and windows of other parts of your home will allow the cooler to work more efficiently, cooling your room by lowering the air temperature quickly.
Benefits Of Using A Swamp Cooler
Besides cooled air, an evaporative cooler offers numerous benefits– and they are as follows:
1. Energy-Efficient
The primary reason some people prefer swamp coolers over portable air conditionersor central air conditioning systems is their energy efficiency, also known as efficient energy use. What that means is these units consume less energy compared to other cooling solutions offered on the market.
It is the absence of a compressor and a refrigerant that makes an evaporative cooler energy-efficient. And remember, the lesser energy swamp coolers consume, the lower will be your utility bills.
So, this makes them an ideal option for people who want to keep themselves cool during the sweltering summer season without increasing electricity bills.
2. Filters Dust, Allergens, And Other Impurities
Sure, you know that swamp coolers draw in air from the outside, cool it and distribute it as cold air across the space. But did you know that it cools the incoming air before releasing it indoors?
When an evaporative cooler pulls the outside air, dirt, allergens, dust, and other impurities come along with it. Before releasing the cooled air into the space to reduce excess humidity, it filters the air by trapping these allergens and impurities.
As a result, fresh and clean air is circulated in the space; therefore, you need not worry about inhaling dirt or dust.
Remember that air conditioners are designed to supply cold but dry air to a space, whereas evaporative coolers supply clean air constantly by recirculating the air. With an evaporative cooler, the humidity levels can also be balanced if the doors and windows are kept open.
3. Cost-Effective Alternative To Air Conditioning Systems
There’s no denying that air conditioning systems– central or window– cost a lot of money. Aside from the cost, the price to install them is also high, while they consume a lot of energy, adding to the electric bills.
In comparison, swamp coolers are a cost-effective alternative to air conditioning systems. Not only are they sold at relatively low prices, but their installation costs are also low.
Most evaporative coolers, unless they are large, take very little time to set up. Only large units require a little bit of labor for installing the vents and ducts, but it isn’t a challenging task, so you can do it yourself.
4. Healthy And Eco-Friendly Cooling Solution
I’ve already made it clear that swamp coolers supply cool air by evaporation. That means the air supplied to the space is somewhat moist, so the air won’t be excessively dry.
Best of all, evaporative coolers rely on eco-friendly and non-polluting technology, unlike compressor air conditioners, which are equipped with HFCs (hydrofluorocarbon) and CFCs (chlorofluorocarbon). In conclusion, evaporative cooling is an eco-friendly cooling solution, ideal for climate-conscious people.
Types Of Evaporative Coolers Or Swamp Coolers
Several types of evaporative coolers are available on the market, with some models being portable and others mountable. Keep in mind that every evaporative cooler works on the same principle of evaporative cooling.
The hotter the outside air, the better the device will operate. And understanding each type is crucial for every individual planning to use them for the summer season. So, I’ll discuss each of the 8types of swamp coolers in this section.
1. Direct Evaporative Cooler
Otherwise known as single-stage evaporative coolers or mechanical evaporative coolers, direct coolers are arguably the most popular type of swamp cooler you’ll find on the market. Such coolers use an electric fan to draw hot air from the outside via a dampened membrane. After converting the warm air into cooler air, it is expelled indoors to make your home cozy and comfortable.
Since these coolers increase humidity, people living in humid climates might refrain from using them. The only obvious way to reduce humidity levels is to run them alongside ventilation fans and, of course, open the doors and windows.
Or you can place them in the window for consistent airflow.
Often inexpensive and portable, a direct evaporative cooler is low maintenance, saving owners a lot of their precious time and effort. What’s even better is that it is ready to use out of the box, meaning users won’t have a tough time setting it up. Simply unpack the unit, plug it into the electrical outlet, fill the water reservoir, and turn it on!
2. Indirect Evaporative Air Cooler
Though using the same principles as the direct evaporative cooler, the indirect coolers are ideal for places with humid climates because they don’t add to the humidity.
Indirect evaporative coolers are able to reduce the humidity levels because they isolate the evaporatively cooled air from the inside air, which is later treated and pumped inside. Usually, this happens when air is cooled by passing over a series of damp pipes, which in turn makes the inside air cold, running through the interior pipes.
As it doesn’t increase the humidity of the room, it’s recommended for wet spaces. But one significant downside of such evaporative coolers is that they are larger than other swamp coolers and priced slightly higher. Nevertheless, they are still more affordable than air conditioning systems.
Of course, these coolers aren’t easy to transport like most window-mounted units because of their heavy weight. Once mounted on the wall, they are secured with bolts or fasteners to ensure they remain in place.
4. 2-Stage Evaporative Coolers
Combining direct and indirect evaporative cooling technologies, 2-stage evaporative coolers cool air more efficiently than two coolers. However, the downside is that this technology isn’t widespread.
Coming to its workings, it draws the outside air via an indirect cooling system. Through the direct evaporative membrane, the air is cooled further and the humidity of the inside air is raised up to 65%.
5. Central Ducted Swamp Coolers
Such swamp coolers are installed outdoors to supply cool air throughout a building.
The unit on the outside is either mounted on the roof or placed on the floor. After the installation, it is connected to the duct (flow) system to supply cold air to a large space.
Much like every other swamp cooler, they draw warm air from the surrounding area and move it across the wet evaporative components to cool the air. Later, the cold air is blown into the space via the duct attached to the unit.
Central swamp coolers are available for both residential and commercial spaces.
One thing to mention is that the ducts of the central swamp coolers must be larger than those of refrigerant-based AC systems. So, you cannot just connect a central evaporative cooler to an already installed duct system. You will have to call an HVAC system professional for consultation before installing one on your property.
6. Portable Swamp Coolers
Because these swamp coolers are small and easy to move, they are named portable swamp coolers.
Like portable air conditioners, they come with a wheeled base, so moving them from one room to another won’t be a hassle. On top of that, they are easy to store because they don’t require much space– simply roll them and place them in your storeroom during the cooling season.
Plus, almost all portable evaporative coolers use direct evaporative technology.
7. Tanked Or Pipe Evaporative Coolers
All evaporative coolers need water to supply cool air to whichever space they are placed in.
Some coolers on the market can be connected to a pipe, water hose, or tank for a constant supply of water. Such coolers are known as tanked or pipe evaporative coolers.
Out of the 2, tanked evaporative coolers require constant supervision because water must be filled in them regularly. However, installation isn’t much of a task and DIY enthusiasts like me will be able to pull it off with ease.
Piped swamp coolers, on the other hand, do not need to be filled with water regularly. But in comparison to tanked evaporative coolers, they aren’t easy to install. Furthermore, they are likely to leak after a period of time, which would be a problem.
8. 2-In-1 Evaporative Coolers
The 2-in-1 evaporative cooler doubles as a fan; hence, the name. I found the 2-in-1 evaporative cooler a highly convenient machine because you can run the fan even when the cooler isn’t being used. Because of the presence of the fan, this cooler distributes fresh air across a space better than others on the list.
Installation
So far, I’ve covered the basics of swamp coolers, but now, I will proceed to discuss the installation and maintenance of these units. Whether you should DIY install them or hire a professional to set up a unit is your call.
I’d say they are easy to install and most homeowners will be able to pull off the task with ease. Swamp coolers can be installed in 2 ways: they can be connected to duct systems or positioned in a central location.
When connected to a duct system, a swamp cooler will distribute air to multiple rooms of your home, so this method will be feasible for large apartments. Meanwhile, central-location installations are done for small spaces, as such installations cool one room at a time.
At times, units with evaporation cooling technology are fixed on the roof in a down-flow arrangement. Such placements are common for residential buildings.
Many experts, nevertheless, suggest mounting horizontal units on the ground because of 2 reasons:
Maintaining ground-mounted units is easy
Risk of leaks is low than when installed on the roof
As for the window installation, small horizontal-flow coolers are preferred to cool a small room or a section of a large room. Although such swamp coolers aren’t ideal for a more humid climate, it’s best to use them in areas with moderate climates.
Portable swamp coolers are much sought-after in the western part of the United States, where summers are mild. Generally, such coolers can lower the temperature of a space by 5 or 15 degrees Fahrenheit.
And as I mentioned above, the majority of brands sell swamp coolers with wheels for easy portability. However, one significant downside of such units is that their cooling capacity is affected by the humidity levels of your space. Considering that, such swamp coolers only deliver a slight cooling effect.
Maintenance
Although installation isn’t that much of a challenge with swamp coolers, maintaining them is high-intensive labor.
To ensure your swamp cooler functions efficiently for years to come, cleaning the unit regularly is important. Minerals and sediment build up inside the unit can tamper with the functionality of the cooler. Removing them periodically will save you from spending hundreds of dollars every year on the maintenance of the unit.
Once in a while, preferably every year, a thorough cleaning is recommended, followed by routine maintenance multiple times over the cooling season.
As a rule of thumb, the number of maintenance sessions depends on the usage of the cooler. If a unit is used more often, it needs to be cleaned after every few weeks. But in the case of a swamp cooler that is rarely used, you need not clean it as regularly.
There are a few parts of a cooler that needs attention to ensure the unit functions properly for the coming years. For swamp coolers, which are operated for prolonged hours in places with humid climates, you need to check the evaporative cooling pads, water pump, reservoir, and filters once every month.
Besides, make sure to replace the swamp cooler pads every cooling season, preferably twice. Or if the swamp cooler is being operated continuously, replacing them once every month will be the best bet.
Tip
If your wet evaporative cooler pads are made of synthetic or paper, you can clean them with mild acid. But before you do that, I suggest checking the instructions manual to know if they are acid-tolerant. Alternatively, you can clean them with lukewarm water and mild detergent.
Also, whenever you change the evaporative cooler pads, don’t forget to clean the filter for maximum efficiency.
Swamp Cooler FAQs
Is a swamp cooler suitable for all climates and environments?
Although usable in all kinds of environments, swamp coolers work well in a hot and dry climate, more like desert climate.
In the United States, swamp coolers are particularly useful in southwestern or arid western parts of the country like Arizona. The reason that they work well in areas with low humidity is that they utilize evaporative cooling technology to cool a space.
By moving the warm yet fresh outside air over saturated evaporative cooler pads, they cool the air and distribute it across the space.
Are there any health concerns associated with using a swamp cooler?
A swamp cooler whose components are cleaned thoroughly won’t pose any health risks.
However, if not maintained regularly, it will allow mold and mildew to thrive, which could be troublesome. What allows mold and mildew to grow are the wet cooling pads or humid climate.
If there’s an infestation of mold and mildew in the unit, they will spread across the space whenever the unit is turned on. This can pose a threat to the well-being of your family, irrespective of whether they are allergic to mold spores or not.
When mold is present in the indoor air, it will be inhaled by people in the room. Therefore, it may lead to breathing issues, especially among those already suffering from respiratory conditions.
In regards to swamp coolers, the only solution to prevent mold spores from infesting is to keep the moisture level in check. While opening windows will help, a HEPA air cleaner will be a better option.
If you suspect mold growth within the unit, clean it before turning it on. However, I’d suggest calling for professionals, given that mold is harmful to human health.
How long does a swamp cooler typically last?
Surprisingly, swamp coolers come with a longer lifespan and can last as much as 25 years, provided you maintain them properly. Although cleaning the filters and cooling pads can be done yourself, make sure the unit is serviced by professionals at least twice a year. Regular maintenance and consistent care will prevent system breakdowns.
Can a swamp cooler be used in commercial buildings and large spaces?
Yes, swamp coolers are usable in large industrial spaces and commercial buildings. However, your small and portable swamp cooler won’t work; you’ll have to use an industrial evaporative cooler or central swamp cooler for the space.
Much like residential coolers, they work on evaporative cooling technology, but the only difference is they are equipped with a powerful centrifugal fan.
Conclusion
To recap, swamp coolers are affordable alternatives to traditional air conditioners to beat the heat during the summer month.
What’s more, they do not run on refrigerant cycles like air conditioning systems; instead, they cool a space via evaporative cooling technology. And that’s why they consist of evaporative pads, which cool the humid outdoor air and distribute it across the space.
Unlike air conditioners, they do not cool an entire space but only people sitting in front of them. Also, they increase the humidity levels of a space, which could be problematic for some.
However, they are a reliable option if you cannot afford to spend hundreds of dollars on a portable AC or central air conditioning system. Just remember, they require frequent maintenance; otherwise, they won’t cool a room efficiently.
Despite the structural and operational similarities between window ACs and wall ACs, differences like the installation method, running cost and cooling efficiency separate the two. Window ACs are more affordable and have versatile cooling capabilities, while wall ACs are quieter and more energy-efficient.
Window and wall air conditioners are two of the most widely used AC types on the market for personal use.
Both AC types serve well as the primary cooling device, but there are several differences that make them better for one use-case over another. This makes choosing between them quite the complex affair, as each air conditioner has its benefits and drawbacks.
So, let’s explore both AC types in great detail to see which one fits your needs the best!
How An Air Conditioner Works
To understand what makes window and wall air conditioners more preferable, it would be better to know how an AC works first. At its core, the purpose of an air conditioner is to reduce the ambient temperature and humidity in a room.
The way it achieves this is by using a liquid refrigerant as a coolant, which is run through coils known as evaporator coils. AC units typically have a fan set up behind the evaporator coils that blow the cold air produced by the refrigerant into the room. At the same time, the liquid refrigerant absorbs the heat from the room.
This turns the refrigerant into a gas, which is then redirected towards the compressor. Next, the compressor compresses the refrigerant into a high-pressure gas, after which it flows through the condenser coils. Here, another fan blows over the refrigerant to reduce its heat which turns it back into a liquid, ready to be reused.
Window Air Conditioners
Window air conditioners are one of the simplest air conditioning solutions, usually mounted on a window. This AC type comes with all the complex working parts of the air conditioner housed in a single unit, which simplifies the installation process.
How A Window Air Conditioner Works
There aren’t many things that separate a window air conditioner from others in terms of its way of operation. The largest differentiator here is that the air conditioner is a single unit, which makes understanding its working process simpler.
The Inner Components Of A Window Air Conditioner
A typical window air conditionercomes with a double-shaft fan motor that has fans affixed to both sides of the motor. These fans are positioned at the evaporator and condenser sides, which enables the cooling effect of the fan.
Located at the front of the air conditioning unit is the evaporator side that expels conditioned air into the room. This is where the cooling coil, evaporator blower, operation panel with digital controls, filter drier, and drain pan are located. Most of the heavy lifting when it comes to cooling happens here.
At the back of the AC unit is the condenser side that lets out hot air. The back of the air conditioner includes components critical to air conditioning, such as the compressor, propeller fan, condenser coil, and fan motor.
If you’ve ever peeked at the inner workings of a window AC, you may have found an insulated partition that separates the two sides. This parting keeps the warm and cool sides of the air conditioner completely isolated from one another. In turn, both sides of the window air conditioner work in tandem to keep your home cool.
The Advantages
1. Affordable Cost
Window air conditioners tend to have a low purchasing price and cost less to operate. This is in sharp contrast against other AC types like a wall-mounted air conditioner. They are known to be expensive to buy and run on a monthly basis.
The reason for this is two-fold: the low installation costs and relatively simple construction. Owing to a simple installation process, the charges for having a window unit installed are quite low.
And since all the working parts of the unit are assembled in a single box, the overall cost of the unit reduces drastically.
2. High Energy Efficiency
Few air conditioner types can match the energy efficiency of a window AC. The Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER) of most window air conditioner units is usually quite high, meaning that they consume less power to run effectively.
Some ACs also come with an Energy Star rating that denotes how energy efficient the device is. You will be saving a lot of money on electricity bills by using a window AC over other air conditioner types.
3. Versatile Cooling Capabilities
Window units generally offer a high cooling capacity, ranging from 5,000 to 12,500 British Thermal Units (BTU). And combined with their low running cost, they give you the biggest bang for your buck. These are often more powerful than other air conditioner types.
Additionally, they can serve as a low-cost addition to your existing HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) system as a supplemental cooling unit. You can use central air conditioning to regulate the temperature of the entire house with a window AC to keep a specific room cool.
The principle behind using a window air conditioner for supplemental cooling is to reduce the load on the HVAC system. What this does is it causes the HVAC system to consume less power, dramatically reducing your overall energy costs.
And combined with the already low energy requirements of a window AC, you may see a sharp decline in your overall electricity costs.
4. Saves Floor Space
Window Air Conditioners don’t take up any floor space inside or outside your house. The indoor unit remains out of the way and doesn’t need to be moved to create space. And there is no outdoor unit that takes up valuable space on your roof.
If you’re looking for an air conditioner to install in a smaller space, a window AC will serve just fine. You won’t need to reorganize an already cramped space to make room for the cooling device.
The Disadvantages
1. Noise Levels
Window AC units tend to be quite loud due to the way they are constructed. Other air conditioner types have some sort of extended separation between the evaporator and condenser sides, whereas window units don’t.
If you’re a light sleeper, the noise produced by window units can be quite troublesome.
2. Reduced Natural Light
A window AC is not exactly small, which means that it will occupy a significant portion of your window. Not only will this obstruct your outdoor view, but it will also prevent natural light from entering the room.
If you’re fond of the morning sunshine pouring through the windows, a window AC may not be the best option.
Wall Air Conditioners
At first glance, wall air conditioners appear similar to window air conditioners, except that they are installed directly into an exterior wall. The area around the inner unit is sealed with a robust trim, preventing cool or fresh air in the room from escaping.
Due to their constructions being so similar, both wall and window units share many advantages and disadvantages.
The Inner Workings Of Wall Air Conditioners
Much like window air conditioners, through-the-wall units are a single unit that includes both the condenser and evaporator sides. And since they have similar basic construction, wall air conditioners work the same way as window AC units.
Both have inner units that contain the cooling coil, operation panel, filter drier, evaporator blower, and drain pan. And they have outer units with a compressor, propeller fan, condenser coil, and fan motor.
Installation location aside, the largest difference between window and wall ACs is that through-the-wall AC units vent only through the back of the ACs. Window units, on the other hand, can vent from the back and sides of the outer unit.
The Advantages
1. Unobstructed Window
Since these are installed directly onto an external wall, your window remains free of a large unit blocking it. Wall air conditioners sit in a pre-set sleeve made into the exterior wall specifically for this purpose, which keeps it secure and out of your way.
The view from your window will remain as gorgeous as ever with a wall air conditioner installed.
2. Quiet Operation
During installation, the wall sleeve is sealed thoroughly to prevent air from leaking and keep the air conditioner efficient. As a consequence, the exterior unit is left on the other side of the wall, which dampens its noise quite a bit.
Light sleepers may not be disturbed by the running noises of the wall air conditioner.
3. No Ductwork Required
Ductwork can become quite expensive when installing an AC, particularly when ducts have to run through every room. Not only can it burn a hole through your pocket, but it is also extremely inconvenient for your family.
The pre-installed sleeve aside, wall ACs require no major changes to the construction of your house. So, skipping out on ductwork can be a major boon to your wallet and the tranquility of your home.
4. Better Temperature Control
You have a greater degree of control over the ambient temperature with a wall air conditioner through a cool or heat mode. A wall air conditioner is capable of heating or cooling a single room effectively, making it cooler or warmer than the rest of the house.
The Disadvantages
1. Relatively High Installation Cost
A wall AC can’t simply be set up on a window frame. If you don’t have a wall sleeve installed in an exterior wall already, having a wall air conditioner fitted can become quite expensive. The installation will involve making room on an external wall for the sleeve and then proceeding with the regular installation process. This is both time-consuming and expensive, which can quickly lighten your wallet.
Additionally, some wall AC models don’t include a wall sleeve, requiring you to purchase one separately. This can further add to the professional installation costs.
2. They Are A Permanent Fixture
It takes a great deal of effort to replace a wall air conditioner with another. And if you’re thinking about replacing it with a different AC type, you may also have to think about the giant hole in the wall.
Even replacing wall conditioners with one of the same type is a hassle. Unless you purchase the same model, the new AC will likely not fit in the wall sleeve and will require additional modifications.
Tip
Through-the-wall air conditioners are a long-term commitment. So, if you’re looking to buy a wall AC, it’s best to think twice.
Comparing Both AC Types
Despite both air conditioners being quite similar in construction and operation, they have major differences with their own unique advantages and disadvantages. Because of these specific pros and cons, picking one over the other is not an easy task.
Window air conditioners have a higher cooling power, cooling down rooms as large as 1,500 square feet. Through-the-wall ACs, on the other hand, are capable of effectively cooling areas up to 700 square feet in size.
2. Efficient Energy Use
The use of an air-tight seal around wall air conditioners makes all the difference when it comes to energy efficiency. Thus, through-the-wall ACs consume less energy than window air conditioners, provided that both units are equivalent counterparts of one another.
3. Ease Of Installation
Installing window ACs is a job that requires no more than one technician to set it up in a specified window space. The same can’t be said about wall ACs, giving window air conditioners a clear win in this category.
4. Noise Levels
Window air conditioners are noisy, but wall ACs have a way of mitigating the noise. Thus, through-the-wall air conditioners would be preferable for quieter operation.
5. Cost
Overall, wall units are more expensive to set up and operate. Additionally, since they require permanent installation, they need to be able to withstand the weather which necessitates periodic maintenance.
Window ACs, being more portable and highly affordable to buy and run, are better in this category.
Air Conditioner Maintenance
AC maintenance is a key part of the longevity of any cooling unit. As such, the ease of maintenance becomes a significant point of discussion when purchasing an air conditioner.
What follows is a brief overview of the maintenance process of each air conditioner type.
1. How To Maintain Window ACs
Maintaining a window AC unit is not a highly involved process. As a general rule, you would want to have the unit serviced at least once a year in addition to regular cleaning. The former is best left to a professional, while you can do the latter on your own.
Cleaning a window unit involves the following steps:
Cleaning the washable air filters
Clearing the coil fins
Realign any bent fins
Clean the fans and the drain pan
Tip
Be sure to use a rag with a bit of warm, soapy water for cleaning your window air conditioner. And once summer is long gone, consider unmounting and storing the air conditioner until it arrives again. You may keep the AC in a safe spot like a backyard shed or garage during the winter. This will help keep it in good shape for years to come.
2. How To Maintain Wall ACs
The cleaning process of wall AC units is similar to that of window ACs, with the only difference being the cleaning frequency. Since wall ACs are a permanent fixture, you will need to maintain them more often. And due to their immovable nature, they can be a bit finicky to clean.
Should you ever run into an issue with your through-the-wall air conditioner, do not hesitate to contact a professional for help.
Window And Wall AC Related FAQs
Can a window or wall AC unit be left running all day?
Leaving either a window or wall air conditioner running all day is not an ideal proposition. By doing so, the air conditioning unit will run for a long time, consuming more energy and increasing the electricity bills. Moreover, you risk overloading the AC and eventually causing it to malfunction.
What are the lifespans of window and wall ACs?
A window AC will serve you consistently well for eight to ten years on average. Depending on the build quality and maintenance frequency, it may last even longer.
On the other hand, a wall unit will last up to 10 years with proper care. This is easier said than done, though, since wall air conditioners require more maintenance than window ACs.
Conclusion
There is quite a large overlap in the functionalities and purpose of window and wall air conditioners. They share a near-identical structure and several benefits, but a few key points make all the difference when picking one over the other.
If you’re looking for a cooling device that is easy to run and has low overall costs, a window unit will serve you well. It will continue to run for nearly a decade, so long as you maintain the unit properly.
But if you want long-term savings and don’t mind a permanent cooling device in your room, a wall AC could be the way to go. It will be highly energy-efficient throughout its lifespan and run quietly until it runs its course.
At the end of the day, the right air conditioner pick here depends on your cooling needs.
A noisy ceiling fan is a common issue in most households. However, it’s very easy to determine the root cause by carefully identifying the type of noise. Be it rattling, clicking, grinding, or humming noise, they can be quickly resolved by tightening a few loose parts and checking the fan motor.
Using ceiling fans on hot and humid days instead of an air conditioning system is a great way to save energy and money. Most ceiling fans run on minimal electricity and make almost no noise - you may not even notice the fan running if it’s in good condition!
However, a noisy ceiling fan can be really annoying since it can disrupt your sleep and even make you lose focus while working. That’s why it’s important to purchase a ceiling fan that makes little to no noise. But if you have an old fan that’s having this issue, the solution is usually as simple as tightening a loose screw.
In this article, I will walk you through some of the most common noises ceiling fans make and how to determine their ideal troubleshooting method. Read on!
Types Of Ceiling Fan Noises
A specific noise coming from the ceiling fan can help you determine what’s wrong with it. Pay close attention and listen to the noise carefully to identify what kind of noise it is making from the list below:
1. Humming Noise
If your ceiling fan is making a humming noise, there might be some issues related to the light switch or remote control, if any. This is a common issue, especially if it is set on a dimmer switch or low fan speed. If the issue persists even after increasing the speed and checking the wall switch, consult an HVAC technician.
2. Clicking Noise
A clicking sound may occur if one or two of the ceiling fan blades have come loose. This issue has an easy fix - you need to simply tighten the blade screws, which are typically located near the fan motor. If there’s a built-in light fixture on the ceiling fan, check its mounting screws since a loose ceiling fan light can cause accidents. Often, a loose light fixture can also cause a clicking noise.
3. Rattling Noise
Ceiling fans usually make a rattling noise if loose screws have fallen into the wrong place. This is especially common if there’s an electric light fixture attached to the fan motor - so look for any loose screws that have fallen into the glass box.
Rattling sounds may also be due to an improperly installed bracket. In this case, you must ensure the fan bearings are tightened. But if it continues to make a rattling noise, consider replacing the ceiling fan brace.
4. Grinding Noise
A grinding or scraping noise may sound a bit alarming, but it can be easily fixed if you can figure out what exactly went wrong. The most common cause of this noise is unbalanced blades - this usually happens when dirt and debris accumulate on the fan blades, thereby changing their weight unevenly.
Simply clean each fan blade with a damp rag to remove dust or grease that may be responsible for making it unbalanced. Cleaning the fan blades periodically will help reduce the grinding sound and prevent dust from dispersing into the room air.
If the ceiling fan continues to make a grinding noise after this, then the fan motor or bearing might require oil or any other lubricant. I recommend using the W-40 lubricant. However, it’s best to check the user manual to see which lubricant suits your ceiling fan’s bearings.
Causes of Ceiling Fan Noises
I’ve mentioned most of the causes of a noisy fan while categorizing the different noises, but I’ll go over them again to help you get a clear understanding:
1. Loose Parts
Loose fan components, such as the light fixture, blade mounts, screws, etc., can cause whirring or rattling sounds that can disrupt your peaceful home environment. So, checking for any loose ceiling fan blades or other parts during cleaning or maintenance is useful.
2. Blade Imbalance
If you let your ceiling fan blades collect dust by not cleaning them frequently, there’s a high chance of blade imbalance. In this case, the fan will make a grinding noise since the weight of the blades will become uneven when covered in dust.
3. Motor Problems
This is an obvious cause - the fan motor runs on electricity, so if there’s anything wrong with it, the internal mechanism will malfunction, making a whirring noise. If you hear this noise, it’s best to call an HVAC technician and get the motor checked.
4. Installation Issues
Improper ceiling fan installation can greatly impact its noiseless operation. Be it a loose screw, loosely attached fan blades, or even improperly installed light fixtures - they can affect the fan’s performance and make it noisy.
5. Poor Quality Materials
Poor-quality materials can not only contribute to a noisy ceiling fan but can also lead to several accidents. Poor-quality mounting screws can start decaying, making the fan blades loosen and fall off under some circumstances. Further, low-quality metal turbine blades can also peel with age and affect indoor air quality.
Fixes for Ceiling Fan Noises
1. Tightening Screws And Bolts
Most ceiling fans have their blades attached to the fan mount - this central portion of the fan may seem to be decorative, but they’re quite functional since they hold the entire fan together. However, with regular use, the screws on the mounts may come loose.
Check for loose blade screws and tighten them when necessary. Taking this simple step can solve the issue of a noisy ceiling fan.
2. Clean The Fan Blades
As already discussed, dirty fan blades are the most common cause of a noisy ceiling fan. Since the fan blades have flat surfaces, dust, and debris can easily settle on them, making a thick layer that can cause an imbalance. That’s why you must wipe down the blades regularly using a damp cloth - don’t forget to clean the blade mount!
Tip
If there’s grease on the blade surface, add a few drops of isopropyl alcohol or a degreaser into warm water and use it to wet the cloth.
3. Look For Warped Blades
Often, fan blades can warp or have dents due to rough use - and if uneven blades cut through the air at high speed, they’re sure to make some noise. So, I recommend closely observing the fan blades for any dents, or use a ladder if needed. If your fan blades are made from malleable materials, you can bend them back to their original shape and orientation.
If this is too difficult for you, replace the blades that are warped.
4. Tighten The Fan Canopy
If you observe closely, you’ll see an upper canopy that covers the part that is attached to the ceiling. New ceiling fans have a tightly fastened upper canopy, but it can loosen over time. If you see this, simply tighten the fasteners or re-attach the canopy cover back into place.
Some HVAC experts use a locking liquid on the fasteners to make them last longer and prevent them from coming loose.
5. Apply Lubrication
Lubricating the fan motor helps reduce friction between the mechanical parts and keeps them protected from damage. If there’s a lack of lubrication, the ceiling fan will emit a buzzing sound; however, you can easily fix this.
Get a ladder and take the fan motor apart to check if there’s any lubrication. If the motor parts are dry, add several drops of oil and rub the excess on the body of the motor. Then, put all the screws in place, and check how the fan is working.
6. Balance The Blades
Since some ceiling fans can be poorly constructed and made from low-quality materials, they will likely be imbalanced and wobble while rotating. I recommend purchasing a balancing kit to fix this issue - they are easily available online and in stores.
7. Check The Pull Chain
Most modern ceiling fans have a remote control or are operated by a switch, but there are still some models that have a pull chain. These chains are typically attached away from the moving parts of the fan. However, they often strike the blades or light fixtures, making a loud noise.
Observe the pull chain - if you see it’s swinging, then the fan blades may be imbalanced. You can try shortening the chain to a length that wouldn’t strike the moving parts, but it should be long enough for you to access it.
8. Tighten The Motor Cover
Every ceiling fan’s motor has a cover to protect it - but it can often come loose and scrape against the moving blade, making a grating noise. To fix this issue, access the motor cover fasteners and tighten them properly. Once tightened, turn on the fan in dimmer mode. The fan should be operating silently and efficiently.
Noisy Ceiling Fan FAQs
How do I diagnose the source of the ceiling fan noise?
Diagnosing the source of the ceiling fan noise is simple. You need to operate the fan at a low speed and carefully listen to what kind of noise it’s making. The common types are humming, clicking, grinding, rattling, and whirring noises. If you manage to identify the type, you can simply follow the troubleshooting methods I’ve mentioned in the article to prevent noise.
How can I fix a wobbling ceiling fan?
A wobbling ceiling fan is mostly caused by loose parts, blades, or improper installation. You can fix this by tightening any loose screws, mounting brackets, or motor covers, and while you’re at it, check if the ceiling fan is firmly attached to the ceiling.
How can I reduce the vibration noise of my ceiling fan?
If there’s a ‘vibration’ noise coming from your ceiling fan, there must be something wrong with the fan motor. Before you call an HVAC technician, consider adding a few drops of lubricant to the motor to see if it’s due to friction. If the noise persists, there’s a more serious mechanical problem that will require professional expertise.
Can a noisy ceiling fan be dangerous?
A noisy ceiling fan is commonly due to small issues, such as loose screws, unbalanced fan blades, lack of lubricant, loose motor cover, etc., which can be easily fixed. However, if you neglect a noisy fan and don’t address the issue at its roots, it can be quite dangerous.
If you run the ceiling fan at high speeds with some of its screws loose, it might fall off the ceiling and cause accidents. Likewise, not lubricating the motor properly might lead to short circuits and electric fires due to high friction.
When should I call a professional to fix my noisy ceiling fan?
Typically, fixing a noisy ceiling fan doesn’t always require a technician. However, if the issue persists even after following the correct troubleshooting methods and is reducing the fan’s performance, then you must call a professional.
Final Words
Ceiling fans are the most common air circulation equipment throughout the world. However, a noisy fan significantly reduces the comfort and peace of the environment. Various issues can lead to different noises - loose parts, improper installation, motor problems, blade imbalance, etc. - but they can all be fixed with a few simple steps. I have extensively talked about these solutions in this article.
Alternatively, you can consider installing window fans instead of ceiling ones since they come with significantly fewer risks. I’ve discussed the best window fans in another article for your consideration.
With that, I’ll be signing off for now. Goodbye!
Cleaning components like the evaporator, condenser, and air filter is the first step of the window air conditioner repair process. Other steps include checking for refrigerant leaks, straightening the coil fins, replacing the capacitor, and installing a dedicated circuit for the unit.
If your window air conditioner isn't working properly, the first thing you may want to do is to call a professional repair service.
While that is an excellent solution, many problems with such units can be fixed easily without requiring external assistance. In fact, you can use a few basic repair techniques to get your air conditioner working in no time.
And this guide explains some of the best ones. So, check them out now!
The Importance Of Air Conditioners
It is almost impossible to imagine modern life without air conditioners, especially with rising global temperatures. These appliances not only make life more comfortable but have become a necessity that most people cannot live without in today's era.
Air conditioners have become the best solution to prevent deaths and illnesses caused by heat. According to the Environmental Protection Agency, there were over 9,000 heat-related deaths in America between 1979 and 2013. These machines can keep you cool and also help filter and remove pollutants from the air, preventing indoor air pollution.
Similarly, they are very effective in keeping out insects that can cause allergies and diseases. And since temperatures are cooler inside, it is easier to work than in sweltering heat. Thus, air conditioners can help improve productivity as well.
Another factor that many people overlook is that room air conditioners can be very useful in increasing the lifespan of the furniture. Many types of furniture, especially wooden ones, can easily get damaged by moisture. AC units remove heat and moisture from the room, keeping the furniture pieces protected.
Then there is the fact that electronic devices are less likely to overheat in cooler environments. Your computers and phones will last longer when they are kept in a cool location. Similarly, they can protect fabrics from mold, which can grow in damp environments.
Why Window Air Conditioners Are Better For Smaller Spaces
When it comes to air conditioners, there are many options to consider, such as window units, portable ones, and even mini-split air conditioners. However, there are various factors you need to keep in mind when deciding which one to go with. These can include your cooling requirements, ease of installation, cost, and available space.
How much space you have available for installing a room air conditioner plays a major role in determining the most suitable option. And for people living in small spaces, such as a studio apartment, a window air conditioner is the best option.
The reason for that is that the major portion of such units sits outside the window, with minimal indoor space being used. Thus, you do not need to worry about your room becoming cluttered by the unit. And they have a much greater cooling capacity while being more efficient.
The Importance Of Knowing How To Perform Basic Repairs
If your air conditioner isn't working properly, the first thing you may want to do is to call a maintenance professional. But extensive repairs can be quite expensive and may take a lot of time.
What many people are unaware of is that several of the low-level or basic repairs can be performed without hiring an HVAC technician. In fact, I recommend performing such repairs on your own since it won't take much time and does not require a lot of skill.
Additionally, sometimes, your air conditioner may break down in the middle of summer, and you may have to wait a long time for emergency repair services. In such situations, knowledge about the repair process can help save time and eliminate dependence on repair services.
So, knowing how to perform basic air conditioner repairs can be quite handy. But before I share some basic repair techniques, you should know about the various components that make up an air conditioner.
Main Components Of A Window Air Conditioner
1. Grille Cover Or Face Panel
There is a metal or plastic cover on the front of an air conditioner that will have to be removed to access the internal components of the unit. This cover is generally secured by clips and tabs, screws, or both.
2. Filter
The filter is a thin screen that prevents dirt and dust from entering the unit, keeping the internal components safe. It may be located behind the cover or inside the air conditioner and cleans the air before it is recirculated.
3. Evaporator
A copper tubing with thin aluminum fins makes up the evaporator in an air conditioner. It is located at the back of the filter and contains a refrigerant that cools the hot air present in the room.
4. Condenser
The condenser has parts similar to the evaporator, including the thin fins, copper tubing, and refrigerant but performs a different function. It collects the hot air in the room and sends it outside using the condenser fan.
5. Refrigerant
It is the role of the refrigerant to cool hot air by circulating through the evaporator and condenser coils. It is in a gaseous form in the evaporator coil and a liquid form in the condenser coil.
6. Compressor
The compressor changes the refrigerant into a cold liquid that circulates inside the evaporator coil and into a hot liquid that moves within the condensing coils. It has a motor and is located between the evaporator and condenser.
7. Capacitor
This component is a small cylinder and is responsible for powering the fan motor and the compressor. It connects to these components through two terminals at the top of the cylinder.
8. Compressor Fan
The compressor fan helps cool the compressor coils by blowing air against them.
9. Blower
For cooling the room, the blower has to pull hot air to the evaporator coils, where it can cool down before being circulated back. It is situated on the side of the fan.
10. Thermostat
The thermostat senses the temperature of the room and can control when the room air conditioner needs to be switched on or off. It is generally in the form of a tiny tube made of copper, three to four inches long, and is located in front of the evaporator.
11. Drain Pan
When hot air cools and condenses, the moisture is collected in the drain pan at the bottom, sending it to the drain port at the back. This prevents moisture from collecting inside the room.
12. Drain Port
The drain port is a tiny hole in the drain pan that connects to a drain tube that sends the moisture outside.
Items Required
Shop vacuum
Rag
AC fin comb or thin-bladed knife
Insulated screwdriver
Digital Multimeter
Bubble level
Coil cleaner
Can of compressed air
White vinegar or PVC cleaning solution
Non-contact voltage tester (optional)
Safety Precautions
Before performing any repairs, always make sure that the air conditioner has been disconnected from the power supply. You can do this by turning off the circuit breaker from the electrical panel or by removing the power cable from the outlet.
Keep in mind that the capacitor can still contain an electrical charge after the unit has been disconnected. So, it needs to be completely discharged before any repairs can be performed. To do that, place the end of the screwdriver at the terminals of the capacitor.
A spark or a popping sound will let you know that the capacitor has been discharged.
Air Conditioner Problems And Solutions
1. Air Conditioner Fails To Deliver Proper Cooling
There are several reasons why room air conditioners can stop cooling, such as a dirty air filter, unclean condenser, dirty evaporator, bent evaporator or condenser fins, etc. You can try these solutions to resolve the problem.
Cleaning The Air Filter
Check the provided manual to know how to remove the filter from the panel and use a vacuum to remove the dust and dirt from it. Alternatively, use a wet rag to clean the filter or spray it with water using a garden hose outside. Once done, allow the filter to dry for about an hour before placing it back.
Using Compressed Air Or Vacuum To Clean The Condenser And Evaporator
Use a vacuum to clean the condenser and evaporator, or spray compressed air to get rid of the dirt. You can use an air conditioner coil cleaner to clean the coils
Straightening The Fins
The condenser or evaporator fins can get bent due to falling debris, rocks, and twigs. When that happens, they can block the airflow, preventing the unit from cooling properly. Use a fin comb or knife to straighten the fins.
Inspecting The Refrigerant Lines
Look for signs that may indicate the refrigerant is leaking, which can lead to poor cooling. Such signs include freezing of the evaporator coils and hot air coming from the air conditioner. Other signs indicating a refrigerant leak include gurgling or hissing sounds and formatting of bubbles.
If there is a leak, I suggest contacting a heating, ventilation, and air conditioning technician to deal with the issue.
Checking The Capacitor
You should search for deformations, leaks, or bulging on the capacitor and even test it for electrical problems using a digital multimeter. Find out the capacitor rating by looking at the instruction manual or the cylinder.
To test, set the multimeter to the setting of the capacitor and place the black and red points of the device to the terminals of the capacitor. If the reading does not match what is indicated, you will need to replace the capacitor.
Alternatively, if the capacitor works properly but the compressor fails to turn on, there may be a fault with the compressor motor, and it should be replaced.
2. Water Dripping From The Front
Cleaning The Drain Port
Find out whether the drain port is clogged and remove any items blocking it. If it is clear, pour some water into the port to check whether it collects in the pan. In case that happens, use a shop vacuum to get rid of the obstruction.
Inspecting The Drain Pan
Check whether the slope of the drain pan is adequate by using a level. The required slope for optimal functioning will be mentioned in the manual. In most cases, there should be a half-inch slope that goes from the front of the air conditioning unit to its back.
3. Air Conditioner Keeps Turning On And Off
When your window air conditioning unit frequently turns on and off, the process is known as short cycling. It generally happens due to an incorrectly located or dirty thermostat, improperly sized unit, unclean air filter, dirty condenser or evaporator, or leaking of the refrigerant.
Inspecting The Thermostat
Make sure that the thermostat of the AC unit is attached to the evaporator fins properly and is completely clean. If there is dirt on the thermostat, remove the thermostat carefully from the evaporator and wipe it using a wet rag. Also, ensure that objects like window drapes do not obstruct it.
Checking The Space
Your window air conditioner unit may be too small or too large for the room in which it is installed. The cooling capacity of an air conditioner, which is measured in British Thermal Units (BTUs), and the square footage of a room are closely related. Check whether the BTU for the air conditioner is suitable for the room size.
Cleaning The Components And Checking For Leaks
Properly clean the condenser, evaporator, and air filter, as dirty components can prevent your window AC unit from functioning properly. Also, look for the signs I mentioned above that may indicate the refrigerant is leaking.
4. Air Conditioner Fails To Turn On
Reasons that prevent window air conditioning units from turning on include a faulty power outlet, damaged power cord, blown fuses, or a tripped circuit breaker.
Checking The Power Plug
Check whether the power plug of the window AC unit is connected to the wall outlet properly.
Examining The Outlet
You can use a digital multimeter to check whether the power outlet is working properly by setting the multimeter to AC volts. Alternatively, use a non-contact voltage tester or connect another home appliance to the outlet to check.
Replacing The Power Cable
If the power cable is damaged or frayed, it needs to be replaced to provide power to the unit.
Inspecting The Fuse Or Breaker In The Cord
Look at the fuse that connects to the power cord or the integrated circuit breaker of the unit. If the fuse has blown, it should be replaced, and the circuit breaker should be reset.
Checking The Electrical Panel
A fuse at the main control panel of your home may have blown, or the circuit breaker may be tripped. Again, you will need to replace the blown fuse or reset the breaker.
4. AC Unit Blows Fuses Or Trips Circuit Breakers Frequently
If the amount of refrigerant in your air conditioning unit is inadequate, it can overheat and cause circuit breakers to trip and fuses to blow. This can also happen when using an improperly sized circuit for the unit. Window air conditioner units require 500 to 1500 watts of electricity and run on 15-amp circuits.
If you use a Window AC with higher power requirements, these circuits may get overloaded.
Reducing The Circuit Load
Turn off or unplug other devices and appliances connected to the same circuit to which the AC unit is connected. To determine which devices are connected, turn the circuit off from the main panel.
Installing A New Circuit Breaker
Add a new circuit and circuit breaker for the power outlet to which your window unit connects.
Warning
Installing a dedicated circuit for an air conditioning unit is complicated and can pose a health hazard. That is why it should always be performed by professionals. I do not advise trying to perform such installations on your own.
Preventive Maintenance Steps
When an air conditioning unit is maintained properly, it will require fewer repairs and continue performing well for a longer period. Here are some of the best window air conditioner maintenance techniques.
1. Cleaning At The Start Of Summer
Before turning on your air conditioner for the first time at the start of the warm season, properly clean the air conditioner's internal components. Use a vacuum to remove dirt and dust, check the AC coils, and replace a dirty filter.
2. Maintenance Steps While The AC Is In Use
Regular cleaning is also required during the months your window AC is in active use. So, clean the filter, straighten bent fins, and check the internal components. The filter should also be replaced every three months.
3. At The End Of Summer
When the warm season ends, remove the air conditioning unit from the window before taking it outside. Remove the front panel and the filter, and use a garden hose to wash the components. Let them dry before putting back the filter and panel.
Store the unit somewhere where it will be safe from the elements during the off-season. Or use an air conditioner’s cover to protect it if it has to be installed in the window.
Window AC Repairing Related FAQs
What are some common problems that window air conditioners experience?
The most common problems with window AC units include leaking water, dirty air filters, electrical problems, unclean coils, air leaks, and short cycling. Many of these problems can be fixed using DIY techniques, such as cleaning and replacing damaged components, but sometimes you may need the help of professionals.
What tools and materials do you need to fix a window air conditioner?
You will need a rag or cloth, shop vacuum, AC fin comb, screwdriver, digital multimeter, bubble level, coil cleaner, compressed air can, and white vinegar or PVC cleaning solution. Some of these items may already be available at your home, while others can easily be purchased from the nearby hardware and home supplies store.
How often should you clean the air filter on your window air conditioner?
Ideally, you should clean your window air conditioner filter once a month, or at the very least, once every two months during the cooling season. However, if the unit is installed somewhere with a lot of dust or the house has pets, it is better to clean it more frequently.
The filter should also be replaced every three months and washed properly before storing the unit at the start of the off-season.
How to clean the air filter on your window air conditioner?
First, turn the unit off to clean the air filter of your window AC. Then, remove the front panel to access the filter. Carefully remove the filter from the unit and wipe it using a damp rag to remove the dust. Wait for the filter to dry completely before installing it back.
Can you use a pressure washer to clean a window air conditioner?
While you can use a garden hose to wash components like the condenser, evaporator, and filter, I do not recommend using a power washer. The reason is that water is released with a lot of force from such washers, and it can damage the delicate aluminum fins on the coils of the unit.
How to clean the condenser coils on a window air conditioner?
To clean the air conditioner condenser coils, turn the unit off and disconnect the power. Then, remove the exterior casing to access the condenser. Once done, remove any debris from the area, which can include broken fins, twigs, etc. Spray the unit using a garden hose while making sure the force of the water does not damage the fins.
You can use a coil cleaner to wash the coils before rinsing and letting them dry. Finally, place the casing back and reconnect the power.
Conclusion
Knowing how to perform basic air conditioner repairs can be quite handy and can help you save money on hiring a professional. But with regular maintenance, the need for such minor repairs is also minimized as the chances of problems occurring are highly reduced.
The steps I've mentioned here are easy to perform and do not require many tools. That said, it is crucial to observe safety precautions when performing repairs to prevent accidents. So, make sure to always disconnect the unit from power and discharge the components completely.
Once that is done, you can start the repair process.
Setting up a support board is the first step to installing casement window ACs. Then you need to find the center point and install the platform assembly. Following that, you have to place and align the AC in the window, secure it in place, and seal any gaps to complete the process.
Getting a casement window can greatly enhance the appeal of your home.
However, if you wish to install an AC on this window, you will encounter lots of problems since regular ACs do not fit them. In that situation, you will need to get casement window ACs which are slightly different from conventional window units.
But if you don’t know how to install them, then this guide has got you covered!
What Is A Casement Window Air Conditioner?
Before getting into the meat of the topic, let’s have a brief discussion on what casement window air conditioners actually are. In simple terms, these AC units have been specifically designed to fit into casement window frames.
Casement windows have a slightly different structure than regular double-hung windows. That is why regular AC units do not fit into them. Thankfully, the casement air conditioners are vertically structured, which allows them to fit easily into these tall windows.
Because of their specialized design, these window AC units have a slightly higher price. As for the cooling capacity and performance, they are comparable to regular window units or portable air conditioner units.
Preparing For The Installation
First off, you will need to make the necessary preparations before starting the actual installation process. This includes gathering all the required tools and equipment and preparing the working area. You also need to take into account the safety considerations related to the process so that any accidents can be avoided.
1. Tools And Equipment
The tools and materials needed to install a casement window AC are mostly the same as those required for installing any other window unit. Below I have listed all the necessary items that you will need to get started.
Screws
Screwdriver
Measuring tape
Cutting tool
Pencils or markers
Drywall T-square
Caulk
Ladders
Plexiglass boards
Plywood pieces
Hard plastic sheets
2. Preparing The Workspace
Now that you have gathered all the tools, you need to prepare the workspace. Make sure to cover up the floor and walls so that you don’t have to worry about making a mess. Also, I would recommend that you go through the installation manual to get a clear idea about the whole process.
3. Safety Considerations
Besides the tools and prep work, you will need to keep in mind the safety protocols to avoid any unnecessary problems. A typical casement air conditioning unit is quite heavy, which can be a problematic aspect. Because of that, they are often difficult to hold or move around. Any mistakes and the whole thing might fall on you and cause injuries.
That is why it is a wise decision to get an assistant to help with this task. Also, make sure to keep your tools organized and the workspace clean to minimize the risks of any untoward incidents. And try not to rush through the process, as that can introduce errors.
Stepwise Installation Instructions
Now that everything is set, you can finally begin installing the AC. For this purpose, you can follow the steps I have described below.
Step 1: Set Up The Support Base
The bulky design of such an AC means that your window sill will have to bear the entire weight of the appliance. Due to this reason, you need to install a support base here so that it can distribute the weight of the AC unit uniformly. That will keep the unit from tipping either inside or outside the window.
To complete this step, you will need to create a firm support platform by using the plywood boards. Once you have that ready, place it on your window sill so that it can adequately support the metal platform of the AC on top of it. This DIY platform made of wood will help to take most of the strain away from the narrow window sill.
Step 2: Locate The Center Point
Placement is a key aspect of installing a casement window AC correctly. This will ensure that the AC unit remains secured in its place for a long time. And to get the correct placement, you will need to locate the center point of your AC and mark it with a pencil or a marker.
In order to locate this point, you will need to take the measurements of your AC and your window using the measuring tapes and drywall T-square. The measurements of the window and the units can vary. In other words, the center point will change according to the make and model of your AC, as well as the size of your window frame.
Step 3: Set Up The Platform Assembly
Now that you have marked the center point, you will need to install the platform assembly of the AC unit. This is the metal platform that I mentioned before, and it will support the air conditioner on your casement window.
Here you will notice that one end of the platform is slightly shorter than the other end. You need to place the shorter end inside while the longer end protrudes to the outside. Make sure to align the hole of the metal platform with the center point that you had marked before. Then, you need to fix the platform in place by driving a screw through the center hole.
Following that, you need to secure the platform from the outside. To do that, mount the ladder and drive another screw through the platform to attach it to the external siding. If the support base is sturdy, it should be able to hold it in place effectively. But if it is not, you will need to reinforce it further with plywood boards.
Step 4: Place The Vertical Window Air Conditioner Over The Platform
In this step, you will need to place the vertical AC unit into the window. For this task, you will need to slide open the windowpane according to the width of the machine first.
Then, with the help of your assistant, you need to gently lift up the appliance and carefully slide it through the window opening. Make sure to hold it along the corners, which will help you to keep your balance.
Tip
It is advisable to open the window wide enough so that there is some extra space of around four or five inches near the edges. This will give you enough clearance room, which will subsequently help to prevent any errors or accidents.
Step 5: Align And Secure The AC
In this step, you have to align the AC unit correctly on your window and secure it. For the alignment, you will have to ensure that the unit is slightly tilted to the back (preferably with a quarter-inch drop from the front to the back). This will allow the excess water to drain out of the appliance safely.
After you have aligned the unit on the platform, you need to secure the window sash to the side of your AC. In order to hold it in place correctly, you should attach the sash in such a manner that it lies behind the metal bracket of the AC.
Step 6: Close The Gaps
Once the machine has been aligned and secured, you will need to close off any gaps around its edges to make an airtight seal. This will keep the cool air inside the room and prevent outside air from entering.
Due to the design of casement windows, the biggest gap will be on top of the AC. To close this off, you can use plexiglass sheets cut according to the size of the gap. Plexiglass is derived from the synthetic chemical poly(methyl methacrylate), which is not only durable but also lightweight. Alternatively, you can use regular plastic sheets for this purpose.
You can use a cutting tool to cut these sheets according to the size of the gap. It is a good idea to maintain a narrow gap along the edges to avoid any problems during fitting. After the sheet is attached, you can close this gap with caulk sealant. Subsequently, you have to seal off any other gaps that you notice along the edges with the remaining caulk.
Post-Installation Considerations
After you have installed the air conditioner into your casement window, you should perform some post-installation checks just to be safe. Once you have confirmed that the installation is correct and the AC is functioning as expected, you can start using it.
On that note, I advise you to take proper care of the AC. Doing so will extend its lifespan and give you effective cooling for years to come.
If you are familiar with HVAC systems, you’ll notice that the maintenance routine for such an air conditioner is almost the same as a regular window unit. With that in mind, here are the most common maintenance tips that you need to follow.
1. Wash The Air Filter
Here, you will need to take out the removable air filter and soak it in warm, soapy water for a while. Then, using a soft brush or cloth, you have to wipe off any dust and grime that has accumulated on the filter. Next, place it under running water to wash away any remaining dirt. After that, you have to dry it and put it back inside the AC.
2. Clean And Maintain The Fins
Window ACs come with aluminum fins that cover the evaporator and condenser coils. These fins can become bent or accumulate dirt over time, which makes it necessary to maintain them.
You can fix bent fins using a tool known as a fin comb. Place it over the bent portions and run the comb through the fins to straighten them out. And if you want to clean a dirty fin, you will need to spray them with soapy water or a detergent solution first. Allow the fins to soak for a while, and wipe them with a soft brush.
3. Wash The Fans
Besides the filters and fins, you will need to wash the fans present inside the AC. To do that, you can use the same soapy water or detergent solution. Spray it on the fans and allow them to stand for a while. Then scrub them with a soft brush to clear out any dirt and grime.
4. Maintain The Drainage Pans
In most window ACs, the condensate is collected in pans before being drained. If there are any blockages, the water will accumulate inside the pans and cause problems. Therefore, they need to be monitored regularly, and if you notice any excess water accumulation, you will need to sluice it out.
Casement Window AC Installation FAQs
Can I Install A Casement Window Air Conditioner By Myself, Or Do I Need Professional Help?
You can easily install casement window ACs by yourself, provided you follow all the instructions above and have a friend that can help. If you don’t, the installation will be erroneous, which can cause problems during usage. That said, you can seek out professional help for the installation if you don’t have an assistant or are unsure about doing it by yourself.
Can I Install A Casement Window Air Conditioner In A Sliding Window Or A Different Type Of Window?
Typically, you cannot install these ACs on sliding windows or any other types of windows. That is because these AC units have a tall design that fits into the vertical opening of casement windows. But most of the other window types have a wide or horizontal design. However, if you have a vertically shaped slider or sash window, you may install this AC without any issues.
Can I Use My Casement Window Air Conditioner Year-Round, Or Should I Remove It During The Winter Months?
If your AC has heating functionality, or if the climate in your area remains relatively hot and humid during winter, you can use it throughout the year. As long as the build quality is good, there should not be any issues from such usage. However, if that’s not the case, then it is a good idea to dismantle the AC and keep it stored away during the winter months.
Conclusion
As you can see from the discussion provided here, it is not that difficult to install a casement window AC. If you use a solid support board, locate the center point, and set up the platform assembly right, you will be fine.
All you need to do then is place the AC unit on the platform with some assistance, align and secure it in place, and close all the gaps. And if you follow the maintenance instructions provided here, you can keep your casement window AC performing at peak capacity for a long time.
As a rule of thumb, you should always check the user manual and other associated product documentation before installing. On that note, I’d suggest buying the AC from a reputed brand. Then, you can get good support in case of any problems during installation and usage.
![13 Best Telescoping Ladders to Climb This Year [Buyer’s Guide]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/best-telescoping-ladder.jpg "13 Best Telescoping Ladders to Climb This Year [Buyer's Guide]")
